Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout1971 dxJ~ti _Y J~ Y / W y. .t, x~ CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS :j GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION 4904 D-4 K In 44 j 'tit ►a~ a S SPFiCIF1CATIONS AND DOCUMENTS i ` NIUNICIPAL ELECTRIC ' f GENERATING STATION UNIT S CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION 4904 D•4 CONTRACT ISSUE AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY 1000 Singleton Blvd, Dallas, Texas BLACK & VEATCH Consulting Engineers Kansas City, Missouri 1971 • !t ,i !r 11 It tl 11 1111,,E / ~ • FE LI~ ~ A ~ Ila z~ r ~ x i h• Q c ► y, i ~ C No 0 0~ ~ q v y~ a'3 f ~j 5; -j C. r3 ti o r: f 1 z ° I K u C, ~1 V1 O N I a, tl L V ` O y C r, , 3 h O C w• ,j • 1 V ! f C V l' U ♦ i U C tw O ww Lyu L4g V v w7 E u t U fi v h Cl Ci V V w LAI O St74~ O~ I w c p U V) I'l CIO x • /J % c r Y4 Ol l/W fJ11'1~~\Eu ti~O1 y tR~ rst ° N I I, 17 O ~if ; 'N S (U ■ 1 a 11 1 now i~ WM v br 1C, Iw ► o . r-• y GN e Ird) 1 n I! C w 1C: I ~ a N F. ~'r.•S • «nd. iv d C u ,r L a . 00 N cu a E~: N V ~ f 7 '.1 iN d c 1 J w O 1. 4- cl~ j Ul V 4 L4 X.1 (r r t 163 N o v a L N t s, x > rl i ~vl c r $ <'7 , "it u 1: -1rq.rs n.liaS3131I1 IL'113111 ~I qq OG ~ r p v C 7 t ' ~ ~ ~ ~ t •2Y a ♦ . N , • CI ~ • O ~ ~ p y G 4v E 41 , M E ~ ( r >A • I ~ V y N; r 4> • • > N b , r N 7 ` tl i 1 41 c N - P N y s 1 H 0„ y V n` _pV * I O Q' (°it a[ N~ E c p F v ' Z v d p ' 1 W O ~ ~NS U V~- v C. yL,r v ' O c < M E 1 Q pGy fii0- q Co 5, n • ` 7 [ T 1 IV {~•V N v N - r O o r4 fy y O (t f Z' O t y t p C, ~ E Nv y.t • y : ~ nl°vv i3 ' e 0 y : 6 j • E t i` N' t g' E V y V , v t M M uy,E Jl • z CO[ ~ N ij ~ q ( y~ C i v~ Ny1i[ Oyy • C! p V _ Y yam: • ' • • • ♦ ♦ • • . pN y pp M Iq~ rp• J ' . . ♦ N ~ 0. GL V N . d ~q O ~ Y~ ~ y}p4 I' • ~C a b `3 r 5~.3 z~j U • tf L7 4 4 • ix m Ix O a i f 'c t* r Ec a o 0 v ! oa ~t h c° v 4 E c° a. °I a v c""_ O O ,L c N c c a O v C• j p.V lu An c c c > V 4, 4 u v •v o V ii 4 'a : v v 0 10 MI C.) lu E c ,0 `0 h h e O a> 0 `c 41 PP 0 X l• r ry p 4 4 0 u Il H cc c •0 4 4 } c c a a H o o u ` o c a a u N 0. v p .O c 0 U 4 L C M X O z v ~°,o rvv u Eu c vN ; `o C, C 41 E CL O 0 4 U, 4 b 4 0 0 4 4 c I• C ' U U 1 j r y 3 4 v 0 ~ E 4 4 u M c r ` A v 0 n `p O 'v 4= > c t N C 4 U ry c a• j 4 O O V .O w V 'u 4 •4' 3 4 Y O t a O r- d 9 4 Ld6 .c c H 4 E a 10 -u c K v c fZ r~ . N 4 C o •E p c o N E o c o v o C, 4 4 5 y 'U f C N c s. v C c O `l v V u 0 to U, d o r, 4 0 9 p i N x V E [ c 4 p e o a u o c -o b N E a o Ca •a " n u U o L o M~ . 4 H 4 V O E U C ° D. n 0 } w :7o nvc ono c :.5 c y oa • 3 ~4~ v -C c c cN 0 CL E 4) O U C/ c j p y p v v L c III - - J l.I y H Li fa c 0' i O v r z• p v f~ r+ o.F a e, c v _ A o v 3r' ° E o q ° `o 'o H 4 Q J c c ar_ E v r 'N o 4 a O N > w > v ct t a u a q a r c o cc o c V, , a o H.41 C, o `0 3 uC 3 o y H o 00 o. 0.4 0 4c < V. , w 3 4 c ° a o - c v v u o, o„ o c o t a> rz- U Z: 500 cc~ 4 `a S ° 0 i r~~o 4 oc 'o a 0 •q M 'S N O •`q O C V1 .J 1 N • l0 K• O O ro O n y [ a C c O H jj Gl E a 'i: a a r r. a4 r=. c o G o`c a C 4 c E c c_4 v c ac q o` 4 . O _ G ti, ' C 4, v K 3 cY~ to L~ S N O C V z] v •4 V '`40 [ It 4 .G 0 U 'U c E C; a, O E O H 6 a 4 4 Z_ lL/ Q c ; c u. ° ~hOi t 4 u i 4 A ' a x O. I s c N > On E a c j1 a`v° v o c uO ~ 4i 0• try Er o >v v n = h U >C~ ` u c c 4 r_ v'Qlt~ = `a c `p p E s v 7 p o y o . nq.` y > o oui t~ r 3 a v.:. Y o o q o ; co v o 4-1 o 0 > 0 M r N li> O a u 0 N 0' v u v a G t c N .A d' a t v a J ^ 'o a Li u f W O O V ; V u 4 •,~i G a c o p ~n v~ w v~~ .0 3 0 a n j o M os CA C •E4'c _ 9a 5 E ° ~ N~ 40 1 c 0 4i ci' a o o a r "4 Z° v ° E F° r I 4 4 N H d _ n N 4 q` q C v c cc ,r E t o'f 0` 4 0o fO Cj O E o ; o o b roA E° U a c 'u ml S V O r.. 1 1, O U a r N l r ~I V r H R ~Ej; c C w v E o c ~ r Y o f r_ N'c " c 0 0 a 4 + > 4'n ° 4 is ° n` N 4 u d> N uj 3 V 0 O o O G C° ° 0 0 0 ci ~ v o v° ~ o W ° o „ O v " i c ' N ` L • . G. C 1 y, " G V O• 4 a W N N 'U v N ' ` (1 N 4] G D 4 r • C 4 ti r I C N. + a 0 0 4 O N • , =0 4 L O o D7 O v ro 4 V : •G Y Z> OG~ 01 v N C V % a C C d, C. (p [ w a ° > 4 , as 3` $ v7 0 o o p c < < < DIE N c. O to u V Y ;E a 0 R u, 4 0 P v_, N L, I U O ro c T ~~t « 1 . u y V 4 r f • C V C I • r C, w N C C T ' C J1 .A CO C C. C v 4 C ft ,x •y-• O O p j E O r C E O O y p 0 w 0 O V i00 > r " o>ON , ° w t« $ c c o.o Ec y J i v E 'c 'v Y e a o £ c V+ Y 0 3 3 o v t 0 L J: r• .G C V C o r ,v c : •N : Q' 0 6 C T O .,2 I , d C at -p M y V 0 o p O •7 d d u 'Q c O C ] M u v• V 0 0 ` N w A r ff O. C w }V ` r C _0 O Q D 0 O j 0 O r 0 O U U U O r y . I •y 4: y,J', '7•! u O I I f III l w ou 4u.03 0 c ..Co..~, 40 a =o o v c c °u o C C y 4 0 0 0 0' O w E i e *i r v v C Y V V o« ] ll u' 0_ p : 73 'U r O OaC yy°EVu O C p.~ Cw O t,M •~Y rv «0 uC MOV v7 p.a0 9 O O V O Y [ 7101 'd ` Y'om' 7 w ` O C h ° O w r 0 D .N c c •O p v 0 i ) V ] u u E u ` v V D n.` N 4 v 7 : u p a V u C O V G, p y Y 'N 0' N C t: ,p •N• C C Y L O c r y O C O y Y O• O x p y O y 0~ O C • U r 0 Y Y C C to U O C .L-. w U 4 4 ,y. > b' C co E 0' < 0 N N w ` U D O a Y O U P `p w v. w V Y C tt. c O u u N] > C N c r ) O i E t' V < `i t n y E y C 0 00, C O 3 0 '0 O N 0 c L c O 0 O O V •c •u a S+ u fIo a 0 4 u v V 3 Y 0 T •O T C Y •O O O ,C 0 r P T L u v 7 N c o r E > c o o u , N~ N c c E o~ o O c o 0 C C C Nan " A i 0 0 C1 d P O u u 0 v c P O :3 L y ] c U N O O 0 'n a u E C 'G Oi'' 'C y `a r ti: F..[ C j r O K A •V C p E C O O 0 d] N .0 C .A •r 1: v r4 Y 'y E r .r V] o o 0 3 V T o •t o v a° E u u o' 0 5 u 13 > 0 C O N x c u .C «O D O u C u c O r C N N 40 to O c V 0 u y, c T U r E rr C V .C G D V O A- 0 Y C O r 4 C,n,0 C I O O 0 2 O > a' N 4 O a > O av- 4 a O~ Q V I` L0. « r C q 0 O C V c w O 0.- C ~.1 a J c Y C 'U 6] ~1 V I I o r c 0 u. . ri v u u v r r L r V._ u 'a v 6r'. u u u 0 Z u 0 O•• ; L 7 4' J ^y C V G j L ;C Y7 b1 0 7 y (.1 V d 'U O 0 T .L N .C I c ` w r o c C C E ,yy p O y ° N 6 p u 4 E 0 C C N y] 0 C .ti •j O y ,C j C., L] V 'J M V O •V Y w N O O1N ,V ; N,0 v 3 C T C L C •i O O 0A 'n N N O 0 u O N N'E i C O O o E Y Y o A v N P . E 0 u, > N V 0 y .V Q L u u ti A t ,c 4 ° Y c c = v C.. r. 41 a f1 crl O > ] p 0 V v N O a n u 0' O S V If n v E V 9 to E P r 0 0 N 11 V a 7 O P Y u u u C V t1 •T tl O w c c w w t V F o r d c° a a V 0 'u ] o c y v•~ c 0 o o C P E O v E p ,07 i a n O v nt nu ~v o CL i 7 > T 7 0 0 0 0 a 7 O v': ti r o « O j• U O p O V > b P N.~ w li Q 0 0 V f c t] ] Q CL u C u C C V ,y, '0 v u 4 ~ u°° 0 C ` N, N t o 0 E u E L. .C 7 V 1 C 1-,', O 0 0 0, u f, O N C y V a 0 " 0 p •C pr 0 n 0 E O u c T, 'V O v ,-G, a L °i I? r. C d .N 'D u 11 ° r c a Q w o Y c E v : O E c c 3 L< Dt c v y b o r c' u d `c o c a 3: n,tr o . E oTOX- . 504 uvn3n o o .i ~av u•f c ]E ON c'0 .c 7'c na,'c Y o • u ° oY Y u;e; a V oYC X. 0 0 oD D~ - o Nom `E E'wC t i N 1I J, w O L> V y 0 T p C O T E« 7 w u i Y r O E u ~ 4 • 3 T V p 4 V C O C Q L: 7 O U N V C b C d W T r r C .0. O L u 0 0 0 t « p w 7 .C 10 e1 O O P 't P O a 0 • y y 0 7 r A N tf: V 3 u c .u T •O p O a 0. 0 C V N ry u `y L O C L 4 C Y ''n c O N 7 w C N L G 0 c w O C .C 0 7 t O -C r N r • .v Y N O 3 N O Y 0 r N L` 0 4' T. ] N O O V u D; t« 'N 0 c 0.- y O ZJ L c 3 ~ M C N T O - O 4 7 r r y 'D h r u N N V O_ p u w L O 6 a p V 'r 0 N n y a Oy' 4 V 0 r 'n a C 0 O 1 a 7 0 O ~ c 3 It '-71 y <Y•' 0 y r- p t•' 0 7 O 0 lu Y r C 0 0 r '0 y b 'D 4. -0 c j ; U ,7„ 7 r V .U O ° U.- U N O N u u L T L V N u C, • 7 ,y Y7 C 4 w o E 'E r 'V U O P C. A 4 N C y C.N. N ' C u 0 r 0 a D. C O O u r 0 C r 0 t: r Q, Y O C C O] u N C r• . t :1 v T y L Q~ 1. P O O q 4 w V a b O > O E V O O V P -0 ° T _u c 0 0 C 4:4 b ro O u w It L = r O V U V C O u E 04 O co: -C V„ o E E c C C C Y U> O c V j V try y '.1 4, o.. Y b 7 10 1 .0 F Y 7 c c O c 0 r. 7. Y 0 u 2 3 b 4 C O C O' YJ 0. ! 0. N , L V a r ` C 't , 7 'D O A. ; a 0 a w 4 j .N b O L 0 X 0 ,Nn A 0 0 AC C '1 0-0 ~ 0 p +J O a ~ t , III x b ' T p 0 C o o x E O N O N tf C 0 tl , Y O ~ V 7 N T N F C v v Y ] V V S Y > 0 , .V A b Y V y N a c t! R O O 1 .n ~V C U 7 C .0 ] E N V O w O 7 l' 7 u O A N O L u p V .L O u. ; E v J L N p.? , w Ot 0 a' ` Y Y r:. C: 0 u b r N r Z. V y V u 0 .t u • y V V CIO ] C r r Of ~7 .O C N ] V N` u Y 0 c 0 x 0. 4 y w r •A„ V V I. r b C O ] V j) < O T N V C'0 > t •C L E G O 7 CA c> V ° r 0 0 .Y O b b o 0 ; ro q A r N Cl V O O P] C 0 u u O w O< t . III, 0 O r 0 t; 0 c [I J r 0 0 0 V C` 0« C « .a 'Q a 4• 0 0 C rY • •O C O N N O C O r` L N E s r w° A w v 0 Ot O V .C N O S Dt n d j d •p .0 C r b 0 0•: y c L V Y N O v ~y rn C 4 0 0 0 0 CL •0 0 V 0 w 0 u C O T 3 O C t« > u 0. N 0 « O C C A r N y« L 7 H j •C 0 V r r y V V O It- N C C ° Y E E = Y C w u A' C` b c 3 0 u O w O Al V t« y L a O O 7 'O O 0 0 a ] u C N G « u .yi V C O : a E 0 O 0 0 11 t ` C a c r t„ . O Y ; u ; N u to 0 7 y u , V 7 N ~y O4 CJ to 0 7 J O IV N O E C O A V p T b] u tl V O] V r OI V C N w u C u C V' V E o.. r p CL CL O 2, c oI, C L E .O w p E Y b V A V C Y O T.' •1 x N C „N, u O. "i1 O Y I. 'q q •C [ t[ V N O 0 7 0 41,0 3 o p] e E Y N rn c Y+ u c t, E o c > T 4YV C y,~ 4 •O.. aA O0"!C Oqr > 00 OcE pt v..- 00 tOV Or O 0 < 1, •-0 C 'U C a 0 w N O V O 'c 'v V O C 0 y H N O p: 'D V N O T y] b T p 4 T o T 4 .u L V. L N` A 4 O C 0 U G C w C 0 0 N V O A O N co IoII '0 7 P p Y ql'0 O r] u E Tw N c c Y N c 0 Y O C ,N C O ` 6 0 C O :O u N 6 N 1: O fL,• 0 O r O. O 'r 0 O O T 7 4 ] c u 0 p r E V 0 O O O E C c E •O 4 C 'L 7 y" t o Yl r M r r w0 E ' V 0 C C p N Y Pp w w c j 0 Qy nl~ w N:n N O V u N 0. N N C u ~r C17'O vw Y C N Q C C C r ] r c x 0 0 < ,0 v 0. C T O 0 to p ,L O .C .C Y O ,C C •n C x v N p l: ,C y j w V rV y w. ,E ] f Y ] O C. O C 'O E O N O E O D V d. p N C O C O V 0 C 0 'D U J r t.. 'J y r! ON 0 O Q E qM £vp4o~ QY w wt x vyo tno w, oo PEh o,o G>°'o uv7p 7_".c ,an 3 v a aoe, a40 a <o a ~ <A a r. <A < N r- L - Y , ,nc N D< u Sian y 0 I • v t_' v E r •°i v •rv rNV r CC ' O F; „ ] ul 111 N d a ' O O p c O rL b L O .D V O O TA W ~J V 0 C O < G d 0 L CJ , O M 1 f tto P fJ p C > p I ) O E E L Cy 1 I!1 ^ C d v a1 r T ' >b E A ••i ii 88H c [ c ~u O N K O H T II N al v U Q N U U ~ i. jr ' H v U N ca •f]i G O 0 ti fL 0 O ({1 R U O O F~ m 7 U U b0 td ~ N C O Z U d d Ill U v •N fX W O Y E m q CQ~ uu CQJ 8 (QJ N R J f0 h Ln ? } O d u U v V O C7 U r' - V 1 all fA F) 8 M.~Nr Hri(n ri i 1 Fl .v-1 U r1 4. U 1f) f M M N? r~ fl) . i fd U Cj F>. U U 3 0 0 ~ fy N l w r1 t yy y ri U N 1 U N l7 4-4 F~. r1 {P~. Qw Q V ) C 1 O Pa N ,-1 v 0 V N V. 41 to V o C 1% o u ^J E; c o r. O c C r` E> y u v OE ° L N E _ t C'. a >C 2~ * 0 r F4 c ! m c E 0 ax+ O rf( { y y :6i OG ~F W Of O 0 S.4 u o cg tg x~ : n F W 1 1 .ti 03 r. # V d H o t c O c [q t .1 1 t' a~ y o 2 a a OC al u O O c n O r O U V r~i C v U a c7 a Z p V! Z Fpi C Is f=/1 6 t, (b u c p C +J y1 G rQ~ - c4 v y O +i i v u u Q a~ 2 cJ q Z r-] Z j; C vs (n m , ° I Q O CND ? M Vi Cr. A S tY F. V) .Ci aCi LL 3 Q o LU_ W C* afl~~ ca ."a' v N 1 (U ri E f O ~J pv~ J lFi r1 .i f~ L Ili .C Q v-' S~ +J r 0,~ V7 F~. Q a1 r~ •i IA CD y 11 N 100 Lill (V yl T IT L) fA O +i W !7 [[+~7 ~f C O fA A^ 67 1+ a > U1 Ccl A6 TA F~ c < r•1 r7 Al u 11 Y~ c Z U (V 1 (J O~ C IV o f) 1 Q CN u v rl +01 'd 0 W u q o N n r~ Q C F m ?i 41 v n cn .7 CJ4- 0 Ir b C 4-1 LIN U h N O +1 O 0 T, to all0tt v F al m tn ra v v n, . I 7 _ .w 11.. $ 1 V U H C/7 O W v r y 1-a tr N r41 O r 7 y, d rA to x d :.7 U N C N 1p" C ca q > a% C ~I rJ 1 rJ tl7 O 11 j r• a7 H v7 l ti > > C tv = In J .N 91 O w t 1 C W E+ v 7 0 v [1 v N rt1 n W i E f 7 o O ~ xU a t f C) 44 4-4 r~ v C P 00 d V a E E n p O E+ O O r-1 OF7• N ri P-4 V7 O O ~r4 U y N l01 'U~ q ~QA cc 0 U cr o x a°'O v I I q c. m y >.v tai a~i H h v 0 Cc ~i4 t~- 0 C rl FA 7vi 7 E OI C t7 m ~ I O G1 I F7 yV~~] 00 w H 61 G, U +1 +J C O 1 r-7 C El Q r aJ 4. ( r~J1 U ry a a N yy mm k v r> 'i U a7 0 j~0 ii efS co 0 Ca b F+ G p v~ n C o' ci I Ci7 P £ Ir F H r1 P F/ ri ro O O ro V~ J y 6 U W O U f O v aJ u N IL~ a 1~ •J r'1 m C ri U H a X "C C rJ C fa m m c¢ a G ~d Q w U ~u'1 CJ U>> y ro u C7 P W U ~U rl PH r• U .U 11 it a1 L N r; O ^ F1 C O }pp~ O ^ N r-4 E 'i 1. > r+ EN > > G7 EI x !1 !n U U ra n. H U a. U -,t W w to x% H y v Yl +S a ..1 u > C of X 0 ~i U) 1('1 C 5 v Q Q ( Q I V Q G a H N 7 c7 - v c~ U O v C +1 w In f f~ QN ~j 0 O rJ QI ^7.a p a Ipp'.' N qa H Z a7 r-I N r°~.3 U~1D C'- or V4 !V f~'1 1 U +J r/ ro C Ct7 w . e v i v ~ o v W O m E V W > 7P4 E ' Q 8 z o c Ya .o 0 W o o w pp c c v.C U U U U ra :s V U v I.t Jc: 5 r~ ~a a I.n..,, 1 ..1'.'.1 '.l llfl :.lr♦ l • I Ur~I"iv I 1. '14' n• y becea.b^r 7, 1971 ack. Fr V.:rt1,~ 1Ir. '!ti 1;llis No. 8405 Ksau Cic t1tnsouri fr,114 ijenr Sir: Enclosed with this letter in a z3rox copy of the 3uilder's Fisk. and Installation Floater policies for the Denton County Power Statlor. I must extend, at this time my F,polopicla for tiro delay thnt has occurred. If there are nay further requests, please contact me. Prompt attention and Immediate service will be yours after this inetdont. Thank you. Si ro Y Yourta 4~ Ld cocy , Jr. M O stunt "nfvty Director Lil/f V CC: Clcy of N:Itan/ r_c: :'r. Floyd U,innur 'CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT POLICiES OF INSURANCE AS DESCRIBED BELOW HAVE BEEN-ISSUED AND ARE IN FORCE INSURED Austin Building Compan - ADDRESS P.O. Box 1590, Dallas Texas 75221- , LOCATION AND DEfCRIPTION OF WORK _Countrywide - All-Qperati.ons ~f the amt performed for City of Denton POLICIES OF INSURANCE AND COMPANY AFFORDING COVERAGE HOUSTON FIRE AND CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY ITEM COVERAGE POLICY N0. LIMITS - EFFECTIVE EXPIRES Workmans Compensation _ Statutory (1) and WC-518554 12-31-70 12-31-71 Emplaytrs Liability - GLA-436728 EACH PERSON I 100,000 12-31-70 12-31-71 (2) EODILY INJURY LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE 1 300,000 + EACH OCCURRENCE 1 100,000 n i1 (3 PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY AGGREGATE f 1009000 (4) CONTRACTUAL GLA-43679.8 c~cH PERSON s 100,000 300,000 12-31-70 12-31-71 PUBLIC LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE 1 n rr EACH OCCURRENCE I 100,000 rr u ls) CONTRACTUAL AGGREGATE 1 100,000 PROPERLY DAMAGE CONTRACTORS PROTECTIVE LA-436728 EACH PERSON I 1001000 12-31-70 12-31-71 (6) LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE S 3009000 n n EACH OCCURRENCE I 100,000 n n (7) CONTRACTORS PROTECTIVE PROPERTY DAMAGE AGGRLGATE 1 100,000 _ `V *AUTOMOBILE BODILY LA-435727 EACH P(RSON 1 100,000 12-31-70 12-31--71 (B) INJURY LIABILITY - EACH OCCURRENCE s 300,000 - 'AUTOMOBILE PROPERTY EACH OCCURRENCE 1 100,000 n (9) DAMAGE LIABILITY ` 'COVERS OWNED, NON OWNED OR HIRED AUTOS - APPALACHIAN INSURANCE COMPANY _ COVERAGE POLICY N0 _ LIMITS EFFECTIVE EXPIRES UMBRELLA CATASTROPHE 1J - 1223 11000,000 1-31-71 12-31-71 LIABILITI POLICY LISTEOABOVE. LIMIT APPLIES EXCESS OF ITEMS This Certificate of InsurLnce neither affirmatively or negatively amends. eEtends or altos the coverage afforded by the Policy(s) described This certificate issued at the request of (,'AMF,-.-Qity-Qf -Denton ADDRESS- -_~anton. Texee_....._ In the event of any material change in or cancelldtion of the pol coos, the companies named herein will give 10 days prior written nonce of such change or canrellatpon to the party to w-iom this certificate is addressed. Dated at .1?al.las, Texas -Decembgr_ 31~__~__ 19 70 J, E. EARNEST 6 COMPANY Allthonird RcOresental!vt ,/Wi`„ ♦aw i ,.j~pf p,r75 y i ~ s tl ` .:xP,~ r ° ri.''fr f x raYVS f ~ T ~ .6 3 ~,iL~ r it s'A. ~t y ~'S C f fl T r iC r~ luva 'i. r p1 ~y n~ C r j , ~1~N~~rRAtt~ COfTATiY} #O Jokgs Nf~a 'Yeefy~ ,Yet , ens! ~ eoeoY~itaN~d ~a~wlnted, iad drN4 lwrnbf eoastitati react ►Dp.taf pobart E. Moore of Ds11as, Texas - - - - - - - - = - - - - - 04 tts true and lawful AUoro ta•Faet to notate - - - - - - - - - - - under snob in la !y Hanes ~.n3 to As corporate seat to and dellrec for and on its behalf as surety thereon or other wia. hooch lr Ot6tions on UM of Austin Bridge Company Austin Road Company Austin Building Company Austin Paving Company Servis Equipment Company( .°r.~ r, . rv', unA Yrltr~ i i C A~r$~~ t tG~ion Company PO i eJb'I;'1 It tvtt..r{ r ,r ! , + Qkl M1 w 9t° :i , . #M}• fl ,P.'S5 j - 1~ 41rI$ M Pl },N;Y76i~!.1 ~:t} .1,s"., f: II 9'rYia~ Itu} Itn ,i "n~I S{ ->;rlt;Pl?.t ct 4 , l;tix t++i# n~;ts;C {vh~-:7rrr 1, a. ~'^'ei ,ii J~Ie~, r !o conaect[p tli, iiQse pr poeiL otr t td to Or Mitb,/iii Unlted Watea of Amerkt any Stlt1,9R poUtka! •nbdirislon tb! oir i#nerein, nr+td d~~tion ! and I, ~N} qty' ~ dndit ttll boon to s'oh % ld, dm Fats !a this ,Conpa~ rain on to behalf S t ht4 deal, !5 pnrittuuef of the atttbor,ty J7,ao , f b5 acid 'upon this Oompuay~ { qtr i'~ h } x,• + t. ;s. r» > a: t~ rr ,fr. : rsr d~!ej 1E Y^. Z. 11'/fN7C'ti; ?B tY3: 4":yil r(%rI'74`l t:t0 '(i Nr):j (r.fE ~ 19 }.,t, i *!It T i ~tt~ iFi ° ►t,t' Zbiiedd'FEIfERAL`ilV'SU>1GAtJOffiCOUPA~"1411, 9=AP~+f~~~~!.~y'Laws, by its VIN President and Assistant Secretary and Its papetok oWA*.,,be borsto okr Aral f~ffiLuSw halo W?aj,b"LVl}ua 0*1 t fan(} %Usno tut)VA i bA Q~9o eo J C> AC iiT~ t~tA1Wa Oldpwrit 4"'Nlt6 s or>r< e» t:a s•d (bnyatiA !o teprv'i N $3 isr7Rt of bwieall Yttb Ff "f6!I.'tlbfi;t '/,hr3'1tiriF a ~:$~AV N6,4 JAN gltfty %Ahwt l'<C,nA uhyo4 ,ebimrloC3 Ze isl tiialQ ;A,FTg n~ shirt hatlrtl3 6 ! a*lrtiP, odt to bNa n1 rastiecM {i•E%hl fife tl},i•LR o•tu 14 _kOAMANdipul 63 e l"41 l la nel)4o9'rr0 r^dt dttw mZ to nlttr a14r le aP~ ~ s a Rol ti i4# uric qJ 4vt: Jptiy to 6sdtSnn }q ,.~3~ ,I , 'tlyk •to• "OMS is , t ! .:R..rld1 , Y X ,}isnY weH is ,«aagri bias to Ears b~V d{dsrNidl F + lllzi?. J il►slter Auistent3•erctertr ' TE 09 NEW Q S O"ty of New Yotk Nat thi:t}l ~y January . 10 71nato~e see came Wal~r LaForge, !e me own tit me known to be Assistant Somts of FEiSERAL iN COMPANY, the eor- p6tatioa described iu and wkkh executed. the forrtola Bower Attorney and the sold Waller LaPorp beia# the my sworn, did d•pm and so that reaidis to the City of New York, in the State of Nt]► Yorkl I hat • Atitant Secretary of the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY and knows the eorporato seal thereof{ that the 1 aElred to the forecoing Power of Attorney is such ccrporste seal and was tberew afted by autbority of the r&IA ofWd Companysad that he disnned~( d Poo~rrer of Attorney as Assistant of sold Company by anthoclty that be is W atoll wlt>~Piederkk Q Gardner and knows him to be We Pradent of saki Company, ahd that the s na of iW l ,41 V. Gatdnet ruWaribad to said Power of Attomey Is in V SnOW handwriting o> "Id. Frederkk Q bardnel area pane thereto subo6ibed by autbority of Bald Byl-Ltvs and in deponents presence. Atk%mkdpp•d sad Swom io bs/ors ets on tM date above written ~pTAR)OA * NP A MARY IL BENDIOH UB1.1 NOTARY Ps o tato of New York V 0,104064666 gob "o I •nOprf .l•W•*'~" Co MW &,AM In aw York March 8% I!tH•1•M) E 4 N.~ X J4 f{cb r r ~ N 1 n. I, ~ t.. Z W r'.K r~~''1 r . t°. , ~ '1n i L M ! r" lk N ay M 1 Ya ~•'l4. i 'V t ;F''• r i + rS r S .:%i } l y~ '14 J " " c} t I. .Cy`+`/ rJ~~■/~■Nh/ ~xy~Iy~Sy.~1 1y ~ rr., ' ` ~w/~ ,r t ~~~~4f#lisfi~~~'A ~.TY~ ( .'~ti '~~.E~ ' 4~:: 5., _ ( ~{~f Vrt wJ'o,tt ~e PJYdr.O$.`Ir!AfFO~ { IVfA)"`f~LtK •fllll3'~9 S yti rrrV' rllti1k7t1 18i~t »tilt! 1~ R . , Wi%)ga .,ps e.' f,'rw 9 glritii r-ery hI,y` ; 'Ktr;•p 4 p3A footfs~~rr .a'•it4u-p4" V%f-4€. xPm Is L4%gI ~1J J T15}l 9fra-dok , ,r ! d. , 'i 1, {',!1.4.". a p! • r`!t ei r .n 'P 7 t47ct C+nSS. 5i4sb Jf1+ 91411 ('?t~ ~f' li ^ ` Tfl, x~ TIP Ff.'Gf t# N 'p . OITY AND COIUM Or NNW YOR191.0 A.dOAD,. q' ~p ~hq iL }8U l bE COUP do b+r bbl arar, tht the lollpwthe W I.~a hew nar$ frorwAl* -Liwif 'iald' t `ai t+d b7 Ito B+aed o! Directors on 'iiarcb Ito 1063 o amended 7aauary 4, 19!i•w.'tha B7•Lw•ia.la tall fora and elteeL "AIMCLE JCX. Section 8. All bonds, dnderteldno, contracts, powers Of Attorney, and otber Iflaftw ants Otter tbatt' a above, for sad on, behalf o.I the COMMY a>>&* It 10 Autborlsed f~ law or ll4 ehsrt+r Oh and oa bebalf'of Zbomp;Ly., b7, f Ir,v itl.r ri to execute, may and abail be executed in the name t alrm"'ar,the Vlos-Chalrpum. or"P1r!l~lpt o~ ~.Viga t,~s Seae~~ e ~ s Vii; ter' lrt `Aaelit#At S*ciimrwFo lritAer ,tlj/{r ItNpes rt o~ i ,t tt P JNJ 1Wointien,oi j Q rit +.E. v+,qo more eftere or attoine)a-in-fact datisoated to any, ulp w Committee, or in any poser of attormr executed u DM I" for is 3 i ► y ' AxWnw 6d" `6ia8biEnlwi'et: 40a,X94.N,P~ I A , t l t M i r t! ins jl`P,e Y,tl F.-p s.., ~.F > J xY 'A* 1903 do ' _ St:ItiEat 7ttw1.'a,ttc ~iptlsf`n,(~tit~~d a Z >taw ens 000110th l oK` iiM wl i HnKA 69 A 1wa !s i ..d tb ltituct' Z farts !4 f " ~ r NS RA GS` WA OT J i, that q.a+i~d as the - WA . r a>bd tori tr ` la *A 'of tbe SKiaA d Oolosbla 1~'rleet4 6 fi , eko patk~d or toyet;ed b~ tir Lw F t aa. this e ~ A 'f .e3 T✓(')t i• ' Z ~.rr.~t ~ 1~ • ; t KaL ~ flee 'f'~4 N. y 5 t mJ litd Naf of A+fd CMPV at fYY ~x'J~6 ~J A +MS lll't~t yt~J~V r~. n s 'h3K viu RTATa 7::r.x { .411101 ti aYl yn q?:si:o:~ ,~~a in 17.cd . ~J w ,,'l,r~ rr iluF d 1 St Y"f f{Iff,'!T, h7 r~x`, s'I •'rit c~C) Z,n a.i) IYrt1,'l'fi);7 ~)r ,31 I1121.1/fl5034 101 1o qys rOi? - 'niefFef, ad o) tssenat c.m q•! n an,rai }rt{ o4 ~d '&tttxd egl~ dr F y9t .V t,{,tt ~dl b rp '{irrNth +a ~~wp'1 tr1'a~4F<'S e,t) ba1~: a ra ~atr,'Ye bus ~ ~+~Fs~+n:4!, rutieioq ~ ~If 1,~,'ff ;MYIt'~ 4',~%. ••~rvi1 na') f'rt14.~ wxS, 'o ;~1:f n~fl ri e't'.•?t57e•'! fn,4,3 y,°. t'.^~ e~H1~D 3'ib.dlwsd~~ ~1.1b nm ' 6Nf 17f? :7n• Y- .E I,t'r, s. r: ;`r qa<< LYa ri ,}"RN'J°.v f .1' fF;~lia',t „t. j~~ ZK f r ~[{~~A, h,lt',, :)rud2_!at ? t alt •Irt ,ra' t :.e Er.~., r''at.~ite,t 4tir1 vt f tr!z~. °,o Y,'rq`t Frts;.~,zc2 i aF C'.Jr~e Crs3 ~'IPT v!`f tYOJ! ?.1 xt 1 •d ~1e 'nt k r•y, 11 A.. ).e Y 0 ~ ,.^n t.:•: ~?~W ni rl '1 !.,e x6Y(:t'. } 1~,il to b'AO.t~~i~ ,ti f1 j tt+ .I )i t r~ .'t°•! " 'f ,it L; ,^S fl, 3 a h ,.'.i t J.Q 97'.I 1 t7 f Y5: I~y"'~ t{J~~ i t d f fA gF "i{ ~r L41U n t Hnl){awI {.t i~ r d° it ,1 q,.•t°,!1 h. aJ . iru'i l:'rfw J QmaYI : ,I `i!Ct YKil.~'4 n~6NSR f !•.T ire h+Ulray { 041 IoLfu Las 4,rsar3ti'{ ti 1 «u,t: is n„ b~sq AkeJ-y1l i,i,•,, 9t,'gJir,~Yv:a q,i ;1~;°r.~rx{ir~ r3~^,dt! ec~'? ~irx t,:~t`~c;? : 1 ~shsb~rf'~i blan lb ts~Y).i•o,ev~p:4ilnsr,tt?~fxta ._,..m,,,, 1 ry'h ~..ll..J ':ha-•.... ~ 91~,j.;7~..1'•Vi1 j' ,'~~^,e`'e. .,5~~'.y k'tlll4'"~i) ~ f4,.}l. ttY ~~.'~Ir..)cSt.}r~ t'E JtnY wit;, tit9+f ,'f, i 'r al.1jJ.S tt. ~Jl 4., jet, 't 'I'U1 .),7yl,F I~Cf 1i~. fs4: f ~ r'rest n~ ~)~s• t~ stiyY0wrLygn~t~rintg,~f'{J't'•'o i :r:« y CA' r:~~ • ~r~tn9~~7, ✓ ,~8 ~i~f.~, 1' I:' a't. w. "H JI7~;.. ~~e.r~~ i~7~a! 1 ~ 1..61 rI": •11eI1{.I 1r. ~ Rhl, M 3~ 1►1'i+'P 11 ~4. tir ~I Ny' a O' hri 4* ✓ ~a#I ~ j~~~ r~,M~'d~ a~;. .4. .A'ry,. E ~I.~~r r 4a.•.o .~gyy ,{faN~' ~ rj f ,<...`r ',..'i .`~1 ~Mi Y- ~41~4.{r I f4.`~~~•VV'~~f~K\TjQr a. ~Mr ikJpJ f. ~ Q... ,``__~__I _ {(/fix ~_1_ ____J_ 1~ I' `~4 Ye/ `p~I$L1a• 4 1 44 r•7 t q q ° ° E a Or c D a« z r w , xr > o o 'S LL qg ac_J_JO x s E a E c ° {Ly±{y, 0 O ° U' q C F- Q to "n 4 ~'K i [ t' .~r►O. r v 3 n O C `L^ t 2 J 2 Oa . I. is o r. ul c > c a a _ ° w q c ft O 3 c. l7 v $ o a qQ Q LL. '"s ro 0 o OV "'Sf1 U N r c Em l7~ T AUN = u o E c ql7 ° O Erk H ^ L c q a E o Ir u H E vn a E q v "cn m'6 c m i O Q ZocWZOLL Z +J d r! j C r E .n u 10 u c LL > E o$ q O y cL ~ uj q W t, ~Na'J l'4 d a- O Gr x > > Cq E4+ O. C q W U. •J \ ` ' Ir Q t~T 3 v 4 n C c A N q v> n c W Q m r s v 9 q U. Q 8 r Q C. Q Vr y N q Q ? E C f NO, i' J O O z 2 t0 r O> j 2 2c P+ ,..r r y H V E ; o m D O n L 8 o C t C = Q F• m W C 's r u-~~y r 0p 3qI v a N q OC Z O W f 1uf L M ° E a H ° 0 Q Q r T i x yyz~ ISiW k .r U m c Co W c ~ `cr, t n m A v L Q Q co y JY. Q OIE p r d v V L O. r L M° 'o L ° > Q lil LL at 'F O • ti ,k~L'.p h ~u 3 J ,•J~O .00 J a~+ A L b o = q 7 o c A o 9 1~ A _ e' `k O Fs~ n aµZ.1 1?G LL y d LL 7 r6 V LaJ j an C . C C Oi C 3 f' J O ` O♦ F r, OW >O rn~ rnA Y E «t m 'E 8 of v 8 1°o ~t G = OJ V Q •r u i h O ~ ~ j ~ A m a mi '.1 A c '.c'. Vic` v n L O g g F W Z o '4e~T 0 to V > O Q r t O m l7 a 3 O L C q C Egr d S6 o J Q = H y F z o w « ow o U3 ASS Qt nq gj3= LL }aLLF- Q ; ! Q ; $ v o r. co 0i o ta i c' d Q 2 0 to > Li W N r- ` r- O LO lC 1~: L Q o Q Q W m u J°y ~~~,~jj}}} r H C4 C ygm ~ C pp> L O v c um > Q W Q 2c Z U. O ICy t q t Y = o v N C C , Q O Z ° O c 8Jo jZt`►=o Mfr 2 C, C.3 cow Q A8 g ty, - aavJ d r: ~ 0 o 0 LL w 34 O w C; ILI f L ! F OF Ix uj E. 0 Q D 4; IL CL 2 ! c u x Q + V! L C n C7 C C N~ `ogOC Wdl-O~ eac die J o~ > o q L~ Qp v_ OCVp 3s•it Or~ O~ o t~ 7 o_ T QtJ c 'F o i o rn 8 e O N a - ° wOaCQ7a c Z r1 x ? O 7 V LL C_ c a^ v c y v ty' . C q z yj K O Z O % N 2 " 1- N RSA a q` 7 V 7 r11 C iO r^ ~ r.. 3 j L O O m Q y o lm . BILL J CL'g L d c Z ar E o " q OC Vi u• ° m 0~ 10 t+V m.r q w ` C 7 v to O r A, Wy MU od° E p 0 k0 Q w Y c V q o O o .q m :6 0 L c o' o !a rn Q 2 t9 : p S c y u Era o 0, w m w OF z q m 7 c1 o L q~~ m LL t~~~r~~~~1111VN~ ^Jy .7 u N CL N E ~Vp U X V d,~ 2 OC c_rC~ r` w W p O 0 r SIW tl v7 O N > C S N IY F_ = O C l7 N ~7q L J L O v 8 L 7 E O V IZ V LL H J ti C C x1 I tZ u O W ~W ~~y w Ur n v: Z O m m LL LL to V cc O z C v fA A ` w 10 pr4O ) NS V a O ` O e 6 1r- W cc Z a O n.'~ha !i i ~•,ti F - a F._ a ~a „ _ c -m; n n c0 w-..---~------ tai ro v Z na to r x ,rF.i 1t 5{}~~j xf_1,M':., X., ,C. s{._, [i-„ z. ..K ~.~}p.,-•~T•'r!. 7S 4 .pi t'F~ ,.t/.`-~ , ~__`~~"Sf'~ ----J-`/ ~..j.- ',Fj'Q'•'L t s 1i `'.i~ 'i All ~ir~iE~o~~ .F~'rr 'r'•: W~ , fY~. -;i; k eika`ij,F'V~'i ~`6`:. ~s" `'iJf~,4 4r .r4~f. kJ~; ~ t yt r.~ .r,. ,G{'~: ti r E.~ ~ m f J'4: , a ,a ((pp € ..,i ~h a 1 " 'tl .@. .r.,q", a'„F M. o. ~ , ~ ,r., ry . -1r, ' l f ,d 5n,.~': r;„N ,d r.4 .a. 1141. ,rrk:.., h•'4' ef!4. T1j.,Ip tt' .a~.r ~'ri 1 •1 r r.~~ r t Y F 4 rl . 33. •~i,•.-a i i.J' r~ <'r t' • I .L ~ a `r'r:~lJp, ~I a q, .1' !~~A,.. r ~ f ,r.',a ` ",,..1 a. ~f, y 'aI. d•Ow," 40 ,y;yy~';, ~.~a,. d,p~ J ~ rq.; ~W.' ~ ~iG $p rR' ~R it~~~yvl P^`~~}~~•~~+M.t •fY~•'.!" .•4'.f •'i`'A~> ~.'.~}Mrn~ LdrY pr ..y~•M~ .s~• 'Or .,y."v.,!},d F. if'~+ Nit," `.Y', k` f 1 r X, x H R ° p YO p L N `O O .9 % C• w L " C d L ro'~ U a cu v O C 16 C C a d o ro m ti N L L r W N N M o. L o m Q.2 H L M M C Cl. co> O 't.I TC m F IO tp yj ; C d Va- O d • M s~Il~ .8 CL _ G _ tJ d C s n N O u O.O O C x t i l7 7 w 01 Z 2 y K •C d t L A y tv a<- "C u- .a > wt . r' w N; U y Q/ j ~Q ,r.t u•„,J't~^• Lc4o- ITIi t0 - N 1/, G u C_ L 3 ~Yi,` w C T O o~it o ° ~c;,;? w ICY vc C7c ~E x U. 9 m ? 'O r C H t~L N `W O p 0. ? c w a CL CD L LL CO 3 V w exFll 0) 0 6A g4 to C r Q 0~~q„ eta i~Cs2 a~~ G" K.f,v 1 G U r o 'm 0 (D O M x"11 L L T \ N U Q O ID L U L IQ ~ P O d c y C"VI cP;.-.C7 -0 0 c % O C d r§ Y ° y pp ; y c V Q 07 D g c Op° ° L E =P t 4,b u`C ¢a 00 pp Q G ° c0 ~ L ,g 0 " C : r( E w G C w m +1 p c~ a£~'v ~°yy cOavQy ~ x x Q •O 61 v=.. .C V. a C N G ~it?N. • 0 O L VVV V ar 'L3 j iM N G t'' L'.i > ° t' rf p Jrr',. , ',t dOi ~Oa.c m9~~da r Y~ t"x y~ C T= C C cc ~LL L_ lL t 0.8~ 80 'r: % g~~ rK sy ' !T'R ''lfj, ~•W .r t.., ref ~W a i f i.,f 1 i }pp ~.;t )4 y,.','( \ v':. W' 7/ E 'i/{•~j, ~...©¢Vt a;: }J hT A Y M ♦ llt~♦j 7,`{(•~ ~MQIgN . AA s i rLµ' •Irr~pw~,!t ~~1~ P, 7. t ~i.; ~ , n~• 4r r~.,''I!'R r .ryl vd } A? •S,~ r .rfiN'Ny ~ r'M•.td ti .a.. ~N:~ 'S}'y.AriA:~• '?J4,.;d4.~.Lt: .7~: • " •a~ S'1 rawVl. 7yai yPy., ,vl~ .t r'!~ 'f.S>~'' h` ` ~M1 t; a JJ Y,e •~~Y*; r."r ,rt. y,}. } . fiT„~ .A .tt'IVt , tti Wr! ..j, V I •A• 1 .pyb J .e Y•,e ..,`!i' -C? .a':q .<<`.~d~' ,;d a F.V'.ir"`G ~ ~ . .y~. ./j .G.~ ry ~W (T C;.; ~ ••t ~ u" 'li/~':~'"N q~. ";~~y!' iam•t• aA',j 0.'e )1. ..y. ~4 ri x. : a'•,.' ,,.'{ul i"~ y.,.~ '±ry'r ,~i4',F~'.. d~11 adi d,}~,.k ~/f:,,~ ti,~ r/j "S.♦ r,(~/.. I j g, r, /F.'f.,. X'; ~..t• if"M/t,: a~F r 1 ktt... ' b~. a ; ~i UF'r'w'py.Ac u.. • ,rl~.~~., ~ ~ ~f:: aa- irr f' t 1500 MEADOW LAKE PARKWAY BLACK & VEATCH P.O. Box NO. 8405 CONSULTING ENGINEERS KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI 64114 CHANGE ORDER CONTRACTOR AUST114 BUILDING COMPANY cNati,E oFttR tip, 1 1000 Singleton Blvd., Dallas, Texas 75221 LATE November 16, 1973 CONTGACT FOR General Construction Spf(IfICATJ44 NO D-4 r 1 i t NO D-4.1 py,~ER City of Penton, Texas vfo~tcl }an 4904 PR01{CT 65 MW Addition, Unit 5 Dollrrs The contract is hereby changed as follo•s; Price additions for Material and Labor for Modifications aB described on the attached Work Modification Proposals and F.xtra Work Summaries and as summarized below: Modification Modification Orders costs - $ _ CO-1 1,458.83 CO-2 505.29 CO-3 128.80 CO-4 19286.30 MO-5 21555.69 MO-6 262.72 MO-7 312.70 MO-10 11124.73 MO-11 11292.36 MO-12 1,793.09 MO-13 535.77 MO-14 1,318.98 Mtn-15 1,907.67 MO-16 396.60 TO-17 134,46 MO-18 262.50 MO-19 119.88 MO-20 428.81 MO-21 321.05 Premium 'rime (1.-8-72) li3.32 Total $ 160319.55 Change Order Allowance as provided in the Contract. (519472.00) All other terms and conditions of the Contract remain unchanged. O a Approved ror BLACK 6 VEATCH Net (Adjll(/dn•, (deduction) of this order . . . . . $ 359152,45 previous total (addlt1on)(deductlo4 lu contract. Net total (AlfiAln (denuctlcn) to contract . . . . 350152.45 original contract X%\un. 1,338,280.00 Date Net Contract Arv)unt, . C AUS7'iii 1, (owner) r (E qtr tor e i,-1 ~C - Date 197 tty me rrb w 7 y PA. I'le ..:rur MO MEADOW LAKE VARKWAY BLACK & VEATCH P.O. BOX No. 6405 CONSULTING ENGINEERS KANSAS CITY. MISSOURI 64114 WORK MODIFICATION PROPOSAL CONTRACTOR Austin Building Company PROPOSAL NO. 1 CONTRACT FOR SPECIFICATION NO. D-4 OWNER City of Dentons Texas FILE NO. PROJECT 4904 (Power Unit 1 5 PROJECT N0. 4904 The Contractor hereby submits a proposal for modification or the work as described herein: Extension of 10" CISP drain line from Cooling Tower 5 to a total length of 230 LF. this extra includes labor and material for an additional 115 LF of the 10" CISP re- fereuce Drawing No. D4-502 n w ry{,U1J zfuf zo f A,r, 1 f` 19 71 The Contractor hereby agrees to perform the modifications described above for the following costs: (Include cost supporting data) addition S 1 6 59.8 9 (a) For the total lump sum contract price ~of ► - D For the unit rice addition of S Estimated Total ( p deduction 1Y S Estimated Total (c) on the basis of actual field cost plus 0 J.- - - CONTRACTOR By L Date 2- Ir - 14I' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . the receipt of this WORK HOOIFICATiON PROPOSAL Is hereby acknowledged. This acknowledgment does not Imply toothe Contract Price. acceptance of the amount of theroposed change BLACK 6 VEATCH By le Date i 0 d 1500 UEADOW LAKE PARKMAY Y, BLACK IN V (s, ~M P.O. Box NO. 8105 CONSULTING E FR ~[3 V KANSAS CITY, MISSOLRI 61111 \N, 11 1lliORK MODIFICATION ORDER CONTRACTOR YEATCH MODIFICATION NO. Au' , A81na Cnmpanv C0411`ACT FOR SPECIFICA1104 NO r OWNER FILE NO. p PROJECT'it'Y rAntOTIg ~'OXAt1 PROJECT NtI1 i^ ~i14 ~ The Contractor is hereby directed to proceed Irm ci lately with mcdlflcallon of the vwo,k In accordance with the following; T)roeood with the substitution of the 2;" rvC nipo for the ehlorine line in lieu 04' 0AA homiertrpnd one' polve•thylene os vrectfied. ' rmms ts'tn ha 9eeea+nliahed in complete tionordAince with Mr. Portennen's letter rtRted June 10 and at in a4ditiorlll colt Re ouotod in vmir rf AnMAl nP July ll(~`5n5.24). RITERRED TO N fY LH TBR AMA TCN p 1NA 3KK t PEA JYFK w8 LE(. RD a!'NK kA f1MB Bi 110 Im + i{V CAM v115 1!M HCT IM M RAM Ul'.y ; ME RC0 CW R it RA.. 1PHF ~D v BLACK YEAICM By Dale 19._ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Contractor :lereby acknowledges receipt of this WORK ilODIFICATION ORDER and agrees to proceed as directed 4erein. CONTRACTrd By Date, 19 IT the Contractor ca,slders the work descrlV4 ilereln to change the amc!unt of the Contract, the Contractor $hal llhe within 14 days from the date of iaclLowlCONTRACT edg ni., DOCUMENTSWORK MOOIFICATION PROPOSAL In accordance with Q :gip BLACK 8 VEATCH 1500 MEADOW LAKE PARKWAY CONSULTING ENGINEERS P.O. BOX No. e4os KANSAS CITY. MISSOURI 64114 WORK MODIFICATION PROPOSAL CONTRACTOR Austin Building Company PROPOSAL NO. CO-3 CONTRACT FOR City of Denton SPECIFICATION NO. D-4 OWNER FILE NO. PROJECT 4904 (Power Unit 1 5 PROJECT NO. 4904 The Contractor hereby submits a proposal for modification of the work as described herein: }codification of the fuel gas supply area piping per the attached sketch. Included in this modification will be the furnishing and install- ation of the following: 1 - 10" x 10" x 10" CS-BW Std, W[ fee 1 - 1501 W.H. Pig. I - 10" - 1500 Rated Spiral Wound Casket All materials meet specifications 15A2.5.1 0, 15 A2.6.1.1. b 15 d2.6.2.2cf the 4904-D4 Caneral Construction Specification I The Contractor hereby agrees to perform the modlficatlons described above for the folluwing costs: (Include cost supporting data) (a) For the total lump sum contract price dcX a"T cT'ion of . . . . . E 128.80 (b) For the unit price addition of E Estimated Total deduction - (c) On the basis of actual fleld cost plus S Estimated Total F Q //~~Z CONTRACTOR By Date 19.L_ The receipt of this WORK MODIFICATICN PROPOSAL Is hereby acknowled7ed. This acknowledgment does not Imply acceptance of the amount of lr proposed change the Contract Price. /qJ BLACK It VEATCM By r[O ~c--~ .4 = Oat! 7 - -7 !q '7, 0 } 1500 W ADow LM PARKWAY BLACK 8 VfATCH P.O. Box No. $405 CONSULTING ENGINEERS KANSAS CITY. AfIESOURI 81111 WORK MODIFICATION PROPOSAL CONTRACTOR AustiP Building Company PROPOSAL NO. Co-4 CONTRACT FOR City of Denton SPECIFICATION NO. DA OWNER FILE NO. PROJECT 490;, - PROJECT No. 4904 _ The Contractor hereby submits a proposal for modification of the work as described hereir This modification proposal includes miscellaneous revisions that were incorporated in our contract issue of drawings revised as listed herein. The last of these drawings were transaitted with B b V letter dated 4-22-71 The Contractor hereby agrees to perform the modifications described above for the foilovinyg costs: (Include cost supporting data) addition (a) For the total lump sum contra,.t price of 3 (b) For the unit price adductkon of S Estimated Total - > Estimated Total (c) On the basis of actual field cost pl(ru/s~ ~VI I\ N~ _19r~' CONTRACTOR By a l e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The receipt of this WORK IODIFICATIOOSPR PROPOSAL I erbyOacknowlePded. This mcknowledgnenl does not Imply acceptance of the amount of lh prop / 9 to the ,e 19 Date SLACK 5 VEATCH By r ~ ALI ~t EXTRA WORK SUMMARY Z J4C NO., WE BY D&H Z AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY CK'D BY A. EA-0- DSSC$'IPTION ! "ANTITIES UNIT TOTAL COST OF 1ARK A, DEDUCT PRICE ADD DEDUCT ITErns, x,'•14 l - I oc~.~v f` 2 F ~F.N, ~N fir,}=n 1~~~~~r ~'f o JZ~ ern C e rl Co ln) GrJ) Sr /1 - E`C' ielJ 3 ltif~~.rz wo l c,t>,-rra/jtL. C3(.octiov-r. ~f~ c {1cG f r.GAV, Q ` T xC a -rd to 2' ~~fl1,l)r•f+At. \VIS'7~rle_. L1119-, _ I JUTALl 2 A"n r lr.ot1 SLiivo ^s 0 11~. At, c,.,) Jv~e L{ ? 2's s- i0 A EXTRA WORK SUMMARY ay CK'D BY AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY DESCRIPTION QUANTITIES UNIT OF WORK - TOTAL ^c)ST _ ADD DEDUCT I'R [cf: A1,)D _ DEDUCT r~fvyzl ~1r1 G' LFF ~ rii 1?Pf'!•~° 3000 tee, rorN - JtLO Cil i t P. - 51Jr~ ef. Szere. 7rOVjC'C. SF O. i 3 8 _~~ou~ 8.7 CF JB.roo 2~8.~2 eF 7.7.CU 7.00 198 Dc;A `TAI. t)C;►I FORir1~ r f ter) I r t 0 -24, 7- 1 EXTRA WORK SUMMARY ' ~ ~Z AUSTIN BUILDING CO ODE EY PANY CK'D BY DESCRIPTION QUANTITIES OF WORK UNIT TOTAI, f,OST ADD DF;LUCT• I'isI(;F; ADD DFDUCT JT~' UP.:TI1(I - - ! Wiz: d o 7 TL L S - - r ~ 3v - - w0,' tA'ss'O EXTRA WORK SUMMARY WE BY 1L r.ATE AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY CK'D BY G _/lo.4~ J0 E.W,4k ~r~rrrr~~ DESCRIPTION QUANTITIES U11I1 TOTAL COST OF WORK - ADD DEDUCT i'P I IUS ADD DEDUCT rFt~ Y - - - or Lo,-r+,~Y r_ --=C~ Z Tau 0 I' A el) /Z or~n ire Cttrmr r C11E_nF 'Tor L'1 GAG P. _¢L!? _ 27,'7b WII [7r.c.. - - J _q f- r> - - --~~~_7~_ '~;?r~ _ Ill:?=~'`✓- L) ell • e ~ ~ E 'TRA WORK SUMMARY Igo MADE BY F_s t,Q AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY CY.'D BY DESCRIPTION QUAtvUMES OF WORK UM7 TCjLC S T ADD DEUUcf YRll:f; ^ ' 11r..,~ A:)U f ERUCT "er GOCG ! :/.f: ~r f~ YF p ti +q I,° J Nil 77- ~re Ft: U/d/ 1. T C a . i s f /C, . /7/Jf 9 . pct,/ P. A, 0.-1 2eLlr ~6,2 'r Lip-A, '/CJ ~ ."fi x'11 it EXTRA-WORK SUM MADE ay r 60 AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY CKII, DY E DESCRIPTION QUAtn,vrif:s UNIT OF WORK r TOTAL r;ng•p I T: Alm UF:UCC"T A&7 z /6 /7 /9 arc/ cry%s~: _ _ Ccr,• / /tom 7G1+/~!. h/i/r NFU/- -_._C%1 ,~i ~c r /~/~/s,/.k~r~=,'s-~"rr r~~ r.~ C/c. Tar;: /"r1c%/Z c•,~`.~.r:~/~~,~ S -firI ~o 12/rr .P. /F °r^ Cif r r - y • _ Fob/., m / T T~1 TJr- • CNl~ / a Cr _ 7e.~11~,1//.sr/. carr /5''eav tJOE2 rr. /r LsZce-r FF. !/1- : f / r ,r'ca~ / -i/ l!~/, y,/~ ra c~Z y~Jr~ A.UST ih'BUILUNG COMPANY BY [W~; •~g ry E ~ DESCRIPTLON QUAitTI1'iISS UNIT TOIAT. C05i OF WORK - ADD DEDUCT _ PRICE ADD DEDUCT It. /lly 7 /:.L..::-_r , ff E'//- 23 /2d G t ~'U~ (V • ~~~~17~i L / ~~M 621 :Y' 7 ~ ' F- 'z p, 3z 59 Tar 25 1 _ / 005 77 ,Ak I EXTRA WORK 5LIMMART e-. 9,071? Aus•rIN BUILDING Co m`DF BY MPANY CK'D BY E W,# wrss ~ DESCRIPTION QUANTITIES UN I7 TOTAL COST OF WORK ADD DCDUCT Ili( k E ALD DEDUCT n i~ f Mist. JrI~' % d <r x- 6/,f t -Mlr/ /'r,[eE c Z an 30 ~ri~1 / oa5 SG Q8 _ ~ ^ ///A l [ r r, t! / A` ( /~/ice / v /7 P C', ' a!✓ d M.o, !s' ~$tI?41 .l)i:~'iw a;lH:~>H:tt,1,a, c~c>~•r>tt.~(:T(Dl:~i IWJ E'NGI1`0N re,uttyAN U SP[UA t. I ZAN Ili U.UVSIRA.t CON%r R Ur IION PHONE P o r a, futaESV, December 19, 1972 AB-550 Black and Veatch Consulting Engineers P.O. Box 1149 Denton, Texas Attention: Mr. Floyd Danner Re: City of Denton Power Ste. - Unit A 5 Denton, Texas Structural Steel Erection Gentlemen: Attached please find the backup information required for the extra work :a outlined below. This additional cost was due to the delay of erec- t Lon of the structural oteel at the boiler and at the south wall. In- cl:tded is the extra cost for the additional connection that were required. Because of this delay a more expensive piece of equipment was used and a labor increase was incurred. Total Labor Spent (Including Fee) $39898.32 Total Equipment Rentbl 45 Ton Motor Crane AED Rate 3,186.00/Mo. x ~ of 1% a 15.93/Hr. 100 Gal. @ .21 Fuel 80 hours .30/11r. 16.23,'4r. x 80 11rs. $1,298.40 Freight to job and return: 74.74 15% APA 85.95 Total Cost to Place Steel - $59282.67 Less Amount in our contract 3375 Tons @ 100.00/Ton - $3,375.00 Added cost to change out connections and to erect structural steel left out - $1,907.67 Please advise if you have any questions. This amount will be submitted for your approval as M.O, 0 15. Sincerely yours, Edwin L. Doggett cc: Job Office i~~?i 3~a g'Sy0 EXTRA WORK SUMMARY AUSTIfV BUILDING COMPANY sY. 71 NY CY,'D BY EWo# DESCRIPTION QUA14TITIES UPitT TOTAL riS7 OF WORK ADD DEDUCT PR [K ADD DEDUCT fC1c/ 28: /L2 e # JOB No• la~o ' EXTRA WORK SUMMARY MADE BY d_•K. DATE ' 1115 ` AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY CK'D BY DESCRIPTION QUANTITIES UNIT TOTAL COST OF WORK ADD DEDUCT PRICE: ADD DEDUCT t! J0 NO. 44K` 6 EXTRA WORK SUMMARY _ DAIS AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY MADE BYC-~ CK BY / U E .W,mmmwmmmw~ DESCRIPTION QUANTITIES UNIT TOTAL COST OF WORK. AM) DEDUCT I'Rlr.l: ADD MDUCY /VC. CJ _ ` U. v ~y✓T ii~r Ac- SC rz, v JOB' NO. 5%G EXTRA WORK SUMMARY ° AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY ODE BY ~y CK' D BY IVA DESCRIPTION QUANTITIES UNIT _TOM, COST OF WORK ADD 1)[AWCT I R I CI. ADD DEDUCT (fir=711 ~/I/G s'c_7~ ~~~s%l r7I _ loil, T Sr JOB ~0. E X 7 R A WORK SUMMARY MAbE Al DATE /ruff AUSTIN BOWING COMPANY Ck'D ItiY E *W# DESCRIPTION QUARTITIES u1Jl'f _ IVTAL (J)ST OF WORY. A111) 1H:IinCT IT k I ADD NAWLT l7 rf LOA) :19 vi .r~ - - _ - JOB NO. EXTRA WVIK-SUMMARY MADE By DAB ' AusorIN SOIL LING COMPANY CK'° BY _ ~r. E .W.4* UESCk[PTION Ql1ANILIII:S t;NII WTAI, (,OS'I OF ',;1111x'. Alai 111AW(Ii I'RU f A~ I P,UI'Cf l~nn ~ f ~ ~ X1,21. CUSTOMER DUPLICATE AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY Q,NL..L 0,,,.-,,, ND bp... GENERAL CONTRACTORS IDOO 6i42LUON BLVD P.019 74:.c401 Dki LAN, I t tss 75221 JM'UAi.Y 26j 1972 Sold to CITY CP D17ITQi lnvnice i1 o. 550-COD-1 ~iTOti~ Tk'U3 ktirnate No. Ylwr No. Project WHICIPAL Pf741 M PUNT fhlrCnnWo Nv. AB-550 Estimate Period 14-72 FEW-1 i'e rm, NET 39 CIIAT-CE F7 ,rj&.M'i 1•1119 g UCAVATICIi Al DOILE, M164 PAYVOLL LAMI $142,20 #14420 0 60; . ia.% TOM PMOLL LABOR MID TAIL 152,16 CCUTFACT0105 M 0 15% 22.16 TOTAL A1,01 M ME THIS DDrVOICS 11173.32 I "'Ihc g(Kxi, ctrscred by this intoicc Ncre prlnluLl_I in tumpliance with the requirements of the fair Labor Standards Act of W38, as amended, including Section 12 (A)." 4001 - 0550 - 173.32 o3ao 0550 - 173.32 Id's 9 4 2 6 0310 - t '•Y'~ t 'ri ♦we a7.~ a- Y e f7 Ayx~w ;fv 1', 4 7 >'Y P ix 'm 1 y ~ r ~ , t a 3 h ~ ~ ~ i .Y~ re y ft y 5 1 d x)8. 'T:~ `7 f*. r ~ w` -r ti# y c NNN r" h x E" 1 1 P 1x i •y~,il x'+ t!'.;.cK'' r~ +A. L' Y- k♦ 1 r ~Y:S S~,iw yy'E+ t 1r7 All' t e 1R tiw~ ~,~V yt' a"~ x //~~~lll~~~~~!{{jt~vpSV~`x~1~ ~ ~k `~+jj'`•y, ~ 4 , .ri''~~y_~~.n¢ s" fc , s °'r"t, .4 ` x r ►r,+P.M'~ 6~ C'"r i } t e f A~ti' 4 ~ k f ~ Y4 w ~ ~ r 1~•' s 5r IClp~1 R1C # RA~I~30 STA ION UNIT 3 ,t SpeCIFICATiQNS AND :YTS FOR U GENERAL ~p,NSTR ION Specification 14904 D-4 TABLE OB CONTENTS page thru Page BIDDING REQUIREMENTS til A~I A-3 Advertisement ~gy B-5 Idatructions to Bidders C 4 K Picoposal, 0 ' Contractor's LRttfr datedA?riff 3,911,., D-11 r Tti~, x ptoppoo/a~ai D®;ta g' pry Jr. r 4ypi MVO fV r"ti .'Fd vV • j~r.•t 1~ y x~ 1 u'~, c t , ti .y'7 4 r I. V rQ~}y ".yC3NAt . k'~ yy ~~a)D a x f . psi r, A'~ , . 1 t tt~att 4° r~ 1 Y'~ 31 , ,t tF. ~erioPmancA 9or~d r a ti~ "'w Y 1 t s x Ar ~ , Wj(TM CTX9HYjATI0W od4 r w+b. r r Genoraji.COABiti$cis SC 1' rll ` Speci~i t" CcpdOAS < 'PBCIFICATIONS , • -GENERA:. RE ee IVIS16' 1" QUIRHMENT rr D t 1A Deacriptiopl and Scope o the 4for1~ i` `Z ~t , lB'- DraV ng Schedule 4C:-` LnginaZcidgk bath : s* ly, 1 " o Y L t 1D j Con~C~cuct6n Schedule l 1' )e J Y 1 i# l~F?i `i 4 T { v 1E ~COi►sructiop YS`a'rLi~els 1 - Recei"vingi*H116dlin' and Storage 1Cr-1 1C-3. - Generai,E4uipment Specifications N 1 1H-4 1H - Elevator Motors and Generators 11r1 1J-6 ' IJ. - Hoist !Motors l• (TON, TEXAS - 4904 TC 6EN $RAL C,ONSTRUCTI - syt 1'0310 ~ F • 'a t a a ~ r o FS.S)f_; .r r, .w1 s . .YM s.va'. .'N . . .A~ .G ~ •x ~ )rte ~ ~ ~ Y r l t i ~~~F 1Y?(u,~j~rnfr , e ~ rvYg~IC x .Q ~ ~ $ t F '.A vk ~ ~t~ r S'. ff yµ. 1: ie t H f CT t •e, Y. ly 'x. Y. 4wW' y t ?W 1 t~;w, ,x, a w'S";au .r. fie., y.: 141k ~f l,d.. ~ST ;7 1 Page thru Page DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 2A - Razing and Alterations 2A-1 2A-3 2B - Earthwork 2B-1 2R-7 2C - Surfacing 2C-1 2C-2 2D - Drainage Piping 2D-1 2D-5 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 3A - Cast-in-place Concrete 3A-1 3A-20 3B - Grouting 3B-1 3B-3 3C - Precast. Concrete 3C-1 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY +,A - Masonry 4A-1 4A-7 DIVISION 5 - METALS 5A - Structural Steel 5A-1 5A-iU 5B - Grating and Stair Treads 5g-1 ,Sg-5 5C - Handraili-igs 5C-1 5C-3 5D Miscellaneous Metals 5D-1 5D-7 5E - Metal Roof Deck 5E-1 5E-2 >y DIVISION 7 - MOISTURE PROTECTION 7A - Roof Covering 7A-1 7A-8 78 - Sheet Metal Work 7B-1 7B-. 7C - Calking and Sealants 7C-1 7C-2` 7D - Dampproofing 7D-1 7E - Metal Wall 7anels 7E-1 7E-4 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS BA - Hollow Metal Doors 8A-1 8A-6 8B - Aluminum Projected Windows 8B-l 8B-3 8C - Glass and Glazing 8C-1 8C-2 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 9A - Painting 9A-1 9A-14 9B - Quarry Tile 9B-1 9B-4 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10A - Metal Letters 1OA-1 1OA-2 10B - Wire Mesh Partition IOB-1 10B-2 1 • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) TC-2 J 022271 ~'f 6 A` lY 7 r { 4~~ ' y ~ ~s +Rit v '~a ~'s u~r~v : ! y~~ J .v.. Y w; yl a ~ ~ , ~ 'k 1. ! ~ ~ i ].1 'AY ~ y 4 ~ i' V 5 41. p 1i1 ,6x, 1 ~ x ~ a 'uy`~• 1'1ye e v ` f v ~ L >)yt1✓ ~..W 17 F I ( 1. 4U( `r Kd . 4 yp Y.,} Y i ~_1 r~d1l"s. i rf Y, J f~ y Y ,h i r+ 0 wt li y~ " •t•r { v c rx~ r r v ; rVi 5 ,df f e g V ~yy} ~~y/ 1K' rs~ r ; y rya fde'~3 y_r Lr~ I1F r r -,e c/i tl N~4'Yj. 1 Fi p ,r 11" 1 a . r a ' fr f e'8a' yy t i f"'., Y y'b AR ,A ? ,r, p1 fv, y^,tl'' .rY.' i!', 'Gt i.^ v i Y{ 4.l^' 1. ,.r ' ~ ~ "'~~Fj, ,r i Y ~r 9'fia ry". ± d Y , •1 Iw t r5 V Zs ~r,'f 5 R al y r : ..f ' erp 1 M tl * 11IVni ONr11`- EQ 64i T' Not Etsed) DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS (Not Ueyd) DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (N%'t Used) DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14A - Elevator 14A-1 14A-6 14B - Hoist;: and Trolleys 1411-1 14B-4 14C - Turbine Room Crane Modifications 14C-1 14C-2 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15A Mechanical Piping 1SA-1 158 - Plumbing 1it-1 15B-2 15C Heating, Ventilating, and Air 1, 1 Conditioning 15C-1 lk -9 15D - Auilli'ary Cooling Water Tank 15D-1 15t.2 158 - Sump Pumps,` 15E-1 IS B-2 bIVisI0'tt 16 - EM'CTRICAL a A, 16A ltaceuaty, ) P , 16i-1 16.A-3, Gr3us ding -1 svE ° r. x~ 't~; 'm• x ~'w 1 9 1 Add Adum I da'tbd"`"drthi2R~`1911 ~ ` C q t r N "r 1 1 Al 14 f t rl tl, A4 • ~DEN'l`ON, -TEXAS = 4904 ) ] (C?:NERAL CONSTRUCTION -,D-4) TC-3 C , 0727;1 ~i~ d i 41 IWO ADVERTISEMENT GENERAL CONST RUCTIUN FOR PUBLIC UTILITIES BOARD OF THE CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS Sealed bids will be received by the Public Utilities Board of the City of Denton, Texas, at the office of the Purchasing Agent, until 2:00 p.m. Central Standard Time on April 6, 1411, and then publicly opened for General Cot,struction which will be incorporated in the Unit 5 Addition to the plunicipa: Electric Generating Station. Prospective bidders may examine copies of the drawings and specifications at the office of Black S Veatch, Consulting Engineers, 1500 Meadow Lake Parkway, Kansas City, Missouri. Drawings and specifications will be issued only to those bidders On have been determined by the City of Denton, Texas, to be qualified to bid. Determination of a prospective bidder's qualifications will be based en- tirely on written evidence submitted by the bidder in duplicate to the City and the Engineer not later than 21 da),s before tAe time set for opening the bids. Each prospective biddershall submit evidence that •0 he: ntains a permanent place of business i Has adequate plant equipment available to do the work properly and expeditiously Has an adequate financial status to meet financial obligations incident to this work Has adequate technical knowledg: and practical experience t r per'tng against him on other similar word: Has constructed at least three other projects of similar type, complexity, and scope. Submitted evidence shall consist of a listing of each project indicating the owner's name, location, approximate dollar value, type of facility, date of completion, and size and operating condition of major equipment. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCrlON - D-4) 022271 -1 • Qualified prospective bidders may obtain copies of the drawings and speci- finations from the Consulting Engineers (mailing address - Black 6 Veatch, P. O. Box 8405, Kansas City, 4issouri 54114) subject to the following charges: b•pns I t Refund Drawings and Specifications, one 1144.00 $12.00 complete bid set (includes three copies of specifications and one set of drawings) Specifications, one copy $20.00 $10.00 Drawings, one complete set $84.00 $42.00 Individual drawings 30 inches by 42 inches $1.80 $0.90 11 inches by 17 inches $0.40 $0.20 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches $0.20 $0.10 The "Deposit" or "Refund" amounts will be returned to the bidders when the specifications or drawings are returned to the Consulting Engineers in good condition within 30 days after the date set for opening the bids subject to the following: To each bidder who submits a direct bid to the City of Denton, Texas - The "Deposit" amount will be allowed for one complete bid set. The two copies of specifications and documents submitted with the bid will be considered as having been returned. For each additional complete set of drawings or copy of the specifications, the "Refund" amount only will be allowed. To each subcontract bidder or prospective bidder who did not submit a direct bid to the City of Denton, Texas the "Refund" amount only will be allowed. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) • (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) A-2 120370 • Duplicate copies of the proposal will be required, each copy prepared on the pri,tted bidding forms provided and bound with a complete copy of the specifications and documents. When filed with the Purchasing Agent, cacti bid shall bu accompanied either by an acceptable bidder's bond, a certified check, or a cashier's check on any solvent bank, the amount of which shall b(- not Less than 5 per cent of the amount of tho bid. liv bid scrurlty dial1 he made payable to the City 'T'reasurer of the City of Menton, 'lor.as. Bid se- curity of the successful bidders will hu returned wlr,-n Their contracts have been signed, filed with, and approved by the Clty. Bid security of unsucce.sful adders will be returned nn award of (untract or re- Jection of bids. No bid may lie altered, withdrawn, or resulmitted within GO days from and after the date set for the opening of bids. The City of Denton, Texas, reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive defects in bids. CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS John Marshall Purchasing Agent • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) ~_3 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS B.1 GENERAL. These instructions apply to the preparation q,,f proposals for equipment, materials, and field construction work. for thr Clty of Denton, Texas, acting, through its Public Utilities Board and City (.'uuncil, h.r~ein- after referred to as the "Owurr". B.2 PROYu;;ALS. Proposals shall be prepar<-d and .,ubmit.t, d In duplicate, each copy contnini n -1 complete bound copy of tt,erc contiurt, ~lociurcnt:,. Proposal.,; which ure not prepared in accor&r.rnce witA, frnutructiona or which are c.ubmitted without a complete, bourni copy of thr.,~, contract dctu- ments will imply that the bidder does not intend to comply with all of the contract conditions and such propoouis will b- consi,iered Irregular. B.2.1 Preparation. each proposal shall be prepared .arefully using tt:e proposal and data forms bound herewith. Entries on the proposal and data forms shall be typed, using dark black ribbon or legibly written in black ink. All prices shall be stated in words and figures f-xcept where the forms provide for figures only. Each bidder shall list in the space provided in the proposal form all ex- ceptions or conflicts between his proposal and these contract documents. If more space is required for this listing, addLtional pages may be added behind the proposal form. If the bidder takes no exception to the contract documents, he shall write "None" in the space provided for the listing. Proposals which do not comply with this requirement will be considered ir- regular and may be. rejected at the discretion of the Owner. The bidder shall not alter any part of these cc,=.'ract documents in any way, except by L;tating his exceptions in the space provided. The bidder shall staple or otherwise bind, with each bound copy of contract documents submitted, a signed copy of each addendum issued for these Qcn- tract documents during the bidding period. The bidder shall assemble all drawings, catalog data, and other supplementary information necessary to thoroughly describe materials and equipment covered by this Proposal, and shall attach such supplemental information to the bound copy of these con- tract documents submitted with the proposal. B.2.2 Signatures. Each bidder shall sign the proposal with his usual sig- nature and shall give his full business address. Bids by partnerships rhall be sighed with the partnership name followed by the signature and desl6nation of one of the partners or other aathorized repre:;eatative. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904) • (CONSTRUCTION ) B-1 100270 • Bids by a corporation shall be signed in the name of the corporation, followed by tha signature and dc-ignition of the president, secretary, or other pcr+;on authorized t, bind the corporation. 11,c r;.;tne:: of all persons signing should also be typed or printed below tt,e signature. A bid by a ],croon who affixes to his ,signature the word "president", "'sec- retary", "al,ent", or other dd ignriti~~r4~ W1thUtJt d1-C1G iby hi:: pYLnclpsl, WL11 he rejected. When rcqucstcd, u;Ltisfactory evidence of the authority r,,f the officer oigning in behalf ()f the corporation -11411 ],c furuishc~l. Bid,lina curporation; ::hail -iecit;nVito the StRta ill which tbcy ;u,. iucur- porutc(l ;uid thv a1dr,,ss „r their r,-irwipnl office. B.2.3 Gubmittal. Proposals shall be subraittcd is a sealed envclopo ud- dresscd to the CITY OF LEIT11ON, TEXAS, Atteat£ou: Purch•ri:,int; A~,ent, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope with the bidder's ncune ;,urd the name of the work bid upon. A single proprietary interest shall riot submit multiple proposals for the same work, even though the individual proposals are submitted under dif- ferent names. Ti,,: Owner reserves the right to reject all proposals so submitted. B.2.4 Withdrawal. Proposals may be withdrawn, altered, and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening the bids. Proposals may not . be withdrawn, altered, or resubmitted within 60 days thereafter. B.3 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a certi- fied check or cashier's check drawn on any solvent bank, or by an accept- able bidder's bond executed by the bidder and a surety company authorized to do business in the State of Texas in an amount of not less than 5 per cent of the total bid. The proposal guarantee shall be made payable without condition to the City Treasurer of the City of Denton, Texas, and the runount thereof may be re- tained by said City of Denton, Texas as liquidated damages if the bidder's proposal is accepted and the bidder fails to enter into contract in the form prescribed, with legally responsible surety, within 10 calendar days after the date he is awarded the contract. The proposal guarantee of each u7successful bidder will be returned after award of contract or when his proposal if rejected. The proposal guarantee of the bidder to whom the contract is awarded will be returned when said bidder execute:; the Contract Agreement and files a satisfactory Performance Bond. The proposal deposit of the second lowest responsible bidder may be retained for a perio,i not to exceed 60 drays pl_nding the execution of the Contract Agreement and PcerformuLncr: Rind by the successful bidder. • (MiTOit, TEMI - 4904) (CONGTRUMUN ) B-2 100,C''f 0 ~e B.1. INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITPF.D WITH PROPOSAL. Each bidder shall submit with his proposal pertinent inform;ttion concerning proposed equipment and materials w+d proposed construction organization. 8.1+.1 3 it,meat and Materiuls. Jn addition to the inf,.rmntion submitted on the propu.;ul turd data form~j, each bidder shrill subm3r, all specifications, preliminary drawin;s, uA 51milar descriptive informfiU,,r n~:cessary to de- r,cribe c(vpl(Aely the ~quiprr~ent rind rnateriala !;c prop+~n, to furnish. 'llu proposal shall be brac+~d un ric,w equipment and m~st.~llnla which comply with :peclfleatiouL; In ev•_ry et unless tt+e bidi:crr ;.;rk.t_u specific exceptiun a5 pri'.)vided hereinbeforu. If alternate equipc,•_nt or materials are indicated in the proposal, it :;hall be undcr:;tood that the Owner will have the option of selecting rrny urne r,f the alternates indicated and such :;election shall iot be a csutic for extra cur+peusatiun or extension of time. 13.4.2 Contractor's Field Organization. Each bidder shall submit with his proposal an organization chart showing the names of field management, super- visory, and technical personnel, and the details of the management, super- visory, and technical organization which he proposes to use for this project. The successful bidder's organization will be subject to the approval of the Owner. The experience record of the Contractor's field superintendent shall be submitted with the bid. B.5 TAXES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES. The bidder's attention is directed to • the provisions set forth in the General Conditions regarding taxes, permits, and licenses. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to determine the applicable taxes, permits, and licenses. If the bidder is in doubt as to whether or not a tax, permit, or license is applicable, he shall state in his proposal whether this item has been included in his bid price and the amount of the applicable tax, permit, or license in question. B.6 TIME OF COMPLETION. The time of completion of the work is a basic con- sideration of the contract. The proposal shall be based upon completion of the work in accordance with the specified schedule and, where completion dates are requested in the proposal form, in accordance with the proposed schedule as accepted by the Owner. It will be necessary that the bidder satisfy the Owner of his ability to complete the work within the stipulated time. Each bidder shall submit as a part of his proposal, his proposed construction schedule to meet the specified operation and cumuietirn dates. The bidders rroposed echedule will be subject to the Owner's approval and modification as required to e•5tablish a detailed construction schedulF.. 10 (DE:NNIl , TEXAS - 4904) (CON'SXhUCTION ) B-3 100270 In this connection, attention is called to the provisions of the attached r;eneral Conditions relative to delays and extensicns of time. B.7 BOND. The contractor to whon the work is awarded will be required to furnish a Performance Bond to the lublic Utilities 1'()-rd of the City of Denton, Texas, irr iur w%ount equal to 100 p(-r rent cl' 1),o, contract runourrt. The cost of the bond shall be included in the ),wip sui bid Frice. The bond shall be executed on the forms provided, couiu:. (T which are at- Lached hereto, sipgred by a surety curnpany n.uthorizud to business in the Gtatc of Texas: and accepLrrble a:3 surety Lo the Owner. Wish the bond shall t,,, filed copies of "Pow-r or Attorney", cei•tifieel to i❑rIwir Lhe date of Lhe borvi. 13.8 LOCAL CONDITIONS. Errch bidder shall visit the siLt, of the work and thoroughly inform himself of all conditions ini factors which would affect the work and the cost thereof, including the arrangement wid conditions of existing or proposed structures affecting or affected by the proposed work, the procedure necessary for maintenance of uninterrupted operation, the availability and cost of labor, and facilitieo for transportation, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. It must be understood and agreed that all such factors have been invesci- gated and considered in the preparation of every proposal submitted, as there will be no subsequent financial adjustment to any contract awarded . thereunder which is based on the lack of such prior information or its effect on the cost of the work. B.9 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS. Each bidder shall be responsible for deter- mining the types of subsurface materials which will be found. Test borings have been made on the plant site, but not on the site of the Unit 5 Addi- tion. 'T'hese borings were made on the site in 1960 and the logs of such borings may be examined at the office of the Consulting Engineers. Such information shall not be a paart of the contract documents and there is no expressed rr implied guarantee of the data given nor of the interpretation thereof. 13.10 INTERPRETATION OF SPECIFICATIONS. If any prospective bidder is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the proposed contract docunents, he may submit a written request to the Engineer for an interpretation. Any interpretation of the proposed documents will be made only by addendum duly issued, and a copy of such addendum will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of c,uch locuments. Doe Owner will. not be .-esponsible for any oth°r explanations or interpretations of the proposed documents. It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to advice Lhe Engineer of con- flictirte requirements or ornissirius of ini'ormation which are necessary to a clear ur,derctanding of the work, before the date set for opening bids. Those 40 (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904) (CONSTRU(.`CION ) B-4 100270 • questions not resolved by addenda shall be listed in the bidder's proposal, together with statements of the basis upon which the proprsal is made ar affected by each question. :3.11 CHANCE ODDER ALLOWANCE. The total ltunp suns propo::ril price shall include cur allowance ror change orders which may be issued and incorporated into the contract. Ttic amount of the ch;~ige order rllew,u,ce sliall be equal to 4 per cent of the total cost for all work shuwn on tlu: proposal drflw- ings. This amount. shall be added to all such costs included in the proposal, and the total ther,_of shall be the total lump sim; prig oteste~] ill the pro- po-al. B.12 ACCEPlAWC;E: AND REJECTION OF BIDS. 'I`tie Owner reserves the right to accept the bid which, in its judgment, is the lowest and best bid; to reject any and all bids; rind to waive irregularities and infonaalitica in ar,y bid that is submitted. Bids received after specified time of closing will be returned unopened. (bkNTON, TEE; - 4904) (CON"FURUCTIGII ) 021071 B-5 PROPOSAL City of Renton, Texas City Hall Denton, Texas Attention: Mr. John Marshall, 1'urihaSi11g Agent PROPOSAL FOR GENERAL CONST RUM ON BID NO, 71-7549 Gentlemen: The undersigned bidder having read and examined these :oecifications and associated contract documents for the above designated work does hereby propose to furnish the equipment and materials and perform the work set forth in this Proposal. All prices stated herein are firm and shall not be subject to escalation provided this Proposal is accepted within 60 days. The undersigned hereby declares that the following list states any and all • variations from, and exceptions to, the requirements of the contract docu- ments and that, otherwise, it is the intent of this Proposal that the work will be performed in strict accordance with the contract documents. 1 wcdenyser water boxes to bg shipped loose. 2. Sales tax on all materials included in this Proposal. 3. Furnishing and installing three (3) butterfly valves (2-54" at C. W. pips crossover and 1-48" at Unit 0 4 Cooling tower). 4. We exclude furnishing or installing expansion joints for C. 4). piping. (Continued on Page C-4) (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 C-1 i • The undersigned bidder hereby proposes to furnish all labor, labor super- vision, tools and material required to perform the general construction work in accordance with these specifications and associated contract docu- ments list:pd in GENERAL COND1TiONS, Article CC.1, for the following firm lump sum prices: OHE MILLION _THREE HUNDRED FIFTY-THREE. 11110USANn A4J[ARS _AND _K_ CENTS_____~~_^____.--.---_----.. ___._($1,353,000.00) (Price in Words) UNIT ADJUSTKf NT PRICES Furnishing and installing cos*_, additions or deletions, per Instillation, Sacrificial Anodes, Complete single sacrificial anode installation as shown on the drawings including connection and testing 150.00 ) The undersigned hereby declares that only the persons or firms interested in the Proposal as principal or principals are namfd herein, and that no other persons or firms than herein mentioned have any interest in this Proposal or in the Contract Agreement to be entered into; that this Pro- posal is made without connection with any other person, company, or parties likewise submitting a bid or proposal; and that it is in all respects for and in good faith, without collusion or fraud, e If this Proposal is accepted, the undersigned hereby agrees to start and complete the work in accordance with the construction schedule specified in Section 1D. The undersigned proposes that he will perform the majority of the work with his own forces and that specific portions of major constru-lion wor% not performed by the undersigned will be subcontracted by the following subcon- tractors: Work Subcontracted Name of Subcontractor _ Fl _etrical Vorl :;ray r~ Ele~:trio S~__ Hcdth-Hillard 3 Co. licating VV en-flaring S A/C &Y1iYYx7tYtxiYlQ7tY21~xYSCYx iSX Rickmnn Paintin;: ^rimpany rninting _ A complete list of proposed materials and equipment suppliers is included under Proposal Data. The undersigned hereby certifies that he has visited the site of the propoaod work and has familiarized himself with conditions affecting the work. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 C-2 The undersigned hereby certifies that all conflicts and exceptions have ® been noted or listed as directed in the Instructions to Bidders. Dated at _,_2a11ML4._jAXAa____.__.__ this J-th days of 1971 Bidder AUSTIN B11TID NG QQMT p BY 4z Title Attest: i i ALL Business Address of Bidder 1000 Singleton Blvd. _ Dallas. Texas State of Incorporation Texas Address of Principal Office 1000 Singleton Blvd Dallas, Texas e (DENTON, TEXAS - 4404 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 C-3 • Varluttons from, and exci-pt ions to, Lite contract docuiwn1; (LOntinued 1 rum I'agc C-1) . • • (UI;NTON, ] EYAS - 4404 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - U-4) 120370 C-4 [-)LrTswyy Hirar.DiNew Co•rl'Axy IC4O {NpLirON O . {.{CIALI{IMO IM INOU{TRIAL. CON{TRUCVION • o •o up Imr'fl:f:fJ ~>Ll.r• .isol APR 14 1971 ;,I ~ I;II 1 BLACK & VEATCH April 13, 197 , City of Denton, Texas Denton Municipal Utilities 215 East McKinney Denton, Texas 76201 + ! - - Attention: _Mr. Douglas F. Blackburn y Utilities Director Re: Municipal Electric Generating Station - Unit ~ 5 General Construction Black and Veatch Specification 4904-D-4 Gentlemen: In accordance with verbal instructions from Black and Veatch, we offer the following clarifications and revisions to our proposal S dated April 6, 1971, for the above subject project: 1. For deletion of sales tax from our Proposal deduct $14,720.00. 2, T<<e reinforcing steel fabricator will be Central Texas Iron Works of Waco, Texas. 3. Crating and stair treads will be =nufactured by Blaw-Knox Company. 4. Stainless, steel tubing fittings shall be "Swagelok" as manu- factured by Crawfc:d Pitting Co., Cleveland, Ohio. 5. Delete Item 3 of our Proposal regarding the butterfly valves for the circulating water piping system. If additional information is required please advise. Very truly yours, Are-, ee7 Robert A. Fernandez Executive Vice President cc: Mr. R. M. Ellis - Black and Veatch RAPS YS PROPOSAL DATA GENERAL. Each bidder shall furnish information about the equipment and materials lie proposes to furnish for specific phases of the work by fill- ing In the data listed on the following pages. Unless otlietwise stated in the Ptuposal, it will be atir;urried that the bid- der's intention is to meet all specificationq and Jul) requirements and that to his best knowledge and belief the :;.itcrlals and equipment de- scribed in this Specification Data will r,ieet all specifications and job requirements. In the event that any materials and equipment listed by the successful bidder are later found, either before or after contract award, to be un- suitable, materials and equipment which are suitable shall be substituted. Substitutions shall be made only with the approval of the owner and the Engineer, and such substitutions shall not be cause for additional finan- cial compensation nor shall they invalidate the contract in any way. Materials and equipment described herein which meet all specifications and job requirements shall be furnished exactly as described. Bidders shall write all entries boldly with black ink or type entries using carbon black ribbon. Ball point pens c-hall not be used. (DENTON) TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 D-1 AMIN BUILDING 0"P INY • GENERAL CONSTRUCTION Bidder's Name Section 2C - SURFACING Crushed rock supplier Vul~ an `41terfaln Section 2D - DRAINAGE PIPING Vitrified clay pipe supplier t;ic;,•v, Cast iron soil pipe supplier VC; tern Section 3A - CONCRETE Concrete supplier Denton njn xor.,- rtjm,o,j j Plant location 411 F. Sycamore St. Vnmton, Tex. Plant capacity, cu yd/hr ton cy/t!r Reinforcing steel fabricator 7!F _ • Steel form manufacturer Marco Mfg„ Company Section 4A - MASONRY , Masonry subcontractor fr Britt ! 11cF:ull i Brick manufacturer hc~c~ Drla. Cn:•,;,.3nr _ Cut atone manufacturer B F, 8 Cut Stone Section 5A - STRUCTURAL STE61 , lllSxfolfcxRZlExAxAlaaxxxxa Steel fabricator ~•s[tYrixYl~eix~Rxxxxx Steel erector a, Aur,tin %ildinP, Cn. I Galvanizing applicator Ei Paint manufacturer TnPMAC . I (DENTON, TEXAS - 4104 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 D-2 I ® Aj1STjh Bidder's Name Section 5B - GRATING AND STAIR TREADS , Grating and stair tread manufacturer , Galvanizing applicator Section 5C - HANDRAILINGS , Handrailing fabricator CitX~[f01lx~[7CX)b1+,1FZkIEA7+]L10% Section 5D - MISCELLANEOUS METALS Steel fabricator (Elxaix~nULU Structural aluminum fabricator , Iron casting manufacturer Neensh b jali m Paint manufacturer Tnemec • Galvanizing applicator Aztec Mfg, Company Section 5E - METAL ROOF DECK , Metal roof deck manufacturer H. H. Robertaon Cnipany Metal roof deck erector Austin BiiildinP Co, _ Section 7A - ROOF COVERINGS , Roofing material manufacturer G. A. F. - Rubberoid , Insulation manufacturer DWgnA - ,_n:ntn' u Asphalt plank manufacturer w Section 7B - SHEET METAL WORK Through-wall flashing manufacturer , .hengX_ Sheet metal fabricator 2nnfln.8 CA, (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - o-4) 120370 D-1 t AUSTIN BUILDING raMPANY . Bidder's Name Section 1C - CALKING AND SEALANTS Thiokol sealant manufacturer W. R. Grace Com any Urethane sealant manufacturer Sacco Adhesives Calking compound manufacturer Ae S^oclfird Foam backup manufacturer Dow Section 1D - I.AMPPROOFING Coal tar paint manufactu Yappers Section 7E -METAL WALL PANELS Exterior insulated metal wall panel manufacturer 11. H. Robertunn Companv Interior metal wall panel manufacturer F. 11. F,oberteon_Conr-imp _ Metal wall panel erector N. J. Pobertnon Compar-1 Section 8A - HOLLOW METAL DOORS Door anal frame manufacturer Ceco Hardware manufacturer Ccco Section 8S - ALUMINUM PROJECTED WINDOWS Window manufacturer Inuisc Hardware manufacturer 4~ Louis, _ Window operator manufacturer Teleflex _ , - Fi Section 8C - GLASS AND GLAZING Plate or float glass manufacturer American '>L. robain Wire glass manufacturer American St. CoSaiti (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 D. • r AUSTIN BUILDING CONPADiY • Bidder's Name Section 9A - PAINTING Painting Subcontractor llickman Painting Company Ls!1C lfm~y~vvav~.n. _ Paint manufacturers __Tnemec._.._._... Section 9B - QUARRY TILE Quarry tile subcontractor gAI ' a-6oa~anY--------__.-- Quarry tile manufacturer _~nrlyla_ R-~~~ -~w^_• Section 10A - METAL LETTERS Letter manufacturer ---AMA" Section 10B - WIRE MESH PARTITIONS , Partition manufacturer Braden Wir t:_k_ILQ IIWQxlt,3,.___ . Section 14A - ELEVATOR , Elevator manufacturer T}ie Ehr~no Comgnny _w Weights, lb Car, complete without load 24850 Traction machine, including motor 31001 Total load exerted by eleva- tor support beams with rated a, elevator load. -10.000/ Required clearances, Clear height above top of , sheave support beams 12' - 6" (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 D-5 • S ti i L kC 'J*4 `7Y 8ldder's litune Clear „penins inside hoistway 5'-4" x Required dimensions of elevator pit S'-,4, x x 30-91' Deep Minimum distance between top landing and rvp of sheave support beams Motor Manufacturer it,PnriAi Eltxtrfc Corp, - Size, hp Speed, rpm 1200 RPM Current., amperes Starting 30 AHP;. (Approx.) Full load _ G.{'wAF_`:. (Ap_prox_. . - Weight Gn 0 Sheave support beams, number and required size - 2 La. 1O' rhnn:,al.i I'.. Section 14B - HOISTS AND TROLLEYS Electric hoist manufacturer Euclid Motor Manufact+rer Reuland Type (squirrel-cage q, (or wound-rotor) Squirrel - Cagc Site, hp 15 Speed, rpm 1800 (DENPON, TFXAs - 4904 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) ' 120370 11.6 ` AUSTIN BUILDING CO,%jpANy Aldder's Tirane) Current, amperes , Starting 70 Full load 20 We Ight 29501 Hand hoist manufacturers ~ Ai-vrican Chnin b Cable Co.T Trolley manufacturers American Chain & Cable Co. Section 15A - MECHANICAL PIPING Piping fabricator , Circulating water g piping Rothechiid Boiler b Tank works Other shop fabricated piping Name of manufacturer Carbon steel pipe Youngstown Stainless steel pipe Trent Cast iron meci,anical Joint pipe Western Fiber glass reinforced plastic - y pipe Ameroa Company Polyethylene pipe M. L. Sheldon Plasties Corp, Stairless steel tubing Trent Butt weld fittings Tube-Turn Forged steel fittings v• Vogt Cost steel flanged fittings .4• (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) D-7 022271 , • Bidder's Name Adapters Brass and bronze fittings ~~~Zd.nnnl Fiber glass reinforced , Plastic fittings , Cast iron fittings Wegtpii= Stainless steel tubing fittings Polyethylene tubing fittings y, ay---- Flanges , Carbon steel • rn~ha-rnrn Brass and bronze • _,GZinnnll Gaskets , Asbestos Lon hnr~ Spiral wound I.oncl~nrn Ring point .._~1~o rn Neoprene impregnated f,onr ,orfi asbestos Rubber _ Longhorn • Valve manufacturer and figure number 200 lb bronze 125 lb iron body $toc Q' C .ll Y 41 - Lubricated plug a. . walvouh . Butterfly valves H -uliA •rh,i~~ {DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) D.8 022271 . • bidder'. None Section 15B - PLUMBING , Plumbing subcontractor , Flour drain manufacturer ---.Ioaata_ Roof drain manufacturer` Cast iron soil pipe manufacturer , frww.w Section 15C - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING Heating, ventilating, and air Heath-Millard b Co, conditioning subcontractor , Temperature control sya.em Honeywell subcontractor RIL119 t-Y, VAti„t.~ U~fr.~. YrialiY~~= Manufacturer Modal No. Condensing units Trpn. zr v..=k Evaporator coil • Trance nr Vogl, Air handling unit _uAna er ynrlr Power roof ventilators , 5-10 5-20 5-3, and 5-4 R„ffat., nr rnrlr 5-5 . R„ffwtn nr roak Intake dampers Rolle Back draft dampers . R,~alr4n Balancing dampers a, Riialcfn a. Outside louvers . R,ulrin _ . Supply registers. TirA.. nr T.,rrta 8a4+0Y_ Return registers _ T~~ nr T~.rrt. a Raft.,, (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) D-9 022271 , Bidder's Nwie Manufacturer Model No. Circulating fans Turning vanes Canvas connectors Aa Section 15D - AUXILIARY COOLING_ WATER TANK Name of fabricator -~;c,.ur~~l--°.tw..•~Ci.t Material, ASTM designation , Thickness, inches Shell Head +1 Weight, pounds Section 15E - SUAP PUMPS F'ump manufaccu'er K nco Section 16A - RACEWAY Manufacturer Type or Catalog No. Conduit . TriAnglo Steel _ TriAnItIp Aluminum K{sue r~ Section 16B - GROUNDING u a. Type GU bare cable a, AnnrAndA AA ApEcifiPd Type GI insulated cablP _ AnnrnnAn (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) D-10 022271 , r AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY bidder's Name Menufacturur Cype or_Catalog No. Thormite weld materials EtJeG_-....._ _.~QQy►~jd.____ FJush ground plates Burndv TGF Section 16C - CATHOLIC PROTECTION , Magnesium anodes _ -Dow Chemical 20_D2 Connection boxes C.P. Test Semite NI-1.4 Thermite weld materials Brice Insulating bushings Holloway shunts Corrison Service RS Cathodic protection cable Anaconda Type CP Anaconda • Type OF Anaconda_ Wire and cable markers Panduit SSM ' I I v a. .a. A H (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - I1.4) 120370 D•II • CONTRACT AGREEMENT THIS CONTRACT AGREEMENT, made and entered i :to this day of Qr~Cr L , 1971, by and between the CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS, Part of the First Part and hereinafter called the "Owner", and AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY a Texas corporation with its principal office in Dallas, Texas, Party of the Second Part and hereinafter called L;:e "Contractor", WITNESSETH: THAT WHEREAS, the Owner has caused to be prepared, in accordance with law, specifications, plans and other contract documents For the work as herein specified; and WHEREAS, the said Contractor has submitted to •he Owner a Proposal in accordance with the terms of this Contract Agreement; and WHEREAS, the Owner, in the manner prescribed by law, has determined and declared the aforesaid Contractor to be the lowest and beat bidder for the said work and has duly awarded to the said Contractor a contract therefor, for the sum or sums namad in the Contractor's Proposal, a copy thereof being attached to and made a part of this Contract Agreement; NOW9 THEREFORE, in consideration of the compensation to be paid to the Con- • tractor and of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties to these presents have agreed and hereby agree, the Owner for itself and its successors, and the Contractor for itself, himself, or themselves, or its, his or their successors and assigns, or its, his or their executors and administrators, as follows. ARTICLE I. That the Contractor shall furnish all materials and equipment and -hall perform the general construction work complete as specified and required Ln accordance with the provisions of the contract documents and Contractor's letter dated April 13, 1971, which are attached and made a part hereof, and shall execute and complete all work included in and covered by the (1wner's official award of this Contract Agreement to the said Contractor. ARTICLE II. That the Owner shall pay to the Contractor for the work and mate- rial-r embraced in this Contract Agreement, and the Contractor will accept as full compensation therefor, the sum (subject to adjustmenti as provided by the contract) of ONE MILLION THREE HUNDRED THIRTY-EIGHT THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED EIGHTY AND NO1100 DOLLARS ($193389280.00), comprised of the lump swa proposal price less sales tax in accordance with Contractor's letter dated April 13, 1971, for all work covered by and included in the contract award, designated in the foregoing Article I; payment to be made in cash or its equivalent in the manner provided in the specifications attached hereto. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) CA-1 r • ARTICLE III. That time of completion is of the essence of the Contract Agree- ment, and that the Contractor shall proceed with the specified work and shall conform to the schedule as detailed in Section 1D of these specifications. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Contract Agreement as of the day and year first above writ'-n. CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS (SEAL) 00~~ Attest AUSTIN BUILDING CO:TANY (SEAL) By e • Attest ait 2 4Trt b.QS V -A The foregoing Contract Agreement is in correct form acco ding to law and is hereby approved. UAL' Attorney fo: ner I,uf A11~;;,GY, 1 (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) CA-2 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) I I~ PERFORMANCE BOND KNO;J ALL `SEN BY THESE P25SENTS thpt we, AUSTIN BUILDING COMPANY of Dallas, Texas, hereinafter referred to as "Contractor", and FEDERAL INSURAkCL MMPANY a corporation organized under the laws of the State of ~1V AI and authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as "Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS hereinafter referred to as "ow+ner", to the penal sum of ONE MILLION THREE HUNDRED THIRTY-EIGHT THOUSAND Two HUNDRED EIGHTY AND N01100 DOLLARS ($1,338,280,00), for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made to the Owner, we bind ourselves and our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, on the day of , 1971, the Contractor entered into a written contract with the Owner for furnishing materials, supplies, and equipment not furnished by the Owner, construction tools, equip-lent, and plant, and the performance of all necessary labor, for and in connection with the construction of certain improvements described in the attached contract documents; and WHEREAS, it was a condition of the contract award by the Owner that these j presents be executed by the Contractor and Surety; NOW, THEREFORE, if the Contractor shall, in all particulars, well, duly, anu faithfully observe, perform, and abide by each and evtry covenant, condition, and part of the said contract, and the conditions, specifica- tions, drawings, and other contract documents thereto attached or, by reference made a part thereof, according to the true intent and meaning in each case, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, PROVIDED FURTHER, that if the Contractor shall fail to pay all just claims and demands hy, or in behalf of, any employee or other person, or any firm, association, or corporation, for labor performed or materials, supplies, or equipment furnished, used, or consumed by the Contractor or his sub- contractors in the performance of the work, then the Surety will pay the full value of all such claimr or demands in any total amount not exceeding the amount of this obligation, together with interest as provided by law, (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) PB-1 THE UNDERSIGNED SURETY, for value received, hereby agrees that no exten- sion of time, change in, addition to, or other modification of the terms of the contract or work to be performed tfereunder, or of the specifica- tions or other contract document, shall ir. any way affect ito obligation on this bond, and the Surety doea hereby waive notice of any such exten- sion of time, charge, addition, or modification. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Contractor has hereunto set his hand and the Surety has caused these presents to be exe:uted in its name and its corporate seal to be affixed by its attorney-in--fact at on this the day of 1971. AUSTIN 1LDING/COIF *IY (SEAL) jJtPCutjYO vICO ~14;'~Cnt FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY (SURETY COMPANY) 1 By 00 0-1 (SEAL) i (Attorney-in-fact) By (State Representative) (Accompany this bond with attorney-in-fact's authority from the Surety Company certified to include the date of the bond.) J. E. fAPN[Sr & CO., `,GENT 10440 E. Northwest tlwy. Dallas, Tens 75238 (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENFRAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) YB-2 C,. NRRAI, CONDITIONS GC.1 CONTRACP DOCUtdENTS. It is ;understood and agrr,cd that the Alvortise- rnerit. Instructions to bidders, Proposal, Proposrtl Date, Contract Agreement, Performance Bond, General Cor,ditions, Special Conditi(jn!;, Specifications, Drawings, Addendo., and Chssnge Ord,)rs, all. a-s isr;uc:d by the Owner, and speci- fications and eng:necrtng data furnished by the Cuntruet,jr and opprcved by the Owner, arc r:van included in Unis Contract and the w,jrk shrill be done in accordance therewit'n. GC.2 DEFINITIONS. Words, phrases, or other expressions used in these con- tract documents shall have n,2anings as fcllowa: 1. "Contract" or "contract documents" shall Jnelu(l,.- the item enumerated above under CONTPACT DOCUMENT'S. 1. "Owner" shall mean the City of Denton, Texas, rlc-aipnated in the Contract Agreement as "Part] of the First kart", acting through its Public U'cilities Boird and City Council sand their duly authorized agents. All notices, letters, mind other com- munication directed to the Owner shall be adrlre„sed and de- livered to Municipal Building, Denton, Texas. • 3. "Contractor" shall mean: the corporation, company, partnership, firm or individual, named and designated in the Contract Agreement as the. "Pasty of the Second Part", wino has entered into this Contract for the performance of the work covered thereby, and its, his, or their duly authorized representatives. 4. "Subcontraraor" shall rnerui and refer only to a corporaLion, partnership, or individual hav'.ng a direct coiA rant with the Contractor for perforrrdnp work covered by the.;(., cootracL document:. 5. "Enginee).," shall mean the firm of }'dock & Veatch, Consulting Engineers, 1500 Meadow Lake larkway, mrtiling addrescr P.O. Br,:( 0405, Kansas City, Missouri 6liM, or its duly authorized agents, rush agents acting within th scope of thv particular duties untrusted %o them in each case. 6. "Offi,.itl acceptance" shall rr,ean the Owner's written -rccept- ance of all work perfornncd urnb.cr this Contract, based on the Engineer's final tuspectiop arnd issuance of a final payment certificate. (1)"ATON, 'YhXiti7 GC- 1 1ruYr~7a 7. "Late of contract", or cq,i:valent words, shall mean the date written in the first paragruph of t?ie Contract AFrer:m•nt. 6. "pay" or "days", unless herein otherwise exprr,r,sly defined, shall mean a calendar day or days of twenty-pour iuour:3 each. 9. "The work" shall r.,can the equipment, srnpllru, materials, labor, and services to be furnished under the contract and the carrying out of all duties arid obligutior:s impo:;,A by the contract documents. 10. "Plans" or "drawing," shall mean all (a) drawings furnished by the Owner as a basis for proposals, (b) supplementary drawings furnished by the Owner to clarify and to define in greiiter detail the intent of the contract plans and specifletttious, (r) drawing; submitted by the successful bidder with his proposal and by thr; Contractor t3 the O;.ner, as approved by the Engineer, and (d) drawings submitted by the Owner to the Cortractor durinr, the j,rogress of the work as provided for herein. 11. Whenever in these contract documents the words "as ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as permitted", "as allowed", or words or phrases of like impor!. are used, it shall be understood that the order, direction, regvirement, permission, or allowance of the Cr,rner or Engineer is intended only to the extent of ,)udg'ng com- pliance with the terms of the contract; none of these terms shall imply the Owner or the Engineer haj any auto,,,city or responsibility for supervision of the Contractor's forces or construction operations, such supervision and the sole responsibility tt:erefor being strictly reserved for the Contractor. 12, uimi.larly the words "approved", "remsonable", "suitablr", "acceptable", "proper", "satisfactory", or words of like effect and import, unless otherwise particulru-ly specified herein, shrill mean approved, reasonable, suitable, acceptable, proper, or satisfactory in the Judgment of the Otmer or Engineer, to the extent provided in "11" eoove. 13. Whenever in these contract documents the expression "it is understood and agreed", or an expressior; cf like import. is u:;ed, such expression means the mutual understanding and e.p;reerrfSnt of the parties executing the Contract Al;reemcnt. GC.3 LEGAL AUDRESO. Both businr.-cs address of the Contractor given in the proposal and i,h(_ Contractor': office in the vicinity of the work are hereby designated as the places to which all notices, letters, and other corvuunicati.or, to the Contractor will be ruiileri or deliverers. The ad,lrese of the Owner appear- i DE:H^ON, TEXAS - 4901r ) iC01,1TRUC1110N ) 110570 GC-i' ing in Artiole GC.2 is hereby designated as the place to which all notices, lct- ters and oth,-!r communication to the Owner shall be malled or delivered. Eitha.r party may chszgc the said address at any time by wi instrument in writing de- livered to the Iltpineer and to the other party. GC.4 FXE CUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Four copies of the contract documents will be prel,,~red by the Fn gineer. Copies of eneineerinp, data, special forms, or other documentsi furnished by the Contractor, which me required to be in- corporated in the contract shall be supplied. All copies will be ubmitted to the Contractor and the Contractor shall exe- cute the Contract ..urreemerit, insert executed copies of the required bonds end power of attorney, and submit all copies to the Owner. lb e date of contract on the Contract Agreement and bond forms shall be left blank for filling In by the Owner. The certification date on the power of attorney document shall be also left blank fcr filling in by the Owner. The Owner will execute all copies, insert the date of contract on the bends and power of attorney, retain one ropy, and forward one copy each to tht Contractor, Engineer, and surety company. GC-5 VERBAL STATEMTTS N(Y2 BINDING. It is understood and agreed that the written terms end provision.3 of this agreement shall supersf.de all verbal statements of representatives of the Owner, and verbal statements shall not be effective or be construed an being a part of this Contract. GC.6 INDEPENDENT_ CONTAACTJ;t. The relation of the Contractor to the Owner shall be that of an independeszt contractor. GC.7 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING. The Contractor shill not aLisign or c•ubcontract the work, or any part thereof, without the previous written consent of the Owner, nor shall he assign, by power of attorney or other- wise, any of the money payable under this Contract ur).leaa written conoont of the Owner has been obtained. No ritr)it under this "ontract, nor claim for any money due or to become due hereander shall be asserted against the Owner, or persons acting for the Owner, by reason of any so-called assign- ment of this contract or any part thereof, unless such assignment has been authorized by the written consent of tl?e Owner. in case the Contractor is permitted to assign money Aue or to become due under this Contract, the instrument of assignment shyil contain a claiwe aiubordinating the cla:rn of the assignee to all prior liens for servire❑ rendered or materials supplied for the l.erformance of the work. • (UF3411ON , T1;%A.S - 49014) (CUN"Inur l'loN ) 100570 GC-3 Should any subcontractor fail to perform in a satisfactory manner the work und:rtaken by him, his subcontract shall be immediately terminated by the Contractor upon notice from the Owner. The Contractor shall be as fully re3ponsible and accountable to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. Nothing contained in this Contract shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner. GC.8 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall be the Owner's represen- tative to coordinate the design and engineering for the work. The Engineer will snake all necessary explanations and interpretations regarding the meaning rnd intent of the contract documents. Upon request by the Owner, the Engineer will render decisions regarding the performance, quality and scope of the work included n the contract and will advise the Owner regarding proposed contract changes. If, in the opinion of the Contractor, a decision made by the Engineer is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of the contract, the Contractor may file with the Engineer and the Owner, within 30 days after receipt of the decision, a written objection to the decision. Failure to file an ob- jection within the allotted time will be considered an acceptance of the • Engineer's decision and the decision shall become final and conclusive. The Engineer's decision and the filing of the written objection thereto shall be a condition precedent to the right to request arbitration or to start action in court. It is the intent of this agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the work, and the decision of the Engineer shall be promptly observed. The Owner may appoint (either directly or y5;.e..:as he deems proper, to inspect the work performed for compliance with the plans and specifications. The Con- tractor shall furnish all reasonable assistance required by the Engineer or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall obey the directions and instructions of the Engineer or inspector when they are consistent with the obligations of this Contract. Should the Contractor object to any order given by an inspector, the Con- tractor may male written appeal to the Engineer for his decision. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904) (CONSTRUCTION 110570 GC•.4 rt I i I • Inrspectors and other properly authorized representatives of the Owner or Engineer shall be free at all times to perform their duti-s, and any attempted intimidation of one of them by the Contractor or hi3 employees shall be suf- ficlent reason to LL rminate the contract if the Owner o,o Iecidee•. Such inspection shall not relieve the Contractor from tiny obligation to perform the work s=trictly in accordance with the plauc cuid specifications. Work not so constructed shall be removed and replace11 by the Contractor at his own expenee. GC.10 NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS. -ieither the inspection by the Owner or Engineer or any of their officials, en~ployeen, or agents, nor any order by the Owner or Engineer for payment of money, or any layment for, or acceptance of, the whole or any part of tho work by the Owner or Engineer, nor any extension of j time, nor any possession ta'r_er. by the Owner or its emi,lr;yees, shall operate as a waiver of any proviu'on of this Contract, or of any power herein re- served to the Owner, or any right to damages herein provided, nor shall any waiver of any breach in this Contract be held to be a wr>iver of any other or subsequent breach. 0.11 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. Reference t-.standard specifications of any technical society, organization, or association, or to codes of local or state author ties, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative specification adopted and published at the date of taking bids, • unless specifically stated otherwise. GC.12 PATENTiS. Royalties and fees for patents covering materials, articles, apparatus, devices, equipment or process used in the work, shall be included ii the contract amount. The Contractor shall satisfy all demands that may be aide at bny time for uuul: royalties arro fees, and he shall be liable for any damages or claims for patent infringements, The Contractor stall, at his own cost and expense, defend all suits or proceedings that mty be Instituted against the Owner for infringement or alleged infringement of any patents involved in the work and, in case of an award of damages, the Contractor shall Uay such award. Final payment to the Contractor by the Owner will r,._.. _ _.U. not be ma~E chile any such suit or claim remains unsettled. GC-13- IX4S AND ORDINANCES. The Contractor shall observe and comply with all ordinruices, laws, and regulations, and shall protect and indemnify the Owner and t:re Owner's officers and agents against any claim or liability arising from or besed on any violation of the same. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904) (CONSTRU(ItTI014 } GC-5 100270 • GC. 14 DEFENSE OF SUITS. In case any action in court to brought against the Owner or Engineer or any officer or agent of either of them, for the failure, (alasion, or neglect of the Contractor to perf,,rm eriy of the covenants, acts, matters or things by this Contract undertaken; or for injury or damage caused by the alleged negligence of th,• Contractor or his agents; the Contractor shall indemnify and save ha,urless the Owner and Engineer and their officers and agents from all lo;iovu, damages, costs, expenses, 3ud6nents, or decrees whatever arinfrip ,,ut of such ac- tion. GC.15 TAXES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES. Unles:, otherwInc nl,ecified in these contract documents, the Contractor shall pay all sulea, use, excise, and other taxes that are lawfully assessed against the Owner or Contractor in connection with the work under this Contract and shall obtain and pay for all licenses and permits required for the work. The Contractor will be compensated for any increase in tax rates, license fees, and permit fees or wiy new taxes, licenses, or parmi'.s Imposed after the date of the proposal; provided however, that this provision shall be limited to sales, use, and excise taxes assessed against the completed work and to licenses and permits required specifically for the proposed work. GC.16 SCOPE, NATURE, AND INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS. The speci- fications and plans are intended to supplement, but not necessarily duplicate • each other. Any work exhibited in the one and not in the other shall be executed as if it hal been set forth in both so that the work will be com- pleted according to the complete design as determined by the Engineer. Should anything which is necessary for a clear understanding of the work be omitted from the speoificatious and plans, or should it appear that various instructions are in conflict, the Contractor shall secure written instruc- tions from the Engineer beforE proceeding with the work affected by such omissions or discrepancies. It is understood and agreed that the work shall be performed according to the true intent of the contract documents. When equipment or material furnished by the Contractor cannot be installed as specified or as shown on the plane, the Contractor r.hall, without extra cost to the Owner, make all modifications required to properly install the equipment or material. Such modifications shall be subject to the approval of the Owner and the Engineer. GC.I'f FIGURED DIMENSIONS TO GOVERN. Dimensions and elevations shown on the plans shall be accurately followed even though they differ from scaled measurements. No work shown on the plans, the dimensions of which are not indicated, shall be executed until necessary dimensions have been obtained from the Engineer. (DENTOti, TEXAS, - 4904) (CONSTPUCTION ) GC-6 1002'ro • GC.16 CONTRAC'T'OR TO CHECK PLANS 91D SCHEDULES. The Contractor shall check all dimensions, elevations, and quantities shown on the plans and schedules given to him by the Engineer, and shall notify the Engineer of any discrepancy between the plans and the conditions on the ground, or any error or omission in plans, or in the layout as given by stakes, points, or instructions, which lie may discover in the course of the work. The Contractor will not be allowed to take advantage of any error or omission in thn, plans or contract documents. ".l Instructions will be furnished by the Engineer should such error or omisalon be discovered, rn d the Contractor shall carry out such instructions as if originally :;pecified. GC.19 MATERIALS AND UIYMEIi'P. Unless specifically provided otherwise in each cau.:, all :.,aerials and equipment furnished for permanent Instal- lation in the work shall conform to applicable standard specifications and shall be new, unused, and undamaged when installed or otherwise in- corporated in the work. No such material or equipment shall ce used by the Contractor for any purpose other than that intended or specified, unless such use is specifically authorized by the Engineer in each case. All required tests in connection with approval of source of materials shall be made at the Contractor's expense by a properly equipped labora- tory of established reputation whose work and testing facilities are ac- ceptable to the Owner and approved by the Engineer. Arty change In origin or method of preparation or manufacture of a material being routinely tested e will require new tests end approval thereof. Reports of all tests shall be furnished to the Engineer or Owner in as many copic+s as required. GC.20 BEGINNING, PROGRESS, ANP TIME OF COMPLETION OF WORK. Unless other- wise specified the Contractor sell begin work under this Contract within 10 days after the date designated in a written order from the Owner to begin work. The rate of progress shall be such that the work will be courpleted in accordance with the terms of the contract on or before the termination of the construction period named in the Conti-act Agreement. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a detailed schedule setting forth the procedure he proposes to follow and giving the dates he expF_`f s to start and to complete separate portions of the work. If in the opinion of the Engineer proper progress is not being maintained, changes shall be made in the Contractor's operations to assure proper progress. GC.21 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. The Contractor expressly agrees that the construction period nvuned in the Contract Agreement includes allowonce for all hindrances and delays incident to the work. No claim shall b!• made by the Contractor for hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of `he work, except as provided under SUSPEN310N OF WORK and EXTENSIONS 0 TIME. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904) OC=I (CONSTRUC'T'ION ) 100270 CC.?2 EXTEW''rOMS OF TIMi,. Should the Contractor be delayed in the final . completion of the work by wry Tact or neglect of the Owrr,r or Engineer, or of ruiy employee of either, or ty any other contractor oiriployed by the Owner, or by strike, fire, or uther cause outside of tt•c control of the Contrac- tor and which, in the opinion of the Engineer, couli hrxvo been neither anticipated nor avoided, t1ion an extension of time :,ufflctent to compen- sate for the delay, as determined by the Enginer;r•, will I.- granted by the Owner; provided that the Contractor- gives the Owner and the Engineer prompt notice in writing of the cause of delay In each case and i:~monstrates that tie has used all reasonable means to minimize the delay. F.xtensloris of time will not, be granted for delays caused by unfavorable weather, unsuitable groun(i conditions, inadequate, construction force, or the failure of the Contractor to place orders for equipiarrnt or materials sufficiently in advance ti Insure delivery when needed. (;C.23 LASSES FROM HATUI(Ai, CAU'jES. All loss or drunage arlsing ou; of the nature of the work, or i'rom the action of the elements, -)r from floods or overflows, or fron gruund water, or frc,u aiiy unusual ob:itruetiun or diffi- culty, o. any other natural or existing circumstance eithi;r known or un- foreseen, which may be encoruitered in the prosecution of the work$ shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. OC.24 MODIFICATI1W. 'lie Contractor shall modify the work whenever so ordered by the Owner and such modifications shall not affect the validity e of the contract. Modifications may involve increases or decreases in the arnount of the work for which appropriate contract price ruljustmcnt will be made. Except for minor changes which involve no contract price adjustment or other monetary consideration, and with tae exception of adjuntments of estimated quantities for unit price: work or materials to conform to rictual prsy quantities, all modificr>tivn• shrill be made under the autho- rity of duly executed change orders issued and signed by the Owner and accepters -ind signed by the Contractor. CC.24.1 Extra Work. if a iriodificution inerr.ares the amount of the work, and the added work or 4.ny part thereof is of a type and character which can properly end fairly to classified under one or more uriit price items of the proposal. then t;c added work, or part thereof shall fie paid for according to the iunount actually doric and of the applicable unit price or prices. Otherwise, such wurk shall be paid for as hereinafter provided. Claims for extra work will not be huid unless the work covered by ouch claims wrs author,',cd in writing by the Owner and the Contractor shall riot hrive the righiL to prosecute or maintain either an arbi4rxtion pro- ceeding ur an action in court to recover for extra work unless his claim • (DF10)N, TEXA, - 49o4) CONS I'Jium,ION ) CC-9 100270 • is based upon a written order from the Owner. Payments for extra work :.hall be based on agreed lump sum, or or. agreed unit prices whenever the Owner and the Contractor agree upon such prices bart.re the extra work is starter, otherwise, payments for extra worr. shall be Lases on actur;l field cost plus LLe specified percentage allowauc(.. For the purpose of determining whether proposed extra work will be autho- rized, or for determining, the payruent method for extra wi)rk, the Contrac- tor shall submit to the i3ngir,eer, ul_,on request, a detailed cost estimate for proposed extra work. "Iie estimate .hall show itcoitzel quantities and charges for all elements of direct cost. Chargeo fur the Cor,tracter's and subcontractor's extra profit, extra general. superintendence, extra field office expense, and extra overheads shall be shown as a percentage addition to the total estimated net cost. Unless otherwise agret:d upon by the Contractor u d the Owner, such percentage addition, shall be 15 per cent for the extra work performed by the Contractor's own forces or 20 per cent for extra work performed by a subcontractor. When payment for .:xtr,i s:jrk is based on actual field coot, the Contrac- tor will be paid the actual field cost plus an allowance of 15 per cent if the extra work ib performed by the Contractor's own forces or 20 per cent if the extra work is performed by a subcontractor. The allowance will be paid as full compensation for the Contractor's and subcontractor's extra profit, extra general superintendence, extra field office expense, extra overheads, and all other elements of extra cost not defined herein as actual field cost. The actual field cost shall include only those extra costs for labor and material expended in direct performance of the extra work and may include: I a. The actual. payroll cost of all wcrkmen such as laborers, mechanics, craftsmen, and foremen b. The Contractor's or subcontractor's net cost for materials and supplies c. The rental ct.arre for vehicles and construction equipment d. The tran 3 port ation charges for equipment e. The charges for extra power, fuel, lubricants, water, and special services f. The charges for extra payroll taxes, bond premiums, and insuran:e premiums • (DENTON, TEXAS - 11904) (CONSTHUUT10N ) GC'9 100:'70 7` -7 The form in which fiv tual field cost records are kept, the construction methods, and the type and quantity of equipment used shall be subject Lo the Engineer's approval. Gin„truction equipment which the Contractor has on the ,10) site and which iL of a type rtn,l sire suiteble for use in performing the extra work shall be u,ed. The t.ri,trly rcntrtl charge, for equipment ch-xlI not exceed one-half of on:: per cent of the latest applicable Associated F,,t,,ii,ment Distributors published monthly rental rates and shall apply to only the actual time the equipment, is used in performing the extra work. When extra work requires the use of equipment which 0,,, Contractor does not have cn the fob site, ttte Contractor shall obtair, hr: approval of the Knglueer before renting or otherwise acquiring aldit.ional equipment. The rental charges for the additional equipment shall not exceed the latest applicable Associated Equipment Distributors published rental rates. GC.24.2 Decreased Work. If a modification decreases the nmount of wcrk to be done, such decrease shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on work affected by such d^crease. Where the value of omitted work is not covered by applicable unit prices, the Engineer shall determine on an equitable basis the amount of (a) credit due the Owner for contract work not done as a result of an authorized change, (b) allowance to the Contractor for any actual loss incurred in connection with the pur- chase, delivery, and subsequent disposal of materials or equipment required for use on the work as planned and which could not be used in any part of the work as actually built, and (c) any other ad4ustment of the contract amount where the ethod to be used in making such adjustment Is not clearly defined in the contract documents. Unle&s otherwise agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor, the credit due the Owner for reductions in the amount of work to be done shall. be the estimated field cost of the deleted work plus an ,;venccad allowance of: Ten per cent of the estimated field cost if the work was to have been done by the Contractor's own forces, or Fifteen per cent of the estimated field cost if the work was to have been done by a subcontractor. Field costs referred to abovs shall include the category of costs herein- before listed as actual field costs, Items "a" to "f" inclusive of the paragraph Pntitled "Extra Work". i i (DENTON, 'T'EXAS - 4904) (CONSTRUCTION ) GC-10 100270 GC.25 ARBITRATION. Before bringing any t.cti.on in cr,urt pertaining to a decision of the Engineer, the objector (hereinafter referred to as Party A) to the decision shall first offer to arbitrat- the question with the other party to the contract (hereinafter re Rrrred to as Party B) by notifying; him in writing and setting forth in such notice the q'aes- tion to be arbitrated. Party B can elect to arbitrate or not. If Party B n~;rr.ea to arbitrate he shall so advise Party A in writing within 10 days after receipt of Party A's notice. Notice by Party B that he does m;t wish to arbitrate or failure of Party B to notify Party A within the ]U dliy period will give Party A the right to start action in court. If Party B agrees to arbitrate, Party A shall choose an arbitrator and shall notify Party S of the name of the arbitrator within 10 days after receipt of Party B's notice. Party U shall notify Party A in writing within 10 days after receipt of the said notice that the arbitrator named by Party A shall act as sole arbitrator or shall name an additional arbitrator. If Party B names an additional arbitrator, then the arbitrator named by Party A and the arbitrator nt.med by Party E shall choose a third arbitrator. The arbitrator or arbitrators shall act with promptness. In the case of three arbitrators, the decision of any two shall be bindin6 on both parties to the contract, as shall that of a single arbitrator if the dispute is submitted thereto as heretofore provided. The decision of the arbitrator or arbitrators may be filed in court to carry it into effect, if necessary. If they consider that the case so demands, the arbitrator or arbitrators are authorized to award the party whose contention is sustained such sum or sums as they may deem proper for the time, expense, and trouble incident to the appeal, and if the appeal was taken without reasonable cause they may award damages for any delay cccasioned thereby. Tile arbitrators shall receive reasonable compensation for their services. The arbitrators shall assess the costs and charges of the arbitration upon either or both parties. The decision of the arbitrators must be made in writing and shall not be open to objection on account of the form of proceedings or award. If for any reason, after the said notices have been duly given by Party A and Party B, the arbitrators appointed shall be unable or Uhh11 fail to act with reasonable promptness in appointing a third arbitrator, Party A (or, if he does not do so within a reasonable time, Party B) may request. Et judge (if the United States District Court who regularly holds court in the district in which the site of the work, or any part thereof, is located, to appoint the third arbitrator. If it appears to the judge that the two tuenitrators originally appointed were unable or failed to act with reason- oble promptness in appointing a third arbitrator, he may appoint the said { • (D':ATUN, TEXAS - 4904) (CW STRUU110N ) OC-11 3 UU2'r0 I Ii third arbitrator and s-ich an appointment shall constitute a conclusive determination thaat th~• arbitrators originally appoint,) were so unable or fyl !(-d to act with reaz;cnable promptness and, if the ra;id Judge acted at th! request of Party ii, th~st Party A did of makt! toi,.-h ri:quest within n rea;;ouuble time. If for any reason rafter the arbitrator or arbitrators inve been duly ap- pointed, the arbit,rat)r or arbitrators shall be unabl(- or shall fail to act with reasonable promptness in reaching a decision regarding the ques- tion submitted to arbitration, Party A (or, if he dr,4,:: not do so within a reasonable time, Party B) may request a ,judger of thn United States District Court who regularly holds court in the district in which the site of the work, or any part thereof, is located, to appoint three new arbitrators to act hereunder. If it appears to such judge that the ar- bitrator or arbitrators originally appointed were unjible cr failed to act with reasonable promptness ire reaching a de^.sion regarding the ques- tion submitted to arbitration, he may appoint three new brbitratora to act hereunder and such an appointment shall constitute ra, c-)nclusive de- termination that the arbitrator or arbitrators originally aplrointed were so unable or failed to act witti reasonable promptness, rind, if the said judge acted at the request of Party B, that Party A did not :sake such request within a reasonable ti.e. If for any reason a third arbitrator, or three new arbitrators shall not be appointed by a ,'judge of the United States District Court under the circumstances hereinabove described, or if three new arbitrators are so 1 appointed and are unable or fail to act with reasonable promptness in reaching; a decision regarding the question submitted to sr•bitration, then the arbitration procedure shall be deemed to have failed, and the parties shall be free to assert their rights in the same manner as if they had not agreed to vubmit the question to arbitration. If the above agreement to submit questions of dispute to rarbitration is not enforceable under the law of applicable ,jurisdictinn, each such ques- tion after it has arisen may, by agreement of both parties, be submitted to arbitration irk the manner set forth above. The Contractor shall. not cause a delay of the work during any arbitration uroc•eedinpr,, except. by agreerent with the Owner. It is understood and agre,=rd t.y the parties to the contract that no requirement or statement herein shall be interprer-1 as curtailing the power of the Engineer to deter ine the wnounr , qiv:A ty, and acceptability of work and materials. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4~)010 f}(,'_]2 (Colis"rilucl IOPt ) 100270 GC.26 RIGHT OF OWNER TO TERMINATE CONTRAM If the w,,rk to be done under this Contrast is abandoned by the Contractor; of if thla Contract is assigned by him without the writtt,n consent of tr,e Mier; or it' thy! Contr:actor le, ad- ,Judged bunkrupt; or ii' a general assigrunc ut of his is made for the benefit of his creditors; or if a receiver is appoint-) for t'te Contractor or any of his property; or if at any time the Enginorvr, certifies in writing to the owner thLt the performance of the work under this; Contract is being unnecessarily delayed, that the Contractor is violratir,p tiny of the conditions --f this Contract, or that he is executing the saune iu hrul faith or other- wise not in accordance with the termu of said contract; ur if tiie work is not substantially completed within the time nwncd for It:; completion or within the time to which such completion date may be vxtpnded, then the Owsrer may serve written notice upon the Contractor and his surety of the Cpwner's intention to terminate this Contract. Unless within 5 days after the serving of such notice, a „atisfactory arrangement is made for c;ntin- uance, this Con-cract shall terminate. In the event of such tcminatiun, the surety shall. have the right to take over and complete. the work, pro- vided that if the surety doe3 gat cotsUX1nce performance within 3C days, the Owner may take over and prosecute the work to completion, by con- tract or otherwise. The Contractor and his surety shall be liable to the owner for all excess cost. sustained by the Owner by reason of such prosecution and completion. The U•.mar may take pQssessioa of, and utilize In completing the work, all materials, equipment, tooln, and plant on the site of the work. GC-27 SUSPENSION OF WORK. The Owner reserves the right to suspend and reinstate execution of the whole or any part of the work without inva.li- dating the provisions of the contract. Orders for susprinslor, or r^_instate- ntnt of work will be issued by thoa Owner to the Contractor in writing. The time for completion of the work -will be extended for a period equal to the time lost by reason of the suspension. Extra costs and expenses which, in the opinion of the Engineer, are caused by work suspensions ordered by the Uwne~- will be I;aid l,y the Owner to the Contractor. ,C.26 GUARANTEE. The C,ntractor guarantees that the equipment, :materials ir,d workmunship furnished under thi:. contract will be as suecified and v111 be free from defects for a period of one year from the dat> of final payment. In additions, the equipmert furnished by the Curtractor shall be guaranteed to be free from dcrectE in design. Within the guarantee period and upon notification of the Contractor by the Owner, the Contractor shall promptly m!.kc all. needed adjustments, repairs or replacementu urising out of defects which, in thr., ,J~algment of the Engi.- necr or the Owner, beccm,c necessary during ouch perlrid, ( IJENTON , THAI; - ii701+) GC-13 (CONSTRUCTION } 100270 • The cost of all materials, parta, labor, trunsportation, supervision, igiccial tools and supplies requireei for replacement of parts, repair of parts, or correction cf abnormalt.ties shall be paid by the Contractor, or by his surety under the terns of the Performance 11r.nd (r.ticti a bond is provided). 'she Contractor also extends Ue terms of this FnisrwAce to cover repaired pvrts and all replacement parts furnished under th+, p;uo.rwitee provisio.is for a period of one year from the date of their inat;illation. If w!.thin 10 days after the Owner gives the Contractor notice of a de- fect, failure, or abnormality of the work, the Contractor neglects to make, or undertake with due diligence to make, the necessary repairs or adj,astm,%nts, the Ownor is hereby authorized to make the, repairs or ad- justments himself or ori,er the work to be done by rs third party, the cost of the wu;•k to be paid '.,y the Contractor. In the event of an emergency where, in the judgmrent of the Owner, delay would cause serious loss or damage, repairs or wljustments may be made by the Owner, or a third party chosen by the Owner, without giving notice to the Contractor, and the cost of the work shall. be paid by the Contractor, j or by his surety under the terms of the Performance &nd (when a bond is 1 provided). GC.29 CLAIMS FOR 1. MOM AND MATMIALS. The Contractor shall indemnify e and save harmless the Owner from all claims for labor and materials fur- nished under this Contract. When requested by tae Owner, the Contractor shall bubmit sr.tisfactory evidence that all persons, firms, or corpora- tions who have done work or furnished materials under this Contr,'::ct, for which the Owner MELy become liable under the laws of the state, have been fully paid or eati.e.factozily secured. In case such evidence is not fur- nished or is not i;atiafactory, an aaourit will uo retained from money due the Contractor which in addition to any other scans that may be retained will be sufficient, in the opinion of the Owner, to meet all claims of the persons, firm:, and corporations as aforesaid. Such sure shall be retained until the liabilities as aforesaid are fully discharged or satisfactorily se-u.red. Before final acc#'.ptarr:e of the work by the (Wrier, the Contractor shall submit to the En,r,ineer {.n dup.Iicate a, nutarizod affie=avit stating that all subcontractors, vendart;, per:=omi, cr fires who have furnished labor or materials fur the work have been fully paid and that all taxes have been paid. A statement from the surety shall also be subr,Lttted consenting to the tuLking of the final payieent (wter, a Performance lx)na is provided). GC.30 CONIPACTOR'S B_RkaDGWII ESTiyIA'i's'. If the contract is based on a lump spun bid, or conta!.ns one or more lump sum items for which partial paymcutr !ire desirod, the Contractor Mhall prepare and submit to the Erv ine;r for a$truval a breakdown oAlmate covering eac'.l ltnnp sun (I ]F:r' PON, V US - 49Uh ) (CON""' f01111 IN } rc.-14 100270 { • The estimate shall to broken dow;i into FPC accounts and FPC property units. Each breakdown estimate, showing the value of each kind of work, shall be approved by the Engineer befcre any partial payment estimate is prepared. Such items as bond premium, temporary construction facilities, acrid plant may be listed separately in the breakdown r•;timate, provided that their costs can be c;ubstantiated. 'rho sum of the items list,:d ir the breakdown estimate- cliall egr.al the contract lump srun price or px-Lees. Overhead and profit shall root be listed as s_parste items. An unbalanced breakdown estimate providing for overpayme--nt of the Con- tractor on itens of work which would be performed firat will :.ot be accepted. Breakdown cstimat,cs shall be revised and rrE:ubmitted until acceptable to the Engineer. GC.31 INSURANCE. The Contractor shall secure and maintain throughout the duration of thi•a Contrect insurance of such types: and in such amounts as may be necessan, to protect himself and the interests of the Owner against all hazards or risks of lass as hereinafter specified. The form and limits of such insurance, together with the underwriter thereof in each case, shall be approved by the Owner but, regardless of such approval, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain adequate insurance coverage at all times. Failure of the Contractor to maintain adequate coverage shall not relieve him of any contractual responsibility or obligation. Satisfactory certificates of insurance shall be filed with the Owner prior to starting any constructio,.i work on this Contract. The certifi- cates shall state that 10 days inrittan notice will be given to the Owner before any policy covered thereby is changed or canceled. G0.31.1 Workmen's C, ensation_ cuid 1hployer's LLabilitj. This insurance shall protect the Contractor against all claims under applicable state wcerkmen':i compensut.ion laws, The Contractor shall also be protected against claims for injury, disease, or death of employees which, for any reason, may not fall within the provisions of a workmen's comps+nsation law. This policy shall include an "all states" --ndorsemenL. The liability limits shall not be less than the following: Workmen's cumpcnrution Statutrix7 Employer's liability $100,000 each person (DENTON, TPX&S, - 4804) (CONSTAUC110N ) GC-15 100270 +IA~%MMMMWYWM i M - wrrrri~ GC-3J.2 Compret,en,;ive Automobt.lr_ Liubilft~. This lr+nurance Shull be . written in romprcrtnrn.:ivo fonn roil ::hall protect the G,r,l,rrictor r~pniust ail rleslma for ln,luries to mr-uber❑ of l,he public; rtrul I?vrrtgv to prof -rty of ntlrr r, ru•ininf, fr(,rn the u::c of rmrAor' vehiclcs, rued rof,rnl l covor rvi- 1.iorl „le or uff l.hr JILL' (if rriI. mortar velri(It•s iicCncccrl I'or hIgIew:w u whether the} are owned, rnonowrrcrl, ()r hired. Wie 11ability iimitl; shrill riot be leas tharr the followinv; bodily in,yr' x',250,000 each ierr,,iin $500,000 each occurrence Property damage $100,000 each occurrence GC-31.3 Comprehensive General Liability. This insurance shall be written in comprehensive form and shall protect the Contractor against all clrilms arising from injuries to members of the public or damage to property of others arising out of any act or omission of the Contractor or his agents, cmplcyees, or subcontractors. In addition, this policy aholl specifically insure the contractual liability a3sumed by the Contractor under the fore- going paragraph entitled "Defense of Suits". To the extent that the Contractor's work, or work under his direction, me,,r rt:rluire blasting, explosive conditions, or underground operations, the cr,- prehensive general liability coverage shall contain no exclusion relative. to blasting, explosion, collapse of 'ruil.dinga, or damage to undergrcund property. 'Me liability limits shall not be le.:t than the following: Bodily injury $250,000 each person $500,000 each occurrence Property $500,000 each occurrence $500,000 aggregate GC.31.4 Builder's Risk. This insurance shall be written in completed value form and shall protect the Contractor, the Owner, and the Engineer aga•inet risks of damage to buildings, structures, and materials and equipment not, otherwise covered under installation floater insurance, from the perils of fire and lightning, the perils included in the starviard extended coverage endorsement, and the perils of vandalism and malicious mischief. The amount of such insurtuzce shall be not less than the insurable value of the work at completion less the value of the materials nr:d equipment insured under in- stallation floater insurance. Equipment shrill be insured under installation floater insurance when the aggregate value of the equipment exceeds $10,000. (Gi!.NTON, TEXAS - 4904) (CONSTRUCHON ) cc-16 021071 • If the work does not include the construction of building structures, this bAilder' risk insurance may be omitted providing the installation floater insurance fully covers all work. Builder's risk insurance ohall provide for losses to b,A priyable to the Contractor, the 9wner, rm d the Engineer as their intere:r:!t, may appear and :-hall contain a waiver of subrogation rights against Qsh, insured parties. GC.31.5 Installation Floater. This insurance shall protect the. Contrac- t,jr, the Owner, and the f;nginecr i'rom all insurable H;iks of physical loss or danaj-_ to materials Are'. equipment not otheivise cove red under builder's risk insuranc,., while in warehouses or storage areas, during installation, during testing, and after the work is completed. It ahliAl be of the "all risks" type, with coverages designed for the circumstances which nay occur in the particular work Included in this Contract. The coverage shall be for run amount not. leas thrin the value of the work at completion, less the value of the materials and equipment insured under builder's risk insurance. Le value shill ine'.ude the aggregate value of the Owner-furnished equipment and materials to be e:rectud or installed by the Contractor not otherwise insured under builder's risk insurance. Installation floater Insurance shti.ll provide for losses to be payable to the Contractor, the ,owner, and the Engineer as their interests may appear I and shall contain a waiver of subrogation rights against the insured parties. If the aggregate value of the Owner-fur,iished and Contractor- nirnisbed equipment is less than $10,000 such equipment may be covered under builder's risk insurance, and If so covered this installation floater insurance may be omitted. Certificates of insurance covering installation floater insurance shall quote the inauring faareement rind 9,11 exclusions as they appear in the policy; or in lieu of certificates, copies of the ccrriplete policy may be submitted. fifteenth * GC.32 ESTIMA''_E ;8 AND PAYMENTS. On or about the /fj1,kA / day of each month, the Engineer will make an estimate of the value of the work done and of unused materials stored on the site. The estimated cost of repairing, replacing, or rebuilding any part of the work or replacing materials which do not conform to the plans and specifications will be deducted from the estimated value. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer such detailed information as he may request to aid in the preparation of monthly estimates. After eech estimate has been approved by the Owner, the Owner will pay to the Contractor by the tw,er.ty-fifth dray of the month 90 per cent or the esti- mated value 2.ess any previous pannents. * Revised in accordance with Addendum 1 dated March 12, 1971 • (DENT03, TEXAS - 4904) (CON;;TItUC" ON ) CC-17 021071 • 1,rtyments for m,atcrials stored on the site shall be t-asod only up.m '10 actual cost of such materials to th_., Contractor wid shall not incluce Lrr;! overhead or profit to the Contractor. Ater cffici•11 approval nrrd acceptance of the work, by tho Owner, tbo. Erirjriet!r will be earth, riz: i to prcp:u'c a final estirrir,t- of the work dnnc under thiF, Contract. Prcporution of the final cntiinatc will not b(-- nut)orized until the affidavit and statement requircl in the parn- grriph entitled "Claims for Labor and Materials" have been received. 71 final estimate will be submitted to the Owner within 10 days after its preparation has been authorized. The Owner will, within ;O days thereafter, pay the entire sum found to be due after deducting all amounts to be retained under any provision of this Contract. fifteenth * GC-33 CHANGE ORDER PAY*,NTS. On or before the TEEN dry of each month the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, all authorized additions and deductions to the work completed during the preceding month. in this manner, additions and deductions shall be administered promptly after their incar rence and shall not be allowed to accumulate. Upon completion of the work, a single change order will be issued by the Engineer setting forth the net amount of the additions and deductions to the work. The net amount of the additions and deductions shall be deducted from the 4 per cent change order allowance specified under the Instructions to Bidders, and the balance, if any, shall be credited to the Owner. • GC.34 RELEASE OF LIABILITY. The acceptance by the Contractor of the last payment shall be a release to the Owner and every officer and agent thereof, from all claims and liability hereunder for anything done or furn.shed far, or relating to the work, or for any act or neglect of the Owner or of tiny person relating to or affecting the work. * Revised in accordance with Addendum 1 dated March 12, 1971 (DENTON, TEX1L`1 - 4904) (CONSTRUCTION ) CC-18 021071 ;;rt,c;tni, coraDrrtoN~ SC.l GENERAL. The provisions of these Special Conditions amply to work on the site for the improvements to the municipal electric generating station for the City of Denton, Texas. These Special Condition❑ are nontechnical in nature and shall supplement the General Conditions in the administration and regulation of field construction work pc.rfonned u...er these specifications. SC.2 ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS AND Si'ECIFICATIOTIS. The Contractor will be furnished five sets of all drawings including revisiourn thereto and ten copies of the specifications without charge. Additional sets, of drawings and revisions thereto and additional copies of specifications may be obtained by payment of printing, handling, and mailing costs. P11 drawings and specifications shall be returned to the Engineer upon com- pletion of the work. SC.-3 PROJECT COORDINATION. The coordination of all field construction and erection for the new station shall be under the direction of the Engineer. A meeting of the Engineer and all contractors at the site will be held each week at the time and place designated by the Engineer. The purpose of the weekly meeting will be for the scheduling and coordination of each contractor's work within the requirements of the overall project. In the event conflicts arise between contractors concerning scheduling or coordination, the Engineer will make the final decision resolving the conflict. The Engineer's decision shall not be cause for extra compen- sation or for extension of time. The Contractor's superintendent shall attend cacti weekly meeting. The time of completion is of the essence of this Contract and the Con- tractor shEL.ll be responsible for perfonning his work in accordance with the specified construction schedule. If at any time the Contractor's work is behind schedule, the Contractor shall increase his forces, work overtime, or otherwise accelerate his operations to comply with the schedule and the Contractor shall put into effect def`_nite procedures for getting the work back on schedule. The proposed procedrres shall be subject to the Engi- near's approval or modification. The procedures adopted shall be put into effect immediately. The Enginecr will not be responsible for the assignment of personnel or obtaining materials or supplies, or for any other services to the Con- tractor except the coordination of work between contractors and as speci- fically set forth in the contract documents. 1 i (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904) (CONSTRUCTION 3C-1 I 1002'TO SCA CON4'RACTOR'S OFFICE AT SITE OF WORK. During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor shall maintain a suitable office at or near the site of the work which shall be the headquarters of a repre- sentative authorized to receive drawings, instructior,s, or other communi- cation or articles. Any communication given to the said representative or delivered at the Contractor's office at the site of th+ work in his absence shall be deemed to have been delivered to thi rr,ntractor. Copies of the plans, specifications, and other contras; documents shall be kept at the Contractor's office, at tha site of the w,rk, available for use at all times. SC-5 CONTRACTOR'S SUPLEVISION AT THE. SITE. The Contractor nhall furnish adequat.- management, supervisor;, and technical personnel on the site to insure -expeditious and competent handling of all matters related to the work. A superintendent experienced in major construction of the type specified, and who is a permanent member of the Contractor's organization, shall be a resident at the project throughout the construction. The superintendent shall be fully authorized to act for the Contractor and to receive what- ever orders may be given for the proper prosecution of the work or notices in connection therewith. The Contractor's field organization shall include an experienced staff of qualified technical personnel to handle on-site engineering, planning, . and direction of all field work. The field organization shall also include a staff to handle timekeeping, employment, accounting, purchasing and ex- pediting, stores and warehouses, stock and tool rooms, and security. The Contractor shall be responsible for complete supervision and control of his subcontractors as though they were his own forces. Notice to the Contractor shall be considered notice to any affected subcontractor. SC.6 SUBCONTRACTS. It is the intent of these specifications that the Con- tractor shall perform the majority of the work with his own forces and under the management of his own organization. Specific portions of the work may be subcuntractc+d only by subcontractors who have been listed in the Proposal Data and who are approved by the Owner as provided in the General Conditions. All subcontractors shall be directly responsible to the Contractor and shall be under his general supervision. All work per- formed under subcontracts shall be subject to the same contract provisions as the work performed by the Contractor's own forces. SC-7 CHARACTF2 OF WORMEN. The Contractor shall employ only workmen who are competent to perform the work assigned to them and, in the case of sk U led labor, who are adequately trained and experienced in their respective trades and who do satisfactory work. (U MION, 'PEXAS - 49o4) • (COILSTRUCTION ) 5.00270 SC-2 Whenever the Owner ::hall n3tify the Contractor that fifty man on the work • is, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or disorderly, or who uses threatening or abusive lan,uage to any person representing the Owner when on the work, such man shall be immediately discharged from the work and shall riot be re-employed thereon except with the consent of the Owner. SC.8 COOlIERATION WITH OWNER. In the evont that it ile necessary to either interrupt the power supply or to Impose :brior:nal o Pernf,i ng conditions on the Owner's power sy,ztem, such procedure must be approved by the Owner and a complete understanding an(i agreement must be rer„o~,ed by all parties concerned, well in tLdvance of the time scheduled for ,.uoh operation, and such understanding unall be definite as to date, time of day, and length of time required. loll work shall be scheduled to nuit the owner's con- venience, taking into consideration the power syst(ln facilities and re- quirements ai all times during construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for laying all rc;;ular and premium time labor costa arising from tlLe necessity to perform work which affects the Owner's system facilities at times other then regular working hours. SC.9 RELATIONS WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS. The Contractor shall cooperate with all other contractors who may be performing work it, behalf of the Owner and workmen who may be employed by the Owner in the vicinity of the work under this Contract, and he shall conduct his operations to minimir.e: interference with the work of such contractors or workmE:n. The Contrac- tor shs11 proml,tly snake good, at his own exp-ynse, any injury or damage . that may be sustain,~c by other contractor; or e:-iployees of the Owner at his hands. Any difi'erence or coaf.lict which may arise between the Con- tractor and other contra:tors, or between the Contractor and workman of the Owner, in regar,i to their work shall be resolved as determined by the Engineer. If the work of the Contractor is deloyed because of any acts or omissions of any other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner on that account other than an extension of time, Whenever there is interference with wort: urnder other contracts, the Engineer shall decide the mannf:r in which the work shall proceed under each contract. SC.10 SUNDAY, Y.OLIDAY, AND NIGHT WORK. No wurk shall be done between 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. nor on Sundays or legal holidays without. the written approval of the Owner. However, emergency work may be done without prior approval. Night work may be c-A ablished by the Contractor as a regular procedure with the written pe mission of the Owner, such permission, however, may be revoked at any tame by the Owner if th3 Contractor fails to maintain adequate equipment and supervision for th3 proper prosecution and control of the work at night. (DEUMN, TFXAS - 490t4) (CONSTRUCTION } 100270 SC-3 • 0C.11 RETEODS OF FIELD OPEHATIOPt. The Contractor sY.Plll inform the Engi- neer in advance concerning his plane for carrying out each part of the field work. If at any time the Contractor's plant or <.quipment or his methods of executing the work appear to the Engineer to be inadequate to insure the required safety, quality, or rate of progress of the work, the Engineer may order the Contractor to increase or improve his facilities or methods and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such orders; but neither compliance with such orders nor failure of the Engineer to issue such orders shall relieve the Contractor from his obligation to secure the degrees of safety, the quality of work and the rate of progress re- quired by this Contract. The Cootractor alone shall bc: responsible for the safety, adequacy, and efficiency of his plant, equipment, and methods. Any method of work suggested by the owner or .ngineer, but not specified, shall be used at the risk and responsibility -f the Contractor and the Owner and Engineer will assume no responsibility therefor. Approval by the Owner or Engineer of any plan or method of work proposed by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility therefor, and such approval shall not be considered as an assumption of any risk or liability by the Owner or Engineer, or any officer, agent, or employee thereof. The Contractor shall have no claim because of the failure or inefficiency of any plan or method so approved. SC.12 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY AND PUBLIC LIABILITY. The Contractor shall be accountable for any damages resulting from his operations. He shall be fully responsible for the protection of all persuns including members of the public, employees of the Owner, and employees of other ccntraetors or subcontractors, and all public and private property including struc- tures, sewers and utilities, above and below ground. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain all necesnary safety equipment, such as barriers, signs, warning lights, and guards, to provide adequete protection of persons and property. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to the owrors of ;public or private pr<perty and utilities when such property and util:ties are liable to injury or damage through the performance of the work:, and shall make all necessary arrangements with such ownero relative to the removal and replacement or protection of such property or utilities. SC.13 IVEROENCY PROTECTION. Whenever, in the opinion of the Owner, the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution :or the safety of the public or the protec~ion of the work to be constructed under this Con- tract or of adjacent structures or property, and wt.enever, in the opinion of the Owner, an emergency has arisen and immediate action is considered necessary, then the Cwner, with or without notice to the Contractor, may (DENTON, TMAS - 49041 (CONSTRUCTION } 100270 sC-4 ® provide suitable protection by causing work to be done Yn4 material to le furnished and placed. The cost of such work and mat-r'ial shall be borne by the Contractor, Lnd, if the same is not paid oo presentation of the bills therefor, suca costs may be deducted from a;y amounts due or to become due the Contractor. The performance of such emergency work shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for 4ny damage which may occur. 0C.14 LINF'AVORABLE CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS. Djring untavorrable weather, wet ground, or other unsuitable construction condition,, the Contractor shall confine his operations to work which will not be 0 fected adversely thereby. No portion of the work shall be constructed under conditions which mould affect adversely the quality or efficiency thereof,.inless special means or precautions are taken by the Contractor to perform the work in a proper and satisfactory manner. SC-15 P& ECTED WORK AND MATERIALS. The Contractor, upon written notice from the Engineer or the Owner, shall remove from the premises all work and materials rejected as defective, unsound, improper, or in any way failing to conform to the requirements of the contract documents. The Contractor shall at his sole: expense make good all work damaged by such removal and shall promptly replace materials damaged or improperly wor4ed by him and re-execute his own work in accordance with the contract. This includes re-executing or replacing the work of any other contractor that is in any way affected by the removal of the defective work. The obliga- tions of the Contractor under this section shall not extend to defective materials or equipment supplied by the Owner. If the Contractor does not remove his rejected work and materials within 10 days after written notice, the Owner may remove and replace such work and materials at the expense of the Contractor.. SC.16 PURCHASE ORDERS. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer two copies of each purchase order for all materials and equipment furnished under these specifications for incorporation in the permanent construction. Each purchase order shall show the vendor's name, manufacturer's name, i4terials, type, model number, size, quantity, accessory list, and re- quested delivery date of the material and equipment ordered. The pur- chase order copies shall be submitted to the Engineer before or at the time when they are issued to the vendor. SC,l7 UUS. MATDIALS. To the extent possible, materials and equipment (including components thereof) furnished under these specifications 001 be produced, processed, manufactured, and assembled within the United States of America. rials will not not be be pe_ In the proposal and accepted by the Owner. ( DF:NTON, TEXAS - 4904) (CONSTRUCTION } --5 100270 FIELD RF. OWD3. Cuntrrvetor she'i.l mni:,t'iin 90t his officF, on the i! up-to d;!,,_ of all dravi ~s, r.ieci;ic,tiu:r.r, and ot;:er cantrf,ct rr, ,rent _ an. r r.IIJ.I Q:rr;, Lary 'IrLt't, 0 , Mete with I tIt r nt t•evlsions thereto . In ~iddition, t:,,-- f,'r-,ntrnct(,r :;hall „aint;rtin s r_nntir,:,r rep-;Id of a"! fleid chuLro~es Lr;d, hr, the c„ncln3i e!f' ti,e work, ::i .ll incorporate all such changes on tiw drnwina;u ,:rn(i other enF;Yr,ecrirw, d,,tq lend shrill submit the required nw-jbcr of ,:6i:i, thercrZ to the Engin -i ;70.19 1,INErS AND 1.;PAlti':G. P.11 work c},.all be done Lo hio lines, grader, and (:Ic•vations shown on the drr,wint;a. Th(- Contractor ::t,,tli provide suitable cquipment and cacp:trrnt worYrnc:, who siurll la !etc raid Irny out the work. f•'.ar~:>urcmcnts s11-13.1 Y,e n de fro+:, larmane.nt base line:, lord elevation reference datto previously eetab]ished on the nite. 3n additi%,n, mea3uremen1:a shall },e cooruinated with P;zi3ting building; coltm_n line:; t,nd "loor elevations. The Contractor siittll irovide ex f_rience in.:trwn•_ut mr-rr, co:apetent assis- t,-ants, and such in::tru:rents, tools, stakes, and othrrr' rnraterials required to complete survey, layout, and measurement work. In addition, the Con- tractor shall furnish, without ch,,rge, coapotent risen from his force and such tool.,, stakes, and other materials as the Divineer may reglire in establishing or designating control points or in chicoking survey, layout, and measurement work .performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall keep the Engineer informed, a reasonable time in advance, of the times and places at which he wishes to do work, so that horizontal and vert.c,.j. control paints may be establtened and eery checking deemed necessary by the ;r.:gir_eer stay be done with minL^,nn inconvenience to the Engineer and minimum delay to the Contractor. Any work done without bcitig properly locate,.] may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. SC.20 Ifi}Slii'tV,i7'IU;J OF MOI.TAENTS AND 157AKES. The Contractor shall care- fully preserve ail monuaents, bench marks, reference points, and strikes. In case of iris destruction thereof, the; Contractor will be charged with the expense of replacement and :hall be r(npon31ble for any mistake or l.os;a of time that nay be caused. Ferlit.nent monu•nentc or bench marks wench roust be venovcd or di.nturtcd shall be protected, until they can bu properly refercru.ed for rel--)cation. Th,:~ Contractor steal]. furnish mate- rtalu ti,nd as:;lutance 1'or th,, pruper rellrsce,aenL of such monur:ents or bench JlUrks . SC.21 O AF'F,i''t AN11 ACClt~rN' 3'RF;VI;f~"I'F0;1, It rtes]] be the C~ntrgctor's r.- sponFfbility to maintain, throughout the construcLion period, a safety and ivy cideat prevention program which mLets the req.utrernents of Federal, 6tatc, and local codes, and of all other authcri.ties having jurisdiction (UF:Ii`NN, 'i'Ei(AS • (CONSTRUCTION ) 10()270 SC-6 i.:.•1' Li!1:; WUI'Y.. N'. '.U 1r.'l'yll f'c 1'd.fa~ u" ::4C'YI FtU},fi '-i'1 i1;a1 Uf ArU1Q_7t, !'r E.~(.rl Y. tCr'. itl 'r..n., tl'I lr. t.; ort" r1Ulr.1!`lii •.`1 llr r_r. i n! i ~cr,c2^tl (,r)ni rartor, ; if f.n - ' 1 dell Fl p; 'e if 1,y arld ;.t tc`1gl:Il1. Iir 'Vi•f 11lOti. 111 prrouneI rlutll ve':~.r 'nru•ri h'1 t; ,t1, ..'lI t.irJr. 'all Lhr-; nre in I,hu eer:-. at.ruct,iwt arch. SC.22 i'II,V l hYy] I L'PI UI), lrrly wori: ,~I octii;arc wiu II is i Il i r 1 ae I'l r e ivttsar,J to Lhc' oxtent pt~r..ticnlrl~ :;hrtll i< i. Co,inl:1tIi1 r rl: ~ri. arli atultr~ r: ttr riraln :11,111 b ct)l It "tcei ;sr i rul;uvcti fr r,'I ti t . rtr,.)i Ir F+r; l;ru- vided hereafter' under ru:1s, ,o1vn1';, 11,1irl Diller vDlntilc or fl4mmable matt:rirtLr shall. be stort. i +wrly frnr: tt.e ccrl'.Lructio:, and .^,tr,rn+ Great; in well rralrked, oafs conthinr;r:. Ccoli cssentiul to fire prevention rind Shull be prrrcticc-11 toy the Contritr.l.or throut'hout the: construction periC>d 11,,,_ Contractor shall. follow I,l,c; r'r,co,rmendations of the ACC "Manual of Accident Prevoti,ion in Constru^.t.or1" regarding fire hazards and prevention. Unless specified herein for a partLt!ular application, untreated canvas, paper, plastic, and other flomriable flexible mrrterial;3 shall not be used on the site for any purpose, if suvii materials are or, equipment or rmzte- + rials which arrive at the cite, they ohall be remcive4 arirl repletcel with II an approved covering, befo:'e storirll; or moving into thr conatructiorl area. likewise, corrugated paper and fiberboard ct,rtor:c chill riot be perwitted in the construction area for the a, 4 orr)fre or handlin? of rriateriEils. if such cartons do arrive <r, the construcrtion area, they ,Mhall be imr,~ri.ia!cly unpacked and rerl,oved iron t}tie site. Approved flexible n,ateri.ei:' shall be waterproof and flame: resistent, rind vhull be equal to or better char. the glass reinforml 1.nrrinItted paper and alluninilm foil nheetinf;, HK1-K1,Re, 610 manufaetl3r,:d by ,;i:;alY.rcift Divit;Lori , S1,, liegis Paper C'(l, SC. '2i CLE_ANLIIV:SS, ;pccial rl,ttention ihaJ.1 to River, tr) kc:epinu the in- side of tlu: structures rind surrounding pound:, clean and free frcr, trt.t:h !and vlehris. Pie Contractor Shull erip.loy sufficient rind specln.l perronr.el to thoroughly clean hi,; work urcrv, continuously each workinri d%y and shr%Ll cooperate with the othl.rr contrvlctorE, to keep i.hf~ entire corOa-U.tion site clean. 'i'bis shall include r,we_pin,; the floors, col.lec!.Jnr, and disposint; of trrsh, and r111 rather fu,;r_tions required to 'rech the site r.lectn. I4rttc- rials Fuld ::t1hp11r- shnll l-c '~tr~rcd In loc;ttir)i s which will not blor:k ac- ce:'sways, and ur•r+unf;eJ, to 1-rmlt, ca!-,y cleanliq,, of il..- arr•L. In ar(,rtl: where r"luipmo 'nt frtiyr,ht dr!p oil or cituse t:thcr d,'SIIY7 r'r. !,r) fir' 1.1Gbr Lllr faC e`, a protective' erwer of hrlFtvy (;i,❑t`f:, fl.'1m'_' 1'7S1lit8J1t., oPprool, _hr.c'tirg shall be+ provi&-d betwr:un tike r,1~•lil,;,102nt arld t1,c flour r,urfacc r,o thzt no oil or grease Qt r,tacts the concrete. Trils requirement is aliFlicable to both finished and unfinished floors. ® (DI':MMi, TjlAS) - 11190)1) 1.19570 All !roses, cables, extension cords, arid similar rAateria15; shall be !.ocated, arranged, and k;ruLtpef) so thin,hey will not block. !rny accessway and -.,III par7niL easy cle%ninp rind rr.r.,intr,nancr•, i'~t the close: of each work week, and at the clUCe n'.. ea(;Ii Clay pri'C'i: ICI C, a l,o) iday, nLl 8'.uch i tetx., shalt b(_ re- mov,,,l fro.^1 the ~;or.:Itruction nrv.<< nn,i stored in thr_ Contractor's tir ~rr.•Ylaascs or LiLYrer rntor•age ar,;as. All shipping, braces, cratinry, and boxing material, u;.rd for protection of equihment during shipment shall be uiapoced of as directed by the Owner or the Engincer. All other trash, debris and wa:,te mat<;rirrlr, shall be removed from the site and disposed of by th,! Contractor. Wa:te mr.terial shrill be promptly removed from the site, rvrd shall riot Le rtllow~:d to accumirlaC(;. P11 trash and debris shall be hauled to the City LI) I wllJch is located apprux- innately seven riles from th,~ job site. Promptly upon the completion of the: construrtic,rl work., EAl scrap, trash, find waste materials etnd debris resr,lting from work. urnde~7 this Contract shall be removed from the site. All Contractor-owned facilities, mate- rials and construction slant, shall be removed from the Owner-fur- nished materials riot used in construction ,hall r_mair. ;,he 0 wrrcr+:. property and shall be stared an the site. i In the event of conflict between contractors concerning cleaning respon- sibilities, the Englnear will determii}e the rR~sponslbility and assign the work. Tire Engineer's dcclsiorr will be final and binding and the responsible contractor shall promptly perform the disputed work. In tM, event that the Contractor falls to comply with the cleanliness require- meents specified herein or- to perform the cleanup work assie,ned to him oy the Fnglnver, the Owner reserves the right to hire another contractor (not rlecersarily one of the corn„tructiorn contr•actot°s) to perform the necessary cleaning work and the Contractor shall pay to the Owner the cost of all such cleanup work. SO. 21; 8r',CURI`L''f. The Contractor shall be responnible for all material. and equipment in his custody or placed in construction by him. Security methods r,hall be employed as required to in:>ure the protection of s+lch material and equipment from theft, vandallcm, fire, and all other damage turd loss. All construction personnel and vchicu.1ar traffic shall enter and leave tl:,; construction site through tYne designated entrance gate. Unauthorized personnel will not be pcr•mitted on the site. Materiala or equipment leaving the site shall be authorized by the C'outructor and th!° Engineer. ::C.25 CON"ITRRUCTIC14 PPEA LIMITS. The Engineer will designate the boundary limits of access road,,parking areas, storage areas, and construction areas, and the Contractor shall not trespass in or on areas riot so desig- nated. 'ihe Cuntrac-Lor• shall be renponnible for keeping all of his per- sonnel out of area; not deeir;nated for the. Contractor's use; except, in the case of IsuJuted work ocated within such areas, the Engineer will iiisu,: permrito to spr_cific i:ontractt,r personnel to enter and do the work.. l~ (Ul:fl'lY)N, 'Pl?XP.`, - 490ll) 010?l ;TRUC'i'i0N ) (i21571 SC-8 l'.tie Contrrsetc r'e c7upluye.c :;Mll y ark -,heir utomobi I.':o, trucks, and other vehicles in the ascigried con.=traction personnel parkir4f area. ;!Ct,?~ ACCESS ROTS, PAItK1iJ•1 AND STORAGE ARFI.S. C.nst,ruction access roads, prrkiiir areas, and limited storage areas will be asg4?ned for the Contrac- t'or's use by the Engineer. SC.''I F'001) SERVICES. No food services will be permILLe(l on the construc- tion site except for truck o. trsLller mounted cantee•rc.e. Suct; canteens will be p^rnsitt.ed on the site only during hours specifically approved by the Engineer. SC.23 PROTECTION OF WORE. The Contractor shall be w)1r.1y responr~ible for the protection of h.is work until. its final acceptance by ttte Owner. The Contractor shall have no clain r6 ainst the Owner or the Engineer le- r_ause of any damage or lose, to the Contractor's work, and shall be re- sponsible for the complete restoraticn of damaged work to its original condition complying with the specifications and drawings. In the event the Contractor's work is damaged by another party, not under his supervision or controls the Contractor shall make his claim directly with the party involved. If a conflict or dissf recraent develops between 1 the Contractor and one of the other contractors concerning the responsi- bility for damage cr loss to the Contractor's work, the conflict sh&J.1 be resolved as provid,,d under RFLMONS WITH OT'rIER CONTRACTORS in th,.se Special Conditions. Such conflict shall not be cause for delay in the restoration of the damaged work. The Contractor shall restore the work immediately and the cost thereof will be assigned pending the resolution of the conflict. 0C.29 COST BREAKDOWN. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval a breakdown estimate of the total price as stetted in the Contract Agreement. The breakdown estimate shall by prepared as specified in the General Conditions, The Engineer's approval of said estimate anall be obtained before the first payment eat'mate is prepaxed. Upon rer.est, additional information concerning costs shall be made available to the Engineer f)r accounting purposes. SC.30 RFTAIR OF DMAGES. The Contractor shall immediately repair any damage which results from this construction or abnormal use, including damage done to the existing facilitier;. All such repair work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. SC,31. INDEPENDENT TESTING 1,AbORATORY. Laboratory testing specified in the tcchni.cal requirements shall be done by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Owner or the Engineer. The laboratory shall be retained by the Contractor and all costs for laboratory services shall be paid by the Contractor. (DEWON, TEXAS - 4904) (CONSTRUCTION } 100270 SC-9 ® SC. 32 PLACING WORK IN SE),NICE. If de-ired by the Uarer, portions o!: the work mrr be pltced in scrricc whcrr ^ompletcd and t1,r lontractor shat provide proper access for this purpo.:e- Such use and operation shall not constitute an ucceFt«nce of' the work, am1 the Contrac'.r,r .,hall bc• 'ruble for defects du.. to faulty constructian througlrout the duratio" of f,hl:; Contract and therecLfter its provided under the guarantee-. GC.33 LOCAL SUPPLIEFS AND SUBCONTRAC:T'U'3. Whenever pr').1 +lble, ttiv! Con- tractor shall purchase materials from .local suppliers and award subcontracts to local subcontractors. ;C. 4 STARTUP AllD INITIAL OPERATION. The Contractor n,hrtll ronder all services and do all work required to place each item of equipment installed by him, including all au(iliarles, pl,ping, and wirini„ rind the plant in operating; condition to the satisfaction of tte Owner and Engineer. IndividL,%l systems and items of eqidpnont shall be completed in a sequence that will permit systematic startup and trial operation of each such component before it is incorporated in the plant startup and initial operaticn. The Owner will furnish operating personnel during etartup and initial operation. The Contractor shall provide all other workmen required, in the opinion of the Engineer, to make adjustmenta and correct deficiencies during the initial equipment and plant startup testing, checking and operation. It is anticipated that the startup testing and initial operation will be in progress continuously over extended periods of time. The workmen required of the Contractor shall be on the site at all times during these perioda. All regular and overtime payroll and all other contingencies in connection with the startup and initial operation of equipment and p1Ent shall be included as a part of the lump sum contract. '1"ne Owner will furnish and the Contractor shall apply all oils, greases, and other lubricants required to place permanent plant equipment in condition ready for operaticn. The Contractor shall provide all temporary instrumentation and gauginrr device-s required during start-up and trial operation of equipments and system., which he i.as installed. All. rotating machinery shafts shall be in as nearly perfect alignment es practicable. Rotating machinery shall be fr:,e from excessive vibration, ov rheatipg bearinro, and other conditions which would tens to shorten the life of the machinery. Bearings, shafts, and other moving part. +ha11 be checked for proper alignment, cleaned and lubricated before Q.- equipment is initially started. Full compliance w"Ah each equipment nittnufacturer's specifications and instructions shall be observed. Copi, V records showing all final. slignment measurements shall be furnishe(i to the Owner and the Engincer. ® (LIEN'IVN , TEXAB - 14904) {CUISThUCTION ) SC-lfi U21`,,7i r', 3`,~ ll' n t1F ChIV~':, l'he use of thr, exist.inr, turbine roi,,m crarie axul th- hoie,tlnr, fncilitics inst311rd with the now power planr, rvldition will be r'eservt,l rnr tte ^rection of egllli 'ent ac alprovcd by t1.R Engineer. llrc use of tht- crclne for handling; of rrrAr:rials will not br• ;r! m1tted. The use curl custody of the crane an.l hoiaA ng equipmen', will Le schedule-i and rrsslg,r.ed by the F'nr?ineer to op'Aynize itr, service f,,, the overall con- struction pro3ect. Such assignment sl,all nut relievr: t,t,c Contractor from his responsibility for proaecutin, hi:; work in accordrincr~ with the con- tract schedule and shall not be caime. for hire to clalr, r-ztra c,~mpensaticr . Phe cvar;e shall be operated only by a qualified crwiu op r:rator. The Contractor chull be fully responsible for the crane flurinp the period:; that it is in his use or arrig;ned to his oust,)dy rrrd shj,ll provide regular lubrication and other maintenance of the crane. If, in the Engi.neer'r, opinion, the crane is damaged by the Contractcr's usn of it,, the crane shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. SC.36 FINAL INSPECTION. When the work has been substantially completed and at a time mutually agreeable to the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor, the Yngineer will make a final inspection of the work ,+nd report to the Owner his findings as to the acceptability and completenean of the work. (DENTON, TEXAS - 1+904) (CONSTRUCTION ) 021571 F)C-l l 1 1~ 4 ~ a x~ ~l t''t.. i~ N r 115 °t r~l t ~'}K~ 11c~S '1'✓# ~R a i~l . F { ~'F. fr'~ $.'1 q''I~+`,.~1~ ~ pry'. ~yi ~ 1r .a pi" ~y v7 4 { , fe {I ~l+.tiy7 t~ ~ y,~nx~s~:' vP a ~ k~, i y 'rt Y'kl°t + r ~ ~"S 'M0~ ~i Y~ ti b r ~:^w" .fit ~€~•5 x_J f~1~ {pz 1 !t ~•f$,. ya j yy, r Say, pi ~ a "~'s r a~"e J p "fir*4r s 'S ~I • ~e ~~xa h ~ ` a ~C x,A 4 ~[a .~'4 a wn ~r y r ~p r 4~ .i' ...4, ~ i ° e irk ~ ~`~r UfI• r S~~ i r~ l~'x ~C apt ~p~ V.:.,I tr fi. •6~r 1, 1744 •i NNN I 36ctiop ~ lA ~ DBSCRIP''TON AND SCOPE OF TNT 11pRK ~ ~ ..1 1A=2 , • ' 1Af1 ~int~Xtll', 1111 12 Kark 100104d Under These Speciti"tions. A-~ 4 , Mo3 Vdxk N02' 1n4luded'Under 'These $pe'iPieatlane JA-2 Section 18 DRAWINCrCF~BDULB' 778.1 ° } lgwl r a i8Dr 11811 dl` 4Q~Ct ion IC 1 tNG11d2R1NQ )pATA t ~'1Q"l1P r+d {.,.r i+ iC Geaeral 1U-1 F `f _ . 1 e ]Q41 i ° i rF " 1.3 lMll,'tQkur,. ~V } ~`wrc 4 t" I,! - 1 t~ rkrl r. x 1ti to rF l' 1 , 'lY~r T~", v~) "~a"•. Vli A~`!1~ t~ iw4f'i.i~1}Q ry~(;ya }'t r'1 Vti 1 w : , rX1 1! a i:~.l ♦ni Y]wr.. ~i ] t.. ~pppi~.ul ~ e f t e r x _ qq ~ ~'a r [ 3` ! ~d~4 rea ~''r71 i .Yr ~3 Hr~l,yf. p'L^`~ ~ i ~ J 1 ~ ~ U. y ~ x ~ 1 r I 1 [ ei1 ~ " ]pp e .1 J~~.a _~j~I FFl~ 1 riPS~ z 1~i4 1 5 w ]F IOol . 1 ' N" r rFN I~ a Vot, ~''~f'Ti-Pf ~ . rrRty ~ RY'11 tVF I ~3 1-p, 101 .1 t CKS , +'qr1, 1 01111'. , ~~i 1.; ~~.Irl wi ,:J. Z• 1 o..i , 'F 1 r i 1 a f r~ ~I 4 ' • Yi. F a Y ] d y, x r y v'~yk, 1" ' ~ e f i +y .y rrrS a /y rv }e, ,k i N '!r + /Ti S} }r i~ i 4 1 r, (y• ~ Y~ i ~ ~g `k CVs }~~,'~gyL1~~ C r~ 1 ~~a,.4,'~~f♦ r14 Iy~ 4 ~~t x x :n ~ ~ ~i~°~~ F~°r~ ~ w ~ an~1'i n , 1r, r r ~ Y ~L w,yY SS"F'''~ 1{yo ~Pff~t+ ~ ^1!,! i p 1? ` i' a aft ] g ~til 4f~ : i " d 2 Y i 41 9~ 1 S 1 {i vjrx~~ x ~ .+.C ~h✓ 1/" R x ~ y x3fr" ]r rr~!} ~a i.~k n ~ w ~ ~y~~7.6 yp, i ,1 .r~ +~C >M~Rid°r+~ t r ft A t` d" r4 "P2" r,,. *p r I ! ~a ~ '~~A ~X 1 ~~~al,iq~l ~ x ~ ~C'~~j`l elm '4 y'ii d 1,:Mi t, t f ~t .5.~, ~I a~97^pT GG, ~`^^yI ~f~ ty.,,v d , ,F 4 R S is E` .jtto 4 Y~ l i h I ~yq ~ . rR~~J ~~fi Oak Z I f( yry x' 5^~ i" A 7] r% 1 ' 4F• r y 1 Ap TV' ° r 1 , + 1 r x!~ A~ ,a t Y r a r r i Vy ~bF~a{+ Y!r♦♦ iGt i. , t 4•' q, v , t 4 $ y I x" 1 / ¢ 4i d~dQrl 1 ,h ~D~~+1Na "0 r y~ 4 M4 " r~~~B. +T ~ fti•: ~"a, 1 ~ f I ~ ~i`IM . , Y fb Rw~~]~~ G ~rc r~ t~} '-r'Ex5'. + n4 ~.4 e 1. +11 +r K P1 !3 t i1 '~h al.•1t *n~~ Y i y ~Nl~ bCA~ ° + rl ~ l Giftitjil t. 4n i f {xc Q• ~iT xr P] , i '!t ^ :r 1 • x 4 Zz•i + r • t f Yl alY r, x ~ ~ "'-xt i ~~S~i kn ' "~k ,i' ,r of , `•gl; Pa i' ,r I' , a a' n Yf t?, t3 Y. r V I C ~ ff'"~ rx r s i s a "N o c . o i r 3 ,lt' G 4a~ 4 ' n i a9 r ' r.: l~', ~yx r''V fa9 i1 'I v 1• r .l i Fw ~ f F, k4 ^I l r. Y`<t ~ 11 r a1 ,t t I f ~ l rk I! + !k. ~ ~ IF ~l w;. ! +w ' 1i t C w}. a y{ x a + d~ a , ~~r~, It. ° i~"r. I+ + T~ F .]Yr t h 1t^ i~• i~ , "(yy~^a t Y!a4("" >r rJ r++✓ i 4Yr .r~i 4Ax'~r S''"''f a.f,] , ro r F~ e +a ` I 41 . ^A,. °i1 1 =r ]4 `its.,, r: i, 1 QBar r a'r I a'x It F V, '.Y , v ~ R ~ + ,i `dF s r i.i ~4 r I i~• xa .l 4 ~ IY.. ,ti i i 1 Jt k'1 Vllf\y,LY~~f PxP x ; dr ; sf r t,l r ty a9 j PS F / d'r+ 4 ~s rx FYI,.. t+ \4.V. n 3. yl~~,1,~'y. j t ~ + 1n y~jC4 i Ft far " "y~}w_,r 1 r~. a r w a I 4, de~~ ~~~4,wmtJ A ~ ~a. k• e. ~l ~~~r)~ ~ ,~4ti a4 1 r'r,r x ! ".{'+~J'r ~ 1 I~f '~~.r r~tj 4S .~q+~ ] x ~I ~~~r j~`•, Q ?v~l +0 r r P Iw e'.''~ S. , 7 ~I- 'tA 12filil' L ' `a)"N lw ~i 'i1^~ "M 7✓J.r SFr ~wix 1`s 1~~ G Vol ,F t~ '!i A' ] 1i r 'lay ! .Jsr,~Y• }}y, "k` h •a~f{rlr r ° Page thru Paste Section 10 - GUERAL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS ` 1G-1 1C-3 10,1 General 10.2 Equipment to be Furnished 10-1 1G.3 Lravinas and Data 1G-1 1G.4 Specifications and Standards 16-1 1G.5 U. S. Materials 1C-1 IM Component Parts 1G-1 1G17 Factory Assembly 1G-2 10.8 Shop Coating 1G-2 1G.9 Protection 1G-2 1G.10 Alignment and Balance IGG-2 10.11 Correction of Manufaeturiug Errors -3 1G.12 Lubrication 10-3 1G.13 Coupling Guards 1G-3 16.14 Equipment Bases 1G-3 IG-3 Section lH ELEVATOR M3TORS 111-1 lH-4 lkal General 1H-1 ' lH,2 Codes4nd 5tandardA 1N.~3` R+iti ng 1N~1 xH.4 TaTdinal` Markings 1}1.1 1H,5 Aoyigin and Construction 1H,b Factory Testa 19-4 1H.7 ` M3aufactut'ers 18-4 11{-4 Section 1J`- HOIST A)TORS 1J-1 1J-4 1J.1 General 1J-1 1J.2 Codes and Stondarda 1J-1 1Jo 3 RAEing 1y,4 Terminal garkings 1J-1 1J,5 Design and Cona,IXuction 1J-1 1J,6 Factory Tests 1J► 1J,7 Manufe.cturet-a 1J- 4 1J-4 (DENTONg TEXAS 4904 ) (09NERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4)' ' 120370 T01a2 Section 14 - DFSCR.iPrION AND SCOPE OF I'llF WORK s IA.i CFNERAL. 11,1 section fevers tie general prVjcrr dcsrription of the Unit 'S'Additiou, and the scope and general ro,quIto un•rnts for lice work under these sllu(IftcetIoils del, ignaled Cener:cl Constrit(IIon, The Unit S Add II ion to the City of nvnton, 'lcx.c~, 1.11jn1~ Ip.cl Electric Generating Station di lI Inc ludo the censrructlrrn of a ri,„plete generating unit i.e., major power plant equipment, systom~ and ali,,IlI:iries, plant structure, and substation. T1ce nominal capacity cri Unit 'i will be approximately 65 meg,a,.Jatts. Major components of the new addition will be a gat and nil fired, outdoor type steam generator; a nonrelceat, condensing type turbine generator; a two-pass surface condenser; complete auxiliary equipment; an Induced draft cooling tower; a now electrical substation; and rc }eel framed plant structure with enclosure for the tur ce generator nrea and the base and upper drum of the steam generator. More compiele descriptions of these and other assocl.ated components are. given In the applicable detail specifications. A railroad siding will be available at the plant site for ~211,very of equipment and materials. 1A,2 WORK INCLUDED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS. The work under these specifications shall inr.lude all materials and services to perform the General Construction romplete in accordance with the specifications, drawings, and other contract documents, except as specifically excluded herein under WORK NOY INCIUDED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS. General Construction includes structural and architecture! work to pro- vide a structure and enclosure for the power plant addition; hearing, ventilating, and air conditioning; underground piping; electrical ducts and grounding. Major components of the work under these general constru(tion specifications are: Site improvetcccnti Underground piping Underground ducts and raceways Eiectrtcal groundings and caLhodle protection Structural steel Reinforced concrete Masonry Metal wall panels Doors and windows s (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 IA-1 Moisture protection P I unbf ng Palming LlevatUr Air conditioning system Falls and ventilators Healers The above explanations and listings ere [nlrndCd to Xi-y,, a general deflnf- tion of the scope of the work under these per:iCicati"r, and shall not be construcJ to be an itemized listing of ea(h element o! work required, The Contractor shall be responsible for c.onstructton of ,rplete fncilltlcs, conforming in all respects to the details and re.luirtifwrkts of the specl- fications, drawings and other contract documents. 1A.2.1 Contractor-furnished Materials, Ma,rip wer, and ';crvices. Thee ""ori- incorporated lin provide workt^alle labor, ~a supeslvlsfon, te(hr,lca~l die permanently ; recifon, admin- Isrration and management; and all construction plant and services. IA,3 WORK NO_T_ INCLUDED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS. In addition to the work under these general construct Ton specifications, the Owner has awarded or will award separate contracts for the following work which will be d.Lectly associated whit the work under these specifications: Substation construction Mechanical construction Ele.trical construction Steam generator erection Cooling tower erection Part of the work listed hereinbefore will be In progress concurrently with the work under these specifications. The Contractor 6ltall coordinate his activities and cooperate with the other contractors, the Owner, and t)ie Engineer In the best interest of the project. (DENTON, TEXAS - 440'1 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION • D-4) 120370 1A•2 Section 1B - DRAWING SCHEDULE 1B.1 GENERAL. This sect ton lists the drawings, plan's an-1 scLedules which have been prepared to describe the wik cover~i brae speci- fications. These drawings, plans and srhoci1:lc•c snarl f~• cojisidered a part of the contract. 1B.2 DRAWINGS. The contract drawings arc naC ed for Construc- tion Bids - D-4" and dated Februcry 2?, 1911. Drawer No. t. I * PA-1 PLANT ARRANGED.B I' GENERAI. LAYOUT PA-2 PLANT' ARRANGEMENT UNDERGROUND U1ILi'I'lES PIPING AND UUCIS PA-101 PLANT ARRANGEMENT BASEMENT - EL 636'-0" PA-102 PLANT ARRANGEMEIir GROUND FLOOR - EL 64't-O" • PA-103 PLANT ARRANGEMENT OPERATING FLOOR - EL 658'-0" PA-104 PLANT ARRANGEMENT TANK FLOOR - EL 613'-0" DRUM FLUOR - EL 689'-4" PA-105 PLAY1 ARRANGEMENT LONGITUDINAL SECTION D4-101 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SOUTH ELEVATION * D4-lU2 GENLRAI, CONSTRUCTION EAST ELE'VATION' WEST FlI VATION * Refer to Addendum 1 dated March 12, 1971 (DENTON, TEXAS - 49U4 ) (;ENERAI, CCIiSTRUCTION - D-4) 1B-1 022271 • Drawing No. TTtI. * D4-103 GENERAL C0NSfRE:C710S NUhTH ELE.VA'iIO" I Tl'RIOR Ei.I,VA110! 1)4-104 GFNERAI. CONS11,1,f,710"4 Ah('II I I'fCI CRAI IiP.7.hI I.5 ?)4-105 G1a F, RA 1, criN%, 1i r,(,I I()N D4-201 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION GROUND FLOOR - El, 647'-0L1 STEEL FRAMING PLAN * D4-202 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION OPERATING FLOOR - EL 6581-01} S'T'EEL HJUHNG PLAi D4-203 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION TANK FLOOR - ET. 6731-011 O STEEL FRAMING FLAN I D4-204 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION ROOF - EL 689'-011 STEEL FRAMING PLAN D4-205 GENERA) CONSTRUCTION COLUMN ROWS A, Bo F AND G STEEL FRAMING ELEVATIONS * D4-506 GENERAL COVSTRUCT 10:: COLDLN ROWS 1, J, K A,%D L STEEL FRAMING ELEVATIONS * D4-207 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION COLUMNN ROWS 12, 131 14 AN]) 15 STEEL FRAMING ELEVATIONS D4-208 GENERAL CONSIRUC110N COLU-11N ROW 16 STEEL FRAMING ELEVATIONS * Refcr to Addendum 1 dated March 12, 1971 ® (DENTON, T1'.)(AS - 4904 ) XENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 1B-2 120370 Drawing No. Title D4-209 GENERAL CONSTRUC10% S'IAIRS AND ?LAIEOY.X; SECTIONS AND ELIAeAliONS D4-210 GFNERAI. CONS IR';( 1 ION TAKEOFF Icll':R C1. SCkFJN AM) 1'U!?P SIkUCTL'RE * D4-301 GENERAL CONSTRUC'CIUN FOUNDATION PLP.N ANCHOR BOLT SCHEDUI F. * D4-302 GENERAL CONSIRUC'IION BASEMENT FLOOR - EL 636'-0" CONCRETE PLAN D4-303 GENERP.L CONSTRUCTION bASE:MENT FLOOR - EL 636'-U" CONCRETE SECTIONS AND DETAILS . D4-304 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BASEMENT FLOOR - EL 6361-0" FINISH FLOOR PLAN D4-305 GENERAL rONSTRUCTION GROUND FLOOR - El, 647'-0" CONCRETE AND GRATING PLAN D4-306 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION GROUND FLOOR - EL 6470-0" FINISH FLOOR PLAN D4-307 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION OPERATING FLOOR - EL 658'-0" CONCRETE AND GRATING PLAN D4-308 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION OPERATING FLOOR - EL 6i8'-U" FINISH FLOOR PLAN D4-309 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION TANK FLOOR - EL 6731-0" CONCRETE AND GRATING PLAN * Refer to Addendum 1 dated March 12, 1971 (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 1B-3 120370 l . Drawin£- No. Title D4-310 GENERAL CONS IRUC'[ION TANK FLOOR - EL 671'-0" FINISH FLOOR PLAN D4-311 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DRUM FLOOR - EL 6i 90-4" CONCRETE A.ND GRA'CIN'G PLAN D4-312 GENEELIL CONS IRUCi1nN DRL:I FLOOR - EL 68')'-r4" FINISH FLUOR PLAN * D4-313 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION TURBINE - GENERATOR FOUNDATION PLAN, SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS * D4-401 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION COOLING TOWER BASIN PLAN, SECTIONS AND DETAILS . D4-402 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION YARD STRUCTURES PLANS, SECTIONS AND DETAILS D4-501 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION MECHANICAL PIPING CIRCULATING WATER AT CONDENSER * D4-502 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION MECHANICAL PIPING YARD LAYOUT D4-503 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION MECHANICAL PIPING YARD DETAILS AND SECTIONS D4-504 GENERAL CONS'T'RUCTION MECHANICAL PIPING YARD DETAILS AND SECTIONS * Refer to Addendum 1 dated March 12, 1971 • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTIO14 - D-4) 18-4 120370 T Drawing, No. TI[1e © D4-505 GENF.R_4L CONTRUCTION MKIIAN'WAL PIPING R(' AND F100PR DRAIN D4-00I ChIJI.E'AI, CU';;; i?GCI TUN DUi l PLANK'; A:IU (,MIli;l)IC IYWIJATUN D'1r602 CPNF.R,11. cl)N>IH:(I 1 ION I'A'I 10N (~q')UN D I KC AND BURIED QJN'DU I'T D4-701 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION IIEA1'ING, VEIdTILNfI.NG AND AIR CONDITIONING D4-702 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING D4-703 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION HEATING, VENTILATING AND Al? CONDITION NG SECTIONS AND DEIAILS (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 f (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 1B-5 120370 :lection 1C - PNGPIFENIN'i DATA 1C.1 5PZTRAL. This :s<:rtion covr.r:; Uie r"auirersent^ urrl procedurs,, for submittal of engineering data. Engineering data coverirrq all enuil?ment rind fr~hricnt.~l rnrtt.crials to be ]hrnished under this C rntracl. nh ill be sulini ttv(] to Ifs., 1-Iris i of er For approval. These +Ltn ,.hall" ir,clvdr, drawinI;,:i pie; ,Alit Evc inforrrtt1r)h in siff1cient drtrti1 to show the hind, size, rn•rrnprrreul,, rind ererat,ion of component rrr.terinls r:,ii dr,vicc-,; tlir, rxr,(-rnr,l conr~r~ r.lrlnc, anehnr-:~e wrid supports r?qrjl ree3; perfr)r7rvvi C!' L}Inf-rC tC C1:;{. C: rinf c I for instrtllation find correltit! on with ot}arr rnoferir,i;, rind equipment. D%I, submitted shnli inclu]e r3rawinvs shrjwing:; ma ;r-l,Lia7 r,.•t,ti1:3 of any charges proposed by the Contractor and till required wiring? ar.11 Piping layouts. No work shall be performed in connection with the fabro,ation or man11- facture of materials and equipment, nor shr,,ll any acc^,,, my or appur- tenance be purchased until the drawings anri data therr_ro; have been ap- proved, except at tha Contractor's own risk and responsibility. 1C.2 PROCEDURES. Submittal procedure shall be according to the following { paragraphs. i Four copies of each drawing and necessary data shall be submitted to 1 the Engineer. Each drawing or data sheet shall be clearly marked with the name of the project, the Contractor's name, and references to appli- cable specification paragraphs and plan sheets. When catalog pages are , submitted, the applicable items shall be indicated. When the drawings and data are returned marked APPR•OWD Or RECEIVED FOR DISTRIBUTION, additional copies shall be submitted. 'Phe number of ad- ditional copies will be determined by the Fngineer, but will not exceed eight. When the drawings and data are returned marked APPROVED A.S NOT11"D, the changes shall be made as noted therein and corrected copies shall be e~ubmitted. The number of conies will be determined by the Engineer but will not exceed twelve. When the drawings and date. are returned narked RETURIII;D FUR CORRECTION, the corrections shall be made as noted thereon and as ins+.ructed by the Engi- neer and four corrected copies resubmitted. The Fcgir,ecr'c review of drawings3 and data submitted by the Contractor will cover only genere.l conformity to the plans and ,ipoclfications, ex- ternal connections, xnd dimensions which affect, the plans and layout. S (DENTON, TEKAS - L904) (CONSTRUCTION 1 ) 1C-1 100270 The Engineer's approval of drawings returned marked APPROVED or APPROVED AS NOTED, will not constitute a blanket approval of all dimensions, quan- tities, and details of the material, equipment, device, or item shown and does not relieve the Contractor from any responsibility for errors or deviations from the contract requirements. All drawings and data, after ffral processing by the Fiiginecr, shall be- come a part of the contract documents and the work shown or described thereby shall be performed in conformity therewith unless otherwis re- quired by the owner or the Engineer. 1C.3 MANUFACTURER'S IN_S_TRU_C710NS AND PARIS L1Si'S 4lherc instruction man- uals are required in the detailed specifiratlons they shall include speci- fications, drawings, and description of equipment; in4tallation instructions; operating instructions; parts lists; and where applicable, test data and curves. The Contractor shall assemble one manual to include all manufacturer's instructions and parts lists required in this specification and shall be bound in Buchan Type ORL (old style) binder covered with pyroxylin impreg- nated buckram cover, manufactured by Buchan Loose Leaf Records Co., Clifton Heights, Pennsylvania. The binder shall be adjustable to permit secure compact binding. The binder cover shall be stamped with the proper identi- fication as shown on Sheet P-802.02 bound at the end of this section. A I proof of the lettering for the cover shall be submitted for the Engineer's . approval before the manual is assembled and submitted. Where applicable the information contained in the manual shall include a list of recommended spare parts with the price of each such item, and the schedule of required lubricants as recommended by the manufacturer, if the motors or equipment being furnishes? are equipped with sealed type bearings the lubrication schedule shall so indicate. The data shall also include all nameplate information and shop order numbers for each item of equipment and component part thereof. The instruction manual shall contain data on the recommended and maximum allowable vibration limits of all rotating equipment. The insttuction manual shall include the weights of the assembled equipment and all subassemblies. The instruction manual shall contain a table of contents and section dividers with index tabs for ease of reference. The Contractor shall furnish 12 complete and final copies of the manufac- turer's instructions and parts lists not later than '30 days prior to shipment of the equipment, One copy shall be sent to the Engineer and upon approval thereof, the remaining copies shall be delivered to the owner. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 1C-2 022271 I I i CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS I (i 1Rif l'INfl.nll i IAIw'r' iu liNIT 5 a o I i w 0 INSTRUCTION BOOY% z FOR Z NAME OF EQUIPMENT 0 a V) X z 0 w Fr a MANUTAC:TURF.R'S NAME - rz l MANUEACTOW R'S ADDRESS F w z(2) LO Li r~ U F- 4 rr 7 U I- U { F} J l J ¢ BLACK A VEATCH n CONSULTING NGINEERS U KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI r. f rBde~eo4 _ e~ {Frunt Cover) Note: Large type shall be 30 point Tempo Heavy Condcnsed All other type shall be Q point Copperplate Medium Gothic TYPICAL EQUIPMENT INSTRUCTION BOOK COVER 1 _ BLACK 6 VEATCH CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS _ CLNSULTING ENGINEERS MUNICIPAL ELECIRIC GWRATING STATION P-802.02 KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI UNITS S Section 1D - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1D.1 GENERAL. This section covers the schedule and sequence for performance and completion of th, various eletc nt:; of work covered by these specificai.ions. The project schedule for the various; elerx•nts of work ir: shown in bar 1,raph forts on the schedule drawing, bound herewith. `Ihe time of completion i~i of the cr::;once of the corntracr_ ilie Contractor shall start wort, within 10 days aftr-r the U sec's; notir-e ,o proceed rind ;31.,til comply with the dates ::hare on the bar gr,,444 sr,7,orlul~:. Thr: bar t~rr~l~h schcd- Ule is intended to show thq ] atC_-it ocmpletlon Cor k (-y Ito= of work essentiFil to the coordination rind c;orrtinui,ty of rill work rA the site. Earlier dates shE0.1 be adopted and attaitwd wherever po ib1 r,fimpletion retc:a rrdrked "C" sr a17 be a contract reclUi rement; failure to complete a key item of work on or before the completion date shorrn, ad,}risted for any extension of time granted according to General Conditicns, will be ca,t;;c for declaring a breach of contract. 1D.2 CONTRACTOR'S DETAILED SCHEDULE. Within 15 days after award of contract, the Contractor shall submit a detailed construction schedule showing in graphic form the times for starting and completing each basic element of the work.. The detailed schedule shall be based upon the schedule submitted with the contractor's Proposal, as approved by the Owner, and shall comply with the key dates specified it the attached bar graph schedule. The detailed sched- ule shall include a complete breakdown, by basic work elements, for each key item of work listed on the bar graph schedule. The Contractor's detailed schedule shall be revised each month to reflect the actual progress of the work, and shall be modified as necessary to coor- dinate his operations with those of other contractors and to assure completion of each item of work within the time specified. 1D.3 COORDINATION. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of the other contractors and shall cooperate fully with the rY,gineer in maintaining regular orderly progress tcr4ards completion of the work. The Engineer's decision regarding priority between the Contractor's work and the work, of other contractors at the sits shrill be final and shall riot be cause fov extta compensation or extension or ime, except where extension of time is granted because of actual and uravoiay')le delay. Modifications and other work which involves the existing operating plant shall be coordinated and scheduled with the Owner to assure minimum inter- ference with the plant operation. Proposed scheduling for such work shall be submitted to the Engineer in sufficient time to permit his evaluation (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904) (CONSTRUCTION ) 100270 1D-1 i and approval or recommendation before the work starts. Work which might cause an interruption in the power genctation, of interfere with normal plant operation, shall be performed only when the details and schedule for such work have been approved by the Owner in writing. Failure of Owner-furnished equipment and materials to arrive as scheduled, or failure of other construction contractors to meet their schedule, shall not be justification for extra compensatlon Where such failure causes, in the opinion of the Engineer, an actual delay in the C<mtractcr's work, the provisions of the General Conditions regarding extenaiuns of time shall apply. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep hJmself, and his subcontractors, advised at all times during the course of construction as to the delivery status of the Owner-furnished equipment. When so requested in writing by the `.ontractor, the ilgineer will attempt to expedite or retard the delivery of specific items of Owner-furnished equipment; how- ever, inability of the Engineer to expedite or retard delivery as requested shall not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to complete the work in compliance with the specified schedule. 1D.4 CONDENSER INSTALLATION. • Refer to Addendum 1 dated March 12, 1971 (DENTON, 'ri:xAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CUIiCTRUCTION - D-/i) 1D-2 022271 s I y at t °~y who O U O n _ - - - - Y a z - ^ U W 1 ~ Y - 'Ohl. ~i V1 o K ~ K W } W V z t 1 ~ Z ~ t U s W~ u r W N LO I - V W J r- u yJ~ s tpp! t~ M Z Y „N ~ p W ~ LL~ Y~ Y JY// S e U~~~ ~~p V ~ O O W■ J O 1` Wy i • J ~ J ! ~ ~ ~ ~ V ~ O -1 Y L O M ~ ~ _9 S 2 lit I ;r:ction IE - CONSTRUCTION SERVICE", • 1E.1 GENERAL. This section covern the construction services which the Con- tractor shall provide in the prosecution of the work under these specifica- tions. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor ,hall furniali all construction plant, utilities, and temporary facilitie, rued all equipment, mrjterials, rind supplies which are required for procecutiorr of the work but which will riot, bra incorporated in the completed work. All temporary structures and facilities furi:ished by t,bu Contractor r.hrill remain the property of the Contractor and ::ball be maintained thrOUKJLout the construction work. When the construction work. is completed, all such temporary structures and facilities; shall be removed from the site ruid tie area shall be restored to its original condition. All construction plant and facilities shall be in first-class condition and shall be of the proper type and size to adequately perform the work. Such plant and facilities shall be regularly and systematically mal.-tained through- out the work to insure proper and efficient operation. Plant and facilities which are inadequate or improperly maintained shall be promptly modified, repaired, or removed from the site and replaced. 1E.2 FIELD OFFICE AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish li all office space, office supplies and equipment required for the prosecution of the work. All temporary structures and facilities furnished by the Contractor shall remain the property of the Contractor, and when the construction work is completed, all such temporary structures and facilities, including founda- tions and underground utilities, shall be removed from the site and the area shall be restored to its original conM tion. Temporary structures for warehouses and other uses for the Contractor or his subcontractors shall be constructed by the Contractor using materials, design, and construction approved by the Engineer. Such structures shall be built only in locations assigned by the Engineer. Suitable construction trailers may be used in lieu of temporary structures, subject to the Engineer's approval. 1E.3 UTILITIES. Construction utilities shall be furnished by the Contrac- tor or will be provided by the Owner as follows. 1E.3.1 Telephone. The Contractor shall. provide his own telephone service. (DE14TON, TEXAS - 4904) (CONSTRUCTION ) 100270 1F:-1 1E.3.2 Water. The Owner will furnish without charge, at a single supply point on the plant site, water for construction and drinking purposes. 'ib c Contractor shall furnish and install all water distribution facilities required. The Contractor shall provide a sanitary drinking watr,r uystem for his em- ployees, including water cooler:., ice, disposable drinking cui,:, and a trash can at each water cooler. 11,.3,3 Electric Power. The Owner will furnish all -ro,rfy for construction, power and temporary 11~jitlrig at no charge. The mower will be supplied at 48kr volts, 3 phase, (0 hertz, and 3~0 volts, single phase 0, It single supply point. The, Contractor shall provirie all temporary wiring, o:qufirnent, devices and facilities required to distribute power for his use and his subcontractor's u: e . 1E.4 COMPRESSED AIR. Me Contractor shall provide all air compressors, fuels, lubricants, hoses, piping, and other apparatus required for supplying compressed air required for prosecution of the work. 1E.5 TFWORARY HEATING. the Contractor shall provide all heating required for the protection of his work, for protection of equipment and materials in his custody, and for the efficient prosecution of his work. Temporary heating methods shall be safe, clean, and efficient. Salamanders • and s;milar type Lea.ters will not be permitted in the construction area or in any enclosure, and may be used only in remote locations where the possi- bility of damage by smoke, fumes, or fire is not imminent in the opinion of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety r 3 heating system and shall provide proper ventilation and fire protection. Open flame heaters shall not be left unattended in construction or storage areas, unless approved by the Engineer in each case. 1E.6 SPM TARY FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish rind maintain sanitary facilities, including a system of chemical toilets, for the use of all persons engaged in work at the site. The use of pit or trench latrines will not be permitted. The number and location of chemical toilets shall be as :cnuired to adequately and conveniently serve the needs of these persons. The Contractor shall enforce strict observance of clonitary and health regu- lations by his employees on the plant site. The chemical toilets and their maintenance shall meet the requirements of the State Board of Health. Any such facilities or maintenrjrce methods fall- ing to meet these requirements shall be corrected inaw.dla'ely. i (DENTON, TECAS - 4900 . (CONSTRUCTION ) 100270 iE-2 Section IF - RECEIVING, HANDLING, AND STORAGE. 1F.1 GENERAL. This section covers the requirements for receiving, handling, and storage of all Contractor-furnished materials and equipment. Storage areas on the site will be allocated for the Contractor's use by the Engineer. When requested by the Engineer and before unloading any materials or equipment, the Contracto- shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a draw- ing showing proposed Layout and utilization of his storage areas. Storage areas shell be utilized in accordance with the drawing W approved by the Engineer. This drawing shall be kept current and shalt show the location and description of all stored items fu, which the Contractor i5 responsible. Revised copies of this drawing shall be submitted to the l;nglneer as they are made. IF-2 RECEIVING AND IANDLING, the Contractor shall be responsible for the prompt unloading of all equipment or material to be unloaded under these specifications and shall pay all demurrage Incurred. The Ccntractor shall handle all equipment and materials carefully to prevent damage or loss, shall store them in an orderly manner, shall keep adequate and convenient records of their location, and shall keep a continuously accurate inventory. The use of bare wire rope slings for unloading and handling materials and • equipment is prohibited except with the specific approval of the Engineer. All receiving sheets and materi~!l handling forms shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall be subject to the Owner's approval. 1F.3 STORAGE. Stored equipment rind materials shall be adequately supported and prutected to prevent damage. Equipmeat shall be moved into the perm- anent building or onto its pennartent fou,u:dtion as soon as construction will permit. Stored materials and equipment shall not be allowed to contact the ground. In warehouses that do not have dry concrete or suspended floors, materials and equipment shall be stored on platforms or shoring. Strip heaters and similar heating devices furnished with electrical equip- ment shall be electrically connected to provide protection during storage. All openings in equipment and piping not stored under weatherproof covers shall be closed to prevent entrance of dirt or moisture during storage. All platforms, enclosures, shoring, and weatherproof coverings for storage use shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed upon completion of the work. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 } (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 1F-i All equipment and materials shall be stored in the following manner. • Storage on Enclosed Platforms or in Warehouses. All miscellaneous itemB which might be easily lost, stolen, or damaged Existing metal windows to be reins.alled Metal doors, frames anj hardware Portland cement and lime All paint and painting materials Heating, air conditioning, and ventilating equipnc,nt Welding rod and equipment Glazing materials Calking materials Bolts, fasteners and joint sealing material Floor covering materials Insulation for wall panels and roof Hoists and trolleys Stora a on Platfo.ms with Waterkroof Cw ere. Expansion joint materials Roofing materials, except gravel and insulation Wall panels except insulation Masonry units Plastic water stops Grounding materials Conduit and rarevay materials Valveu s (DF1iTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - 0-4) 120370 1F-2 Storage on Platforms _without Waterproof Covers, Roof and floor drains Metal flashing, trim and closures Concrete inserts Metal water stops Manhole ladders, frames and covers Floor grating, stair treads and checkered floor plate Handrailing Miscellaneous metals Cast iron and clay pipe and fittings Shoring without Waterproof Covers. Storage on- - - Reinforcing steel Structural steel Steel pipe • 1F,3.1 Indoor Storage Facilities. Indoor storage shall consist of pre- fabrica_ed metal buildings or equivalent frame enclosures which are weather- tight, well ventilated, and secure against theft and vandalism, The build- ings o: enclosures shall be situated and constructed so that they will not be subject to flooding. Drairage shall be provided to lntaarcept storm or surface water and divert it from the building, rloors shall be paved with concrete, a5plialt, or crushed rock surfacing placed on well drained subgrade and con&tructed so as to form an effective moisture barrier between the subgrade and the floor surface. Suspended floors may be used in lieu of paving. Equipment and materials shall be placed on pallets or shoring to permit air circulation under the stored item. Access doors shall be adequate to accommodate the movement and handling of materials and equipment to be stored and shall be equipped with Hecure locks. Construction trailers or portable enclosures approved by the Engineer may be used in lieu of the Indoor storage facilities described above. 1F.3.2 Open Platforms. Open platforms shall be constructed from sound lumber not less than 2 inches nominal thickness. Open platforms shall be adequately constructed to support the loads imposed by the stored materials and equipment. Platforms shall be level, shall be supported on concrete block piers and shall be not less than 18 inches above grade. (DENfON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTIOS - D-4) 120370 IF-3 Shoring for storage of materials and equipment shalt utilize sound timbers not less than 6 inches by 8 inches nominal size. • 1F,3.3 Coverloga Weatherproof covering` for outdoor nstorage shall utilize a waterproof flume resistant type of pap be of laminated paper and aluminum foil, glass reinforced, PYRO-KURE 610 as manufactured by Sisalkraft Division, St. Regis Paper Co. or approved equal. Sheeting widths shall be not less than 84 inches; f ynecr`Stiigry, widbescare- be built up by using waterproof raped splices. shall fully placed and tied down to prevent moisture from enterlny the laps and to prevent wind dam=age to the coverings. 1F.3.4 Stora Schedules. Except as otherwise sperif.ied in Section IA or hereinafter, the storage method to be used for various materials and equip- ment shall be determined as follows: Equipment and materials which incorporate electrical equipment or which have finish painted surfaces, and other items which would be lama,ed by outdoor exposure, shall be stored indoors. When such storage would presean unreasonable le b umaylnwitha e the or volume requirement, the equipment approval of tha Engineer, be stored under weatherproof' coverings on shoring or platforms. All small loose items which could be easily lost, stolen, broken, or misused shall be stored inloots• • All other equipment and materials shall be stored nn open platforms or shoring. All storage methoda and 9,7hedules shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 1F-4 120370 Section 1G - GENERAL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS 1G.1 GENERAL. These General Equipment Specifications shall supplement the detailed equipment specifications but in case of conflict the detailed equip- ment specifications shall govern. The motors for the equipment shell be in accordance with the requirements of Sections 19 and 1J. 1G.2 EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED. The d-tailed specifications for the equip- ment and materials to be furnished or modified by the Contractor are stated in the following sections included herein: Section 14A ELEVATOR Section 14B HOISTS AND TROLLEYS Section 14C TURBINE ROOM CRANE MODIFICATIONS I Section 15A MECHANICAL PIPING Section 15C HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING Section 15D AUXILIARY COOLING WATER T)NK • Section 15E SUMP PUMPS IG.3 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Complete specifications, data, detailed drawings, erection drawings, and instruction manuals shall be submitted in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1C. IG.4 SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS. The specifications, codes, and stan- dards referenced in these specifications (including addenda, amendments, and errata) shall govern in all cases where references thereto are made. In case of conflict between the referenced specifications, codes, or stan- dards and this specification, these specifications shall govern to the extent of such difference. 1G.5 U.S. MATERIALS, Equipment and accessories furnished shall. be from a reputable manufacturer currently engaged in production of such materials within the United States of America. To the extent possible, material3 and equipment (including components there- of) furnished under these specifications shall be produced, processed, manu- factured, and assembled within the United States of. America. All material and equipment which must necessarily be of foreign manufacture shall be clearly designated in the Proposal in the space provided for deviations and exceptions. S (DENTON, TEXAS - ;904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 1G-1 022271 1G.6 COMPONENT PARTS. Individual parts shall be manufilctured to standard sizes and gauges so that repair parts, furnished at any time, can be installed in the field. Like parts of duplicate units shall be Interchangeable. Equip- ment shall not have been In service at any time prior to delivery, except as required by tests. 1G.7 FACTORY ASSEMBLY. Equipment shall be shipped completely factory assem- bled unless specified otherwise or unless the physical "+tre, arrangement, or configuration of the equipment, of shipping and handl log limitations, make the shipment of completely assembled equipment imprar_liiable, in which case the equipment shall be assembled and shipped as stated In the Contractor's proposal. All accessory !tens shall be shipped with the equipment Boxes and crates containing accessory item shall be marked so that they are identified with the main equipment. The contents of the boxes and crates shall also be Indicated. 1G.8 SHOP COATING. Steal and iron surfaces shall be protected by suitable paint or coatings appliL,J in the shop. Surfaces which will be inaccessible after assembly shall be protected for the life of thu equipment. Surfaces shall be cleaned anC prepared in the shop. All mill scale, oxides, and other coatings shall be removed. Sand or grit blasting of internal areas which will be exposed to steam, or treated feed water, will not be allowed. Exposed surfaces shall be finished smooth, t.horoughl,r cleaned, and filled as necessary to provide a smooth uniform base fur painting. Surfaces to be painted after installation shall be shop painted with one or more coats of a primer which will protect the equipment unCLl finish coats are applied. Shop primer for steel and iron surfaces shall be Cook "391-N-143 Zinc Chromate Iron Oxide Primer", Glidden "Rustmaster Primer 585", Sherwin-Williams "Red Ifetal Primer 49", or Tnemec "69 Red Primer". Machined, polished, and nonferrous surfaces which should not be painted shall be coated with rust preventive compound, Dearborn Chemical "No-Ox- ]d 2W11, Houghton "Rest Veto 344", or Rust-Oleum "R-9". :he Contractor shall include sufficient touch-up paint in aerosol cans with ea:h item of equipment he Is furnishing. 16.9 PROTECTION. All equipment shall be boxed, crated, or otherwise suit- ably protected during shipment, handling, and storage. Equipment having antifriction or sleeve bearings shall Le protected by weathertight enclo- sures. Coated surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. Surfaces which are damaged shall be repaired. r (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSfRUCTION - D-4) 120370 1G-2 Y Electrical equipment, controls, and insulation shall be protected against moisture and water damage. All external gasket surfaces and flange faces, couplings, motor pump shafts, bearings, and like items shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated with rust preventive compound as specified above, and protected with suitable wood, metal, or other substantial type covering to insure their full protection. All piping and conduit connections shall be sealed with metallic or other rough usage covers to soal the interior of the equipr,u.-nt. All ex,.osed threaded parts will be greased and protected with metallic or other sub- stantial type protectors. All female threaded openiny,a shall be closed with forged steel plugs. Returnable containers and special shipping devices shall be returned by the manufacturer's field representative at the Contractor's expense. 1G.10 ALIGNMENT AND BALANCE. All rotating parts shall be true and well balanced. Excessive noise or vibration in the opinion of the Engineer will be sufficient cause for rejection of the equipment. All rotating equipment shall be balanced at the factory. 10.11 CORRECTION OF MANUFACTURING ERRORS. Equipment and materials shall be complete in all respects within the limits herein outlined. All manu- facturing errors or omissions required to be corrected in the field shall be done by the Contractor or his duly authorized representative. 1G.12 LUBRICATION. Equipment shall be lubricated by systems designed for continuous operation and shall not require attention during startup or shut- down, or more frequently than once weekly. 1G.13 COUPLING GUARDS. Guards shall be provided for protection of per- sonnel from all exposed moving and/or rotating machine elements. Guards shall be constructed from aluminum plate not less than 3/16 inch thick and expanded aluminum mesh and designed for ease of installation and re- moval. The necessary supports and accessories :hall be furnished with each guard. 1G.13.1 Horizontal Shaft Equipment. Safety guards for horizontal shafts, shaft couplings, and belt sheaves, shall be of the inverted "U" design with bolted horizontal joints. Guard suppurt bars or angles shall extend 6 inches below the coupling, and shall be supported from the frame of the machine and not the basepiate. 1G.13.2 Vertical Shaft EEj!!p went. Safety guards for vertical shafts and shaft couplings shall be of 360 degree construction with bolted vertical joints. IG.14 EQUIPMENT BASES. A cast iron or welded steel basepiate shall be provided for all rotating equipment which is to be installed on a concrete base Each baseplate shall support the unit and its drive assembly, shall be of a neat resign with pads for anchoring the units, shall have a raised lip all around, and shall have a threaded drain connection. • (DEN'iON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 1G-3 NOUNi • Section III - ELEVSTOR 40TORS IH.1 GENERAL. These specifications cover all electrli, motors required for tho operation of the equipment furnished. They supplement the TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS, but in case of conflict the TECHNICAL, Rl"QUIRFMENTS shall govern. Ili.2 CODE: AND STANDARDS. All motors shall be designed and fabricated to conform [o t'ie requirements of applicable ANSI, IEEE, nrnd NEMA standards. 111.3 RATING. All ac elevator motors shall conform to requirements of NFMA MG 1-18.471-18.488. Unless specified otherwise In the TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS ac m,)tors shall be rated 460 volts, 3 pharie, 60 hertz. The time rating shall zot be less than 30 minutes. All motor nameplates shall conform to NEMA MG 1 requirements. 111.4 TERMINAL MARKINGS. Terminal markings for motors shall be in accordance with Part 1 of NEMA MG 1 standards. 1H.5 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION. Design and construction of each motor shall be of proven design, coordinated with the driven equipment requiremer.0 and as designated in the TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS. 111.5.1 Service Factor. All ac elevator motors shall have a service factor • of 1.0. 111.5.2 Enclosures. All motors shall be self-cooled. Open dripproof en- closures for normal indoor service shall be furnished unless specified otherwise in the TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS. 111.5.3 Insulation. All motor insulation shall be nonhygroscopic and rated for temperature rise and ambient temperature in acc-)rdance with NEMA MG I standards for the insulation class specified in the TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS. When ambient temperatures greater than 40 C are specified, the ambient temperature specified plus the temperature rise at the hottest spot due to motor losses shall not exceed the total limiting "hot spot" temperature for the insulation system used. The total "hot spot" temperature for Class A, B, F, and h insulation shall be as tabulated below. Insulation Total Temperature Class _ Degrees Centigrade A 105 B 130 F 155 H 180 V (DENTON, TEYAS - 4934 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 lH-1 I • Where a sealed insulation system is specified, two additional dip3 and bakes of epoxy varnish or vacuum-pressure impregnation shall be included. Where an encap&ulated insulation system is specified, scaling shall con- form to NEMA MG I for random wound motors. 111.5.4 Space Heaters. When specified in the TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS space heaters fthall be provided insidA the machine enclosure in a location suitablE for easy removal and replacement. Space heaters shall be of the capacity required to maintain the machine Internal temperature above the dew point when the machine is idle and shall be isolated by a heat insula- tion barrier or located so as not to cause heat damage to adjacent painted surfaceii. lli.5.5 Conduit Boxes. The cast iron or pressed steel conduit box shall be diagonally split for easy access to motor leads, and shall have a threaled opening to provide a watertight rigid connection with the conduit. The box shall be designed for rotation in 90 degree increments to receive r.ondt,it from any of four directions to facilitate connections. P. gasket shr,l't be furnished between the diagonally split halves of the conduit b,,•, enJ a nonconducting load positioner shall be furnished between the r_c-... ;t lox and the machine frame. All leads located in the conduit box sha_: 'iavr terminals and shall be permanently numbered for ease of identift- cation, 1H.5.6 Leads. All leads shall be completely wired to terminal boxes. All ac moU r leads and their terminals shall be marked for phase sequence of Tl, T2, and T3 to correspond with the direction of shaft rotation shown on the nameplate. Pual voltage rated motors shall be furnished where standard. They shall b^ connected for the operating voltage specified and only the leads for f:.-ld connection shall be brought into the terminal box. 1:1.5.7 Terminals. All leads shall be provided with cor.,pression type con- %,ectors equivalent to the following: Cable Size Burndy Connector 250 Hem and larger YA-2LN 6 AWG through 4/0 AWG YA-L 8 AWG and smaller YAV 1H.5.8 Ground Connectors. Motorr; shall be furnished with a grounding connector attached to the machine frame inside the main lead conduit box. The grounding connector may be a lug or terminal or other approved grounding • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 1H-2 connector. The ground cable and power cable relationnhip, as to size, is shown as follows: Power Cable Size Ground Cable ';lzc 12 to 8 AWG 12 AWG 6 to 2 AWC 8 AWG 1 to 3/0 AWG 6 AWG 4/0 AWC to 750 Mcm 2 AWG 11.5.9 Bearings. Grease or oil lubricated rolling elcmenl thrust and radial bearings shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with ArBMA standards to have a minimum 8-10 life rating of n:t less than 130,000 hours (15 years) under the load, speed, and thrust requirements for coupled service. Stacked rolling element bearings will not be acceptable. When required, bearing insulation shall be provided to prevent flow of currents through the bearing. All mountings for bearings shall be designed to prevent the entrance of lubricant into the machine enclosure or dirt into the bearings, and shall be provided with pipes, drain plugs, and fittings arranged for easy re- lubrication from the outside of the machine while the machine is in service. Bearing lubrication shall be furnished by an internal lubrication system, unless specified otherwise in the TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS. The Contractor shall furnish all lubrication information required to aesure proper equipment startup and subsequent bearing maintenance. 1H.5.10 Rotors. All rotors shall be adequately sized to avoid overheating during acceleration and deceleration of the motor driven equipment. They shall be keyed to the motor shaft and shall be dynamically balanced. 1H.5.11 AC Motors. All ac induction motors shall have squirrel-cage rotors to produce high-slip speed-torque characteristics. 1H.5,12 Torque Characteristics. The torque characteristics of all in- duction motors at 90 per cent rated voltage or that voltage provided as shown in the TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS shall be as required to accelerate to full speed the inertia loads of the moor and driven equipment. Locked rotor current of all induction motors shall be the minimum within the standard design limits used. All ac elevator motors shall have not less than 285 per cent and not more than 335 per cent of rated synchronous torque with rated voltage and frequency applied. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 1H-3 • 1:1.6 FACTORY TESTS. Each motor shall be tested at the manufacturer's plant to determine that it is free from electrical or mechanicAl defects and to provide assurance that it meets the requirements of these specifications. A standard routine test shall be made on each machine In accordance with the requirements of NEMA MG 1-12. Machine type will determine which test procedures will govern. Five copies of reports of each test shall be sent to the Engineer prior to shipment of the motor from the manufacturer's plan. i 111.7 MANUFACTURERS. Motors shall be as manufactured by Allis-Chalmers, • (DENTON, TEXAS 4904, ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 1H-4 Section 1J - 1101ST MOTORS • 1J.1 GENERAL. These motor specifications cover all electric motors required for the operation of the equipment furnished. Any motors not specifically covered but still required for operation of the equip- ment shall be furnished. The Contractor shall list and include as part of the Proposal the additional motors being furnished and they shall be in accordance with these specifications. 1J.2 CODES AND STANDARDS. All motors shall be designed and fabricated to conform to the requirements of applicable ANSI, FOCI, and NI.MA stan- dards. 1J.3 RATING. The electric motor brake hotaepower required to drive the furnished equipment at the max1n um design point of the equipment shall not exceed the motor rating at 1.0 service factor. Motor rating and nameplate shall conform to applicable requirements of NEMA MG-1. Motor intermittent time rating3 shall not be less than 30 minutes. Wound-rotor motor secondary voltage, maximum amperes, and external rests- tance shall be in accordance with NEMA MG1-18.504. 1J.4 TERMINAL MARKIFGS. Terminal markings for motors shall be in ac- cordance with Part 2 of NEMA MG 1 standards. 1J.5 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION. Design and construction of each motor shall be r~oordlnated with the driven equipment requirements. Motor capability and the specified hot spot temperature limit shall nL be exceeded during accelerating, braking, plug stop, and reduced speed loud requirements of tLe equipment. 1J.5.1 Service Factor. All motors shall be furnished with a service factor in accordance c,+ith NEMA MG1-12.47.a. 1J.5.2 Enclosures. All motors shall be self-cooled. Unless specified otherwise, motors for indoor service shall have open dripproof enclosures. 1J.5.3 Insulation. All motors shall have nonh,igroscopic insulation rated for temperature rise and ambient temperature in accordance with NEMA MGI for the insulati.cn class specified. Tht, ambient temperature specified plus the temperature rise at the 110ttESt spot due to motor losses shall not exceed the total "hot-spot" temperature for the Insula- tion system used. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 1.1-1 120370 i~ The total "hot spot" temperature for Class A, B, F, and H insulations shall be as tabulated below: ® Insulation Total Temperature Class Drees Centi&radr A 105 B 130 F 155 H 180 Where a sealed insuiatiou system is specified, two additional dips and bakes of epoxy varnish or vacuum-pressure impregnation sluill be It-luded. Where an encapsulated insulation system is specified, sealing shall con- form to NEMA MG1 for randon wound motors. IJ.5.4 Conduit Boxes. Pressed steel or cast iron conduit loxes shall be provided on open dripproof type motors. The conduit box shell be diagonally split for easy access to the motor leads, and shall have a threaded opening to provide a watertight rigid connection with the conduit. The box shall be designed for rotation in 90 degree increments to receive conduit from any of four directions to facilitate connections. A gasket shall be furnished between the diagonally split halves of the conduit box, and a nonconducting combination lead posicioner and gasket shall be furnished between the conduit box and the motor yoke. All motor leads loceted in the conduit box shall have terminals and shall be permanently numbered for ease of identification. A separate conduit box or a flexible .:onduit fitting as required shall be furnished on the slip ring and brush enclosure o: wound-rotor motors for the secondary leads. When provided, separate cast iron or pressed steel a.cessory conduit boxes shall be complete with screw type terminal blocks for termination of accessory leads. Each terminal in the blocks shall be identified and marked for its respective leads. All accessory conduit boxes shall be accessible from outside the motor. 1J.5.5 Leads. All leads shall be completely wired to their respec- tive terminal box. All motor leads and their terminals shall be marked in accoreance with the requirements of NEMA MG1 Part 2. Dual voltage rated motors suppli-, as standard shall be connected for the operating voltage specified and only those leads for connection in the field brought into the terminal box. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - U-4) 1J-2 120370 1 13.5.6 Tc minals. All leads not connected to terminal bonrds shall be • provided with compression type connectors equivalent to Hutndy Connector YAV for 8 AWG and smaller and YA-L for 6 AWG and larger. 13.5.7 Ground Connectors. Moturs shall be furnishes: with a grounding connector attached to the motor irame inside the motor main lead conduit box. The grounding connector may be a lug or terminal r other approved grounding connector suitable for 12 AWG or 8 AWG grounding cable whe.e power cable size is 8 AWG and smaller or 6 AWG and larv,-r respectively. 1J.5.8 Bearings. Grease or oil lubricated rolling elerr.-rit bearings shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with AFI',4A standards to have a B-1) life rating of not less than 130,000 hours (IS years) under the load, speed, and thrust requirements for coupled service. All mountings for bearings shall be designed to prevent the entrance of lubricant into the motor enclosure or dirt into the bearings, ani shall b., provided with pipes, ~Ira"n plugs, and fittings arranged for easy re- lubrication from the outside the motor while the motor is in service. Bearin;; lubrication shall be iurnished by an internal lubrication system, unless specified otherwise. When an external lubrication system is required it shall be furnished com- plete by the Contractor including all required connections for forced or recirculating Tube oil as specified. • Th: Contractor shall furnish 311 lubrication information required to as- sure proper equipment startup and subsequent bearing maintenance. iJ.5.9 Rotors. All rotors shall be designed for the hoist service in- tended and shall be sized to avoid thermal and mechanical damage during intermittent service involving frequent starts, stops, reversals, over- speed, and acceleration of high inertia loads. All rotots shall be keyed to the motor shaft and shall be dynamically balanced. 1J.5.9.1 uirrelcage Rut,~rs. Squirrel-cage rotors may be either die cast or brazed construction. They shall be designed to provide approxi- mately 10 per cent slip at rated horsepower. P. 5.9. 2 Wound Rotors. Phase-wound roturs shall be designed for the !mist service specified in accordance with NEMA Standards MG1-18 for Integral-Horsepower AC Crane Motors. The win ing insulation shall be as specified in the TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS and there specifications. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 l (GENERAt CONSTRUCTION - D-4) Li-3 022271 Collector rings shall be fabricated of other than ferrous or aluminum cop- per alloy material, free of cracks, pits, and similar Imperfections. They shall be adequately spaced and insulated for the Intended service, assembleJ as a unit, and securely mounted on the shaft. Brushholders shall be fabricated of nonferrous materialx and located to accurately position the brushes on the collector rings. Brushholder pockets shall be sized to permit proper movement of the brush. Provisions for adjusting brush pressures and for separating the brushes from the slip rings shall be furnished. Brushes shall be electrographitic or metal graphite typo and shall be fur- nished with Insulated shunts sized for rated brush current. 1J.5.10 Shafts. Where shipment permits, motor output shafts shall be complete with motor half coupling mounted, connected to the driven equip- ment, and adjusted ready for operation, Where motor size prevents ship- ment with motor connected to driven equipment, the motor half coupling shall be factory mounted for field connection to the driven equipment. The output shaft of motors furnished with split sleeve bearings shall have the motor mechanical center and electrical center permanently circum- scribed identified on the motor shaft. The markings shall be ;asily identifiable for use during motor installation. 1J.5.11 Torque Characteristics. The torque characteristics of all in- duction motors at 90 per cent rated voltage shall be as required to accelerate to the inertia loads of the motor and driven equipment full speed. Squirrel-cage motor locked-rotor torque at rated voltage shall not be leas than 275 per cent of rated full-load torque. Induction motor breakdown torque at rated voltage shall not be less than 275 per cent nor greater than 375 per cent of rated full-load torque, Locked-rotor current at rated voltage of all induction motors shall be the minimum within the standard design limits used. 1J,6 FACTORY TESTS. Each motor shall be tested at the manufacturer's factory to determine that it is free from electrical or mechanical defects and to provide assurance that it meets the requirements of these speci- fications. A standard routine test shall be made on each motor in accor- dance with NEMA MG 1 requirements. When specif'.:d, eight copies of reports of each test sha'.1 be. sent to the Engineer prior to shipment of the motor from the manufacturer's plant. 1J.7 MANUFACTURERS. Motors shall be as manufactured by Allis-Chalmers. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 1J-4 120370 'r r o rt } v + y Ty'.,1i bi s'•,? ~t S.'r i j 9 ,R 1 b~ 1' ♦Vr ~.c ~k'n" '1°krr~" N. V" ,v,~~{~ 9 b J~,~r + 1 {a t~. t r~~ iy~Y,~f•LrS~4$~~ , . l"I'~~ >v v qe . ,Y, , I r , ?,Y 1' t ,.!i ~e~~> i n rw' ±i < {;1?'Y ~ $ fyi la•~ `.q~~ ~ ~ ~r.~ffC' R~ t~ Y. / v~ ~k +~y,~ls 1••i.~• ~,5~ ~rr9 ~r'V ..F I Vr .t" Y '~~i5 ry r+'~f>fLl," ~~{MWi~+i YI d ''y'♦'[ V~t' +p,'r.'1\ s{yTT j,~t .it '..r'" 'it Ji 7 ukr +a I, p ! a Y ^..4 le ti rY' ! •SR.~ V ~S•kF "Lr a k ~~t ~,YY ~e's Fp'' i'k+ r'• e r "f s S ~~+r~I Y4j J ~s spa V ~ 6. I x F } s7, ¢ ~ rm "r . f "Fv 1 q x 5+' .-N fi Tr y, r Yr 1 y~ d 1 Ib ~I + i ~f' 9"'°~ r IA T F ~ M~~ h"~k ~'r• } 'hV ,'i`; J~ K~~ J ~ I S H ~`t~r.l Lh'KF ~.iµa ( }'"i x y',r'. ~,(G+ ~ " r}~ ~ `'n ~ r'~ ..n l ~~'~i ~yw , 1 Jf11y~.~.}I+a~1~~ v,~~l~~jj. J r G •L w D . P Q ~ 'rsrr~~~"Y Y r: r .r r. jr o ! ' "d~1+'F Y.;r k~ rb rJ :4 v~ L h DItl111k~t1 i+~ I`k"a~ ~'r t P~I~ r ~ ~ r r r r. o A~ 1 ` ~ r ~ F 1~ ~ ~ ~ t" rk~' a 1 ~ ~ , ~r r I N~ rt r nll rCa M'~ r Jw 'ra'~ 'r f. hl i wr, k ^S'~.. MIL t? sV~ o~ j~'•'. I 1 V , Y~~:, ?ITJ lr ",r r' •>3«~t iph+".M~ WiITPTi3 } ~'r °r ~y JAy~j li. ! i• ;A.2 Copcr«ib !Hodiflc«tiona, 21,3 S'trvCturol,pad Mjsc611%naous Meta l~ A►~' And CrhtinSgModiication;' 2A-2' 2Aj4 Noenry Modifications 2A-3 SAzir :Protsccir~ Enco~utr ofiatd~ $iEidn 28 •'A~Tti114t#Kz NIL, • 2B► 23f G«ntril 2012 Sheitin= 'and{ Shorin` . 2B-1 21,3 2D-1 1Meov«1 6f Wa elf 23-1 20r_4 11"tir Z *1h k , 511 3 if g0t114 of utth b4tsrii] r ltd rt?t ~+►.~r ~«tz!~rtlo:ss' " r ~1 ,x. S 0 aS Etbctga { ti i' L 14 ^'J'FI' 4s 1 `~r a Hot: s :~I~1~crli r r r7J' ~ ~ r~t " I, r.y 1 3~e r ~l~t r.. c ' .c s ~Y"- y~ M~i~ _ v 1 2~4 M l~I~ r.r, f o:' r' Y w ° ,13 ~ftrt~>r~ "'Cavaloa , •3 4 r~..~'k r A*~IY~'YY • 6 !IT t 2A'~3 1 fr ""1 I ~L+ ~'yn `•f~`L~ T~'.-~itt~InAtiit• rl f"r t 1 ! k r ' ih. ?too S6 ripr rOYt icy zy~yk 11 .yrvn k lr 's r C'" a ni~~,- a I. 1 a: ••r. N iv'.rl' r° ~ ~ h '"Yr v vt ~ r E' r cr r t^. al s •I I s JA4 4~ e 1 ~ ~.41~,~ a ~sl~!~. • ~ ~r' f '~i. > . r ' LS ~ ~ ~ 1 4~ I Sa 'T ' ' ' ! rl 2IW r r S r JK j b. i aM~ a~~l is ~f`y °~Z Llir n• ' , " 'V't) f ` - r' r ] 'it~~ •MO Padkfi 1l1 284 1 1e " ha4p'j i lvY U,r IW Tti' Li+~"Y^ •A 'ly + r a Ab f' e-v A {Ir t " 2K;, BOAS h 2~ {i~►Posit ~,pst of b"V ' 1.., o , pr ,n, ~ J .1, p1 ,V,, r t t , }.r r ~ rl h •i r'r J.' ~ hl"r ~ , a 1~at~ PLC lM ~~.~1~y rs ~ sl.~ ~ 1 yj Yl~r s ~S 1 ~ y-n y 11 I'~. S ~ ~ "r v . J a 2C~,~. , r r I` 2a 2 ~ktatiob ~4tia Aa a ~1' ? 1 ' p ~ r i ~ n q 'Si . f~ }~1~►plidatA. I 1 °1 5 V'r~ r f~ h Y♦ 1 y 1 .1~ { Y _ : ~K ly ' I 1 C i NJ y^'F" , rY 6 fr ~ ~ ".t ~r ~rs ~ h 1: 1 c' " r r i~' y e ~,r I r r ' t ~r,^ '~J i on !r Pit k~ l A f 1 S4k t + " r 1, Y ~I~ .r . ~ (5 1~~ c. ° 1L r K 'if~°/Pi, '172h1 ~ r t r~r ~ ; ~i A':~{`I 'r•{.d W'~I~~'~r~. '♦1•d~tt, .*r:'IS r4~r 7"+l~t r :f J':, ✓ { Srv~S ir.. ~ 4 '~`:tl~&'11 r s r1 ; VA '~'Yw , a F 1 ~ ~ r1 ~0 311 n, AM, L p 1P ~YY J Y'rYN 9q• f~i~. .Y p i~1 C~~~'i J ~.r ~~e Y ~~n~ ij✓4~ ~F~ °.~Y: Y Yt Y...~ i v 91~,.;4~µq; loll w'~ Baste thru Page Section 2D - DRAINAGE PIPING 2D-1 2D-5 2D,1 General 2D-1 2D.2 Laws and Ordinances 2D-1 2D,3 Materials 2D-1 2D.4 Handling 2D-2 2D.5 General Installation Requirements 2D-2 2D.6 Localion and Grade 2D-3 2D.7 Layitg Pipe 2D-3 2D.8 Acceitance Tests 2D-4 • i (DL+NTONO TEXAS - 4904 i, TC2-2 (GONSPAL C04srRVCTr.ON - D-4)' 120310 Section 2A - RAZING AND ALTERATIONS 2A.1 GENERAL. This section covers razing and alterations of existing structures as required to complete the structural work specified herein and shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall protect from damage all existing structures and equipment which are to remain in place The Contractor shrill repair, or cause to be repaired and pay all costs in connection therewith, all damages resulting from his work. In addition to protection of structures and equipment, special attention shall be directed to the safety and protection of plant operating personnel and construction personnel engaged on the premises. Special attention shall be given to fire protection in areas where welding or flame cutti,ig will be used. All areas shall be dust-free before flame cutting will be permitted. Asbestos blankets shall be provided to protect combustible materials and finished surfaces. Dry chemical fire extinguishers shall be provided in such areas and workmen shall be trained in their use. Structures to be razed or modified shall include, but shall not be limited to, the existing structures and materials described hereinafter and shown on the drawings. The full extent and nature of the work and the location and condition of the materials to be razed or modified shall be determined . by a thorough inspection of the site. Designated doors, frames, windows, and hardware from the existing construction shall be removed, inspected, repaired, and reinstalled as specified in Sections 8A an d 8B. The Contractor shall remove all existing top hung continuous windows and store on Company property as directed by the Engineer. Special attention shall be given to dust control during concrete removal operations. Dust shall be controlled by means of water spray, vacuum cleaners, _ or other methods acceptable to the Engineer. 2A.2 CONCRETE MODIFICATIONS. These genera, requirements shall govern all concrete removal arid' modlflcations insofar as they apply. The removal of concrete shall be planned and executed so that the overall project can proceed without delay and with a minimum of vibration, dust, and rubble. Where sections of concrete are to be removed from adjoining concrete which will remain in place, the outline of the sections to be removed shall be scored in the exposed surfaces with a concrete or masonry saw. The depth of cut shall be as great as practicable and not less than one Inch. The score lines shall be straight and parallel or perpendicular to the major axis of the structure, unless otherwise designated or acceptable to the Engineer. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 2A-1 After the scores have been made, the concrete within shill be removed in the largest pieces possible and in a manner that will prevent damage to the remaining concrete, structures, and facilities. At the conclusion of each day of concrete removal oporallons, all razed surfaces shall be swept clean and all dust and rubble rrvooved from the building to a collection vehicle and removed from the nice, Existing concrete surfaces which are to be used as a form for new concrete work shall be rough and clean„ Surface mortar shall be removed to expose the aggregate and all loose particles and foreign substances shall be removed. Immediately prior to placing the new concrete, the existing concrete surfaces shall be coated with epoxy bonding compound except as otherwise specified hereinafter. The bonding compound shall be applied by spraying in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Temperature limitations shall be carefully observed. Epoxy bonding compound shall be Sika Chemical Corporation "Colma Fix" or an approved equal, 2A.3 STRUCTURAL A14D MISCELLANEOUS METAL, AND GRATING MODIFICATIONS. T~~ese general requi rements shall -:o .-r,o .11' 7 a, -Ui8 metal, end erati~rg ve movai and modification insofar as they apply, • Razed metal materials shall be reused only if shown on the drawings or specified herein. Materials not shown or specified to be reused shall be removed by the Contractor from the Owner's property. The existing girts along Column Row 12 shall be removed and stored on the site as property of the Owner and as directed by the Engineer. The existing structural steel members song Coollum n Row $ 12 shall be modified as required for the new structural steel framing connections. Before the existing bolts are removed r r + be nhnrnd end h 4,. i, a exist irt3r11 r-ced new bnl*1....:na> ,,r its shall' not be removed untiluthe ~ o`}1"i'er supports for the new connecting member are in place, The new bolts shall be installed and tightened as soon as all members are in position and no connection supporting existing framing shall be incomplete at the end of the day's work. Additional holes that are required f, existing columns and beams shall be carefully located and drilled. Burning to make new hole3 or to enlarge exist- ing holes will not be permitted, Where existing grating platforms will be continued In the new building, she grating shall be modified as shown on the drawings. Spa:er bars shall be cut off flush with the outside of the edge bearing bar, If main bars are cut back, they shall be banded with 3/16 inch bands welded to the bearing (DENTON, TEXAS - 4404 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 2A-2 O bars. All cuts shall be made with a hack saw and coated with "Zincilate", "Caly-weld" or egos; kirk angles or kickplates interfere wit;, "Posed cute shall be be neatly removed, galvanlzing coating. Where Platform extension, they shall All openings required to be cut In oxisting grating ehnll be Saw cut. A 3/16 inch by opening. inch continuous of each new openin hand shall bu welded around the perimeter 2A 4 MA` SOy12Y MODIFICATIONS. These generl masonry removal and modifications Insofaraasrtheyrapp~y. shall govern all The removal of masonry shall be planned and executed so that can proceed without delay and with a minimum of vibration, d the project All existin dust, and rubble. 8 masonry materials removed in modification work shall be disposed of as specified hereinbefore. Re-use of removed masonry materials in lieu new masonry units will not he permitted. During removal Operations, the Contractor shall remove all mortar deposited on steel that is to remain in place. Any existi ed or othsr- n wise secured to steel shall be removed and an be ground flush with surroundin g anchors weld paintable condition. g surfaces. Steel lshall aberleftnIngacslea clean, Masonry modification work shall be performed in accordance with Section 4A, and shall match the surrounding existing masonry surfaces extent practicable, New brickwork shall be keyed with to the maximum ' where practicable. Brickwork shall be saw cut where indicated. existing brickwork * 2A,5 _ PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXISTS gUIL DIN * Refer to Addendum 1 dated March 12, 1971 • (DENTON. T.~YAS - 4904 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 2A-3 Section 2B - EARTHWORK 2B.1 GENERAL. This section covers general earthwork and shall include the necessary preparation of the construction areas; removal and dis- posal of all debris; excavation and trenching as required; the handling, storage, transportation, and disposal of all excavated mite rial, all necessary sheeting, shoring, and protection work; preparation of sub- grades; pumping and dewatering as necessary or required; backfilling; construction of fills and embankments; surfacing and grnding; and other appurtenant work. 28.2 SHEETING AND SHORING. The stability of previously constructed structures and facilities shall not be impaired or endangered by exca- vation work. Previously constructed structures and facilities include both structures and facilities existing when this construction began and structures and facilities already provided under these specifica- tions. Hazardous and dangerous conditions shall be prevented and the safety of personnel shall be maintained. Adequate sheeting and shoring shall be provided as required to p..otect and maintain the stability of previously constructed structures and facilities and the sides of excavations and trenches until they are backfilled. Sheoting, bracing, and shoring shall be designed and built to withstand all loads that might be caused . by earth movement or pressure, and shall be rigid, maintaining shape and position under all circumstances. 23.3 REMOVAL OF WATER. The Contractor shall provide and maintain ade- quate dewatering equipment to remove and dispose of all surface and ground water entering excavations and other parts of the work. Each excavation shall be kept dry during subgrade preparation and continually thereafter until the construction to be provided therein is completed to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, flotation, or other cause will result. Ground water level shall be maintainee at least 12 inches below the br;tom of each excavation. 2B.4 BLASTING. Blasting will nut be permitted on the construction site. 28.5 CLASSIFICATION OF EARTH MATERIALS. No classification of excavated materials will be made except for identification purposes. Excavation work shall include the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the contract work, re- gardless of the type, character, composition, or condition thereof. 28,6 FREEZING WEATHER RESTRICTIONS. Backfilling and construction of fills and embankments during freezing weather shall not be done except by permission of the Engineer. No earth material shall be placed on frozen surfaces, nor shalt frozen materials, snow, or ice be placed in any back- fill, fill, or embankment. • (DENTONp TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 2B-1 • 28.7 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. the Contractor shall conduct his work so as to interfere as little as possible with the Ownet:'K operations. When- ever it is necessary to cross, obstruct, nr close roadoe, driveways, park- ing areas, and walks, the Contractor shall provide and m-O ntain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or ether temporary expediciitr+ at his own ex- pense. In making open cut road crossings, the Controet„r shall not block more than one-half of the road at any time. 2B.8 PROTECTION OF UNDERGROUND CONS"IRUM ON_. The Cotor:utor shall lo- cate, protect, shore, brace, support, and -maintain all uxlstfng under- ground pipes, ronduits, drains, ,nd other undergr(: -istruction which may be uncovered or otherwise be affected by the work 2B.9 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION. Except where otherwise authorized, shown, or specified, all material excavated below the bottom of conr rote struc- tures which will be supported by the subgrade shall be replaced with concrete placed monolithic with the concrete above 26.10 STABILIZATION. Subgrades for structures dnd the bottom of trenches shall be firm, dense, and thoroughly compacted and consolidated; shall be free from mud and muck; and shall be sufficiently stable to remain firm and intact under the feet of the workmen. Subgrades for structures and trench bottoms which are otherwise solid but which become mucky on top due to construction operations, shall be . reinforced with one or more layers of crushed rock or gravel. The finished elevation of stabilized structure Subgrades shall not be above the subgrade elevations shown on the drawings. Not more than 112 inch depth of mud or muck shell be allowed to remain on stabilized trench bottoms when the pipe bedding material is placed thereon. All stabilization work shall be performed by and at the expense of the Contractor. 28.11 TESTING. All field and laboratory testing required to determine compliance with the requirements of this section shall be provided by the Contractor. All laboratory testing shall be done by an Independent testing laboratory approved by the Engineer and retained and paid by the Contractor. Field sampling shall be done by the testing laboratory or by a qualified employee of the Contrartot. Field samples shall be taken at locations selected by the Engineer. If additional field control tests are necessary, In the opinion of the Engi- neer, such teats shall be made. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120310 18-2 1 Maximum density for compacted materials placed under tills section shall • be determined in accordance with AASHO T99 or ASTM D698. The terms "maximum density" and "optimum moisture content" shall be as defined in AASHO T99 and ASTM D698. A copy of each test result shall be promptly furnished lo the Owner and the Engineer. 26.12 FILLS AND EMBANKMENTS. To the maximum extent avniloble, suitable earth materials obtained from excavation bhall be used for the construc- tion of fills and embankments. Additional material shall be obtained from borrow pits as necessary. After preparation of the fill or embank- ment site, the subgrade shall be leveled and rolled so that surface mate- rials of the subgrade will be compact and well bonded with the first layer of the fill or embankment. All material deposited In fills and embankments shall be free from rocks or stones, brush, stumps, logs, roots, debris, and organic or other objectionable materials. Fills and embank- ments shall be constructed In horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. Material deposited in piles or windrows by excavating and hauling equipment shall be spread and leveled prior to compaction. Each layer steal. oe thoroughly compacted by rolling with sheepsfoot and pneumatic tired rollers. Compaction shall be con~inued on each layer [sail the sheepsfoot roller "walks out" leaving depressions no greater . than one inch in depth. Vibrating rollers which will achieve- an equal degree of compaction may be used when approved by the Engineer. Each layer shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling or other methods ap- proved by the Engineer to 95 per cent of the maximum density at optimum moisture content. If the material fails to meet the density specified, compaction methods shall be altered. 28.13 STRUCTURE: EXCAVATION. Excavation for structurea shall be done to lines and elevations shown on the drawings and to the limits required to perform the construction work. Machine excavation shall be rontrolled to prevent undercutting the proper subgrade elevations and shall not be used within 3 feet of permanent structures and facilities. Only hand tools shall be used for excavation around permanent structures and facilities. Work shall be done so that the construction areas will be as free as possible from obstructions and from interference with the transportation, storage, or handling of materials. Excavated materials free of trash, rocks, roots, and other foreign materlals may be used as required for the fills, embankments, and backfills constructed under these specifica- tions. Vertical faces of excavations shall not be undercut to provide for extended footings. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 211.3 • 28.14 STRUCTURE BACKFILL. Back HI1 around and outside of structures shall be deposited n layers not to exceed 6 inches in unrompacted thick- ness and mechanically compacted, using platform type tang,ers, to at least the density of adjacent undisturbed earth. Compactfon of strur.- ture backfill by rolling will be permitted where, in the opinion of the Engineer, it will provide the desired compaction and not damage the struc- ture, Compaction of structure backfill by Inundation with water will not be permitted. Material for structure backfill shall be romposed of earth ,nly and shall contain no wood, grass, roots, broken concrete, stones, trash, or debris of any kind. No tamped, rolled, or otherwise mechanically compacted backfill shall be deposited or compacted in water. All backfill material shall consist of loose, damp (not wet) earth having a moisture content such that the required density of the compacted soil will be obtained. Moisture content shall be distributed uniformly and water for correction of moisture content shall be added sufficiently In advance that proper moisture distribution and compaction will be obtained. Particular care shall be taken to compact structure backfill which will be beneath pipes, drives, roads, or other surface construction or struc- tures. In addition, wherever a trench will pass through structure back- fill, the structure backfill shall be placed and compacted to an eleva- tion 12 inches above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated. 213.15 PIPE TRENCH EXCAVATION. The Contractor shall not open more trench in advance of pipe laying than is necessary to expedite the work. 28.15.1 Alignment and Grade. The alignment and grade or elevation of each pipeline shall be fixed and determined by means of batter boards and offset stakes unless otherwise approved. Vertical and horizontal alignment of pipes, and the maximum joint deflection used in connection therewith, shall be in conformity with requirements of the section cover- ing installation of pipe. 28.15.2 Limiting Trench Widths. Trenches shall be excavated to a width which will provide adequate working space and pipe clearance for proper pipe installation, jointing, and embedment. However, excepting trenches for steel piping and encased piping, the width of trench below an eleva- tion 6 inches above the top of the pipe shall not be more than 18 inches greater than the outside diameter of the pipe unless otherwise shown on the drawings. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D•4) 120370 2B-4 • Where necessary to reduce earth load on trench banks to prevent sliding and caving, banks may be cut back on slopes which shall not extend lower than one foot above the top of the pipe. 23.15. Unauthorized Trench Widths. Where, for any rensun, the width of the lower portion of the excavated trench exceeds the maximum specified, pipe of adequate strength, special pipe embedment, or arch concrete en- casement, as required by loading conditions, shall be provided, 2B.15.4 Mechanical Excavation. The use of mechanical erluipment will not be permitted in locations where its operation would caivse damage to buildings, culverts, or other existing property, utilities, or structures above or below ground. In all such locations, hand excavating methods shall be used. All mechanical trenching equipment, its operating condition, and the man- ner of its operation, shall be subject to the Engineer's approval at all times. 2B.15.5 Trench Depth. Except where otherwise required for concrete en- casement, rock clearance, or trench bottom stabilization, pipe trenches shall be excavated to 4 inches below pipe subgrade to provide for the installation of a granular pipe foundation. 2B.16 PIPE FOUNDATIONS. All material removed below pipe subgrade eleva- tions shall be replaced with granular material, except for encased pipe. Material removed below encased pipe subgrade elevations shall be replaced with the same material used for the encasement unless otherwise shown on the drawings. The granular foundation material shall be crushed rock or gravel for grav- ity drain lines. Except as otherwise shown on the drawings, not less than 95 per cent of the foundation material shall pass a 112 inch sieve and not more than 5 per cent shall pass a No. 4 sieve. The foundation material shall be graded to provide a uniform support for the installed pipe and shall be compacted no more than necessary to Insure a slightly yielding support for the pipe, The granular foundation materiai for coated pressure lines shall consist of clean sand. The sand shall be compacted by use of high frequency vibrating compactors and shall be wet, not damp, when compacted. The top of the sand shall be graded to provide uniform longitudinal support for the pipe and the pipe shall be laid directly thereon. Blocks, cribbing, ,)r other temporary supports shall not be used. Foundation material for pressure lines without coatings shall be either crushed rock, gravel, or sand. Gradation, placement, and compaction of these materials shall be as specified hereinafter. I • (DENTONO TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 28-5 • 2B.17 PIPE EMBEDMENT. Pipe embedment for gravity drain lines and pressure lines without coatings shall consist of the same material specified here- inbefore for pipe foundations up to an elevation 1/6 of the outside pipe diameter above the bottom of the pipe. The remainder of the pipe embed- ment shall consist of compacted earth as specified under TRENCH BACKPILL. Pipe embedment for coated pressure lines shall consist of the same sand specified for foundation material for coated pressure lines. The sand embedment shall completely envelop the pipe and shall extend at least 12 inches above the top of the pipe. The remainder of the pipe embedment shall consist of compacted earth as specified under TRENCH BACKFILL. After each pipe has been graded, aligned, and placed in final position on the foundation material, and shoved home, sufficient pipe embedment materiel shall be deposited and compacted under and aruund each side of the pipe and back of the bell or end thereof to hold the pipe in proper position and alignment during subsequent pipe Jointing, embedment and backfilling operations. Embedment material shall be deposited and compacted uniformly and simul- taneously on each side of the pipe to prevent 'ateral displacement of the pipe. Embedment material shall be placed in ecual layers not to exceed 8 inches in depth. Tamped embedment materials shall be placed in uniform layers and shall • have a moisture content which will insure that maximum density will be obtained with the compaction method used. Sand shall be wet, not damp, when compacted. Compaction of sand, crushed rock, and gravel shali be by use of high fre- quency vibrating compactors. All tools used in the placement and compaction of the embedment of coated pipe shall be selected and used sa that the pipe coating will not be damaged. 2B.18 DUCT BANK TRENCHING. Trenches for duct banks shall be carefully dug to Linea shown on the drawings or as approved by the Engineer, and to the exact depth required for the proper gradp of thL ducts with encase- ment. Wherever possible, the trenches shall be excavated to permit the duct bank to rest on undisturbed earth or rock. Where it is necessary to trench through backfill, the earth shall be well compacted before the duct bank is installed. All trenches shall be wide enough to provide ample roon. for workmen en- staged in handling and installing ducts. Where it is necessary to reduce the earth load on trench banks to prevent sliding or caving, such trench banks may be cut back on slopes which shall not extend lower than one foot above the top of the duct bank. • (DENTON,. TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION D-4) 120370 2B-G Subgrade soil for duct banks shall be firm and compact. Should the sub- soil in any area bt mucky or should it work into mud under the feet of the workmen, the contractor shall reinforce it. Such reinforcing shall be done by removing a sufficient depth of the mucky material and replac- ing it by one or more thin layers of crushed rock or gravel, each layer being tightly rolled or otherwise embedded in the soil. The subgrade shall then be brought to proper level by means of a thin layer of sand tamped or rolled into the reinforced subsoil. 2B.1r! TRENCH BACKFILL_. Except as otherwise shown on the drawings, trench backfill all consist of clean compacted earth placed In uniform layers not greater than 6 inches uncompacted thickness and compacted to not less than 90 per cent of maximum density. Backfill for trenches traversing subgrades of roads, railroads, parking areas, underground piping and con- duit, and other facilities subject to damage by settlement shall be com- pacted to not less than 95 per cent of maximum density. Moisture content of backfill shall be adjusted as required to obtain the specified density with the compaction equipment used. Surfaces shall be replaced over backfilled trenches crossing surfaced areas. Replacement surfacing shall match existing surfacing and shall be finished flush with existing adjoining surfaces. 2B.20 MAINTENANCE AND _RESTOaATION OF FILLS, EMBANKMENTS AND BACKFILLS. Fills, embankments and backfills that settle or erode before final accep- tance of the work under these specifications, and pavement, structures, and other facilities damaged by such settlement or erosion, shall be re- paired. The settled or eroded areas shall be refilled, compacted, and graded to conform to the elevation shown on the drawings or to the eleva- tion of the adjacent ground surface. Damaged facilities shall be repaired in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. 2B.21 FINAL GRADING. After all construction work under these specifica- tions has been completed, all ground surface areas disturbed by this con- struction or construction plant and operations shall be graded. The grading shall be finished to the contoura and elevations shown on the drawings or, if not shown, to the matching contours and elevations of original, undisturbed ground surface. the final grading shall provide smooth uniform surfacing and effective drainage of the ground areas. 2B.22 DISPOSITION OF MATERIALS. Excavated earth materials shall be uced to construct fills, embankments, and backfills to the extent required. Surplus earth, if any, and materials which are not suitable for fills, em- bankments, and backfills shall be spoiled on the site as directed by the Engineer. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 2B-7 i I J A Section 2C - SURFACING • 2C.1 GENERAL. This section covers crushed rock surfacing areas as desig- nated on the drawings. Mayor earthwork for subgrades to be surfaced shall be "A specified in Section 2B. Areas inaccessible to large rolling equipment shall be compacted with a vibratii.Z tamper. Care shall be taken to prevent damage to any struc- ture or facility with the rolling or tamping equipment. Surfaced areas shall be maintained by the Contractor until final accep- tance of the work under these specifications. 2C.2 PROTECTION OF SUBGRADE. Ditches and drains along the subgrade shall be maintained as required for effective drainage. Whenever ruts of 2 inches or more in depth are formed, the subgrade shall be brou~,ht to grade, re- shaped, and recompacted. In no case shall any surfacing be placed on a muddy subgrade. Storage or stockpiling of materials on the subgrade will not be permitted. 2C.3 SUBGRADE PREPARATION. Immediately prior to surfacing, the 9ubgrade shall be shaped Lo the grade and cross section shown on the drawings, and the top 6 inches of the subgrade shall be compacted to 90 per cent of • maximum density. Soft, organic, and otherwise unsuitable material shall be removed from the subgrade and replaced with suitable earth material. Any deviation of the subgrade surface in excess of one inch as shown by a 16 foot straightedge, or template cut to typical section, shall Ls cor- rected by loosening, adding, or removing material, reshaping and recom- pacting. 2C.4 MATERIALS. Crushed rock surfacing materials shall conform to the fob 1Qem~(,rgmorra: jr ~ 3 V~ ?"!i 1'4"~*Y:ti<:r T`'ctia~.•W kavw psi, Base course Crushed limestone which will pass a 2-1/2 inch sieve and be retained on a one inch sieve (4 inches thick) Surface course Crushed limestone which will pass a one inch sieve and be retained on a No. 4 sieve (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 2C-1 ® 120370 2C.5 APPLICATION. The surfacing shall be applied in two layers having a total compacted thickness of 6 inches. The base course shall be 4 inches compacted thickness and the surface course shall be 2 inches compacted thickness. The aggregate for each course shall be handled and spread in a manner that will prevent segregation of sizes. Each layer shall be carefully and uni- formly spread, and when sufficiently deep to form a compacted layer of the specified thickness, it shall be rolled with at least four passes of a road type vibratory compactor or pneumatic tired roller. The completed surfaces shall be free of ruts, depressions, and other sur- face disturbances and shall be finished to the lines and grades ehown on the drawings. • • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) 2C-2 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 . Section 2D - DRAINAGE PIPING 2D.1 GENERAL. This section covers materials, manufacture, and installation for underground drainage piping and appurtenances. Earthwork and trenching shall be specified in Section 2B. 2D.2 LAWS AND REGULATIONS. All drainage piping work Shall be performed in accordance with all applicable governmental codes and ordinances and laws and regulations which pertain to such work. In the case of conflict between these specifications and any law or ordinance the latter shall govern. 2D.3 MATERIALS. Drainage pipe and associated materials shall conform to the following requirements: Vitrified clay pipe Pipe and fittings Extra strength, ASTM 0200 Jointing materials Ordinary joints Factory molded plastic, ASTM C425 Field cut joints Can-Tex "C-T Adapters", Dickey "Field • Unions", or Fernco "Flexible Couplings" Connections to Can-Tex "C-T Adapters", Dickey "Cou- other piping pling Adaptors", Fernco "PVC Donuts", materials or Fernco "Flexible Couplings" Cast iron soil pipe Pipe and fittings ASTM A74, extra heavy Hubless CISPI 301 Valves AWWA C500 gate valves. Bell ends, nonrising stems with valve boxes and valve wrenches as shown on the drawings Jointing materials Lead Fed Spec QQ-C-G0 Packing Hooven & Allison "Sure Seal White oakum" or Sealite "White Oakum Caulking Yarn 110", or approved equal (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 1D-1 . Rubber compres- Central "Multi-Tite", Tyler "Ty- sion gaskets Seal", or Western "Dual-rite" Rubber sleeve CISPI 301 and shield-clamp assemblies 21).4 HANDLING Pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be handled in a man- ner that will insure installation in sound, undamaged condition. Equipment, tools, and methods used in loading, unloading, reloading, and hauling pipe and fittings shall be such that the pipe and fittingH are not damaged. Books inserted in the ends of pipe shall have broad, w!•11 padded contact surfaces. 2D.5 GENERAL. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. Drainage piping shall be accu- rately installed in accordance with lines and grades shown on the drawings or as required by connections to other ,piping. Pipe grades between desig- nated invert elevations shall be uniform to insure unrestricted flow and eliminate low spots or traps that would retain water. Pipe shall not be laid in water or in unsuitable weather or trench conditions. Unless other- wise approved, pipe laying shall begin at the lowest ;oint and pipe shall be laid so that the spigot ends point in the direction of flow. All pipe shall be laid so that it will have uniform support throughout ita length. Pipelines intended to be straight shall be laid straight. • 2D.5.1 Cutting. Cutting shall be done in a neat manner, without damage to the pipe. Cuts shall be smooth, straight, and at right angles to the pipe axis. All pipe cutting shall be done with mechanical pipe cutters except where the use of mechanical cutters would be difficult or imprac- ticable. 2D.5.2 Cleaning. The interior of all pipe and fittings shall be thor- oughly cleaned of all foreign matter before being installed and shall be, kept clean until the work has been accepted. Such surfaces shall be wire brushed, if necessary, and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the joints are assembled. All joint contact surfaces shall be kept clean until the jointing is completed. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being installed. No debris, tools, clothing, or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. 1D.5.3 Inspection. Pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects immediately before installation. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care since they are vulnerable to damage from handling. All defective pipe and fittings shall be removed from the site of the work. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 2D-2 120370 • 2D.F~ LOCATION AND GRADE. Drainage piping shall be located as shown on the drawings. The grade and alignment of each pipe installed in a trench shall be deter- mined and maintained by the use of a line parallel to the grade and line of the pipe. This line shall be established by batter boards and offset stakes as approved by the Engineer. Not less than three batter boards shall be maintained in proper position at a maximum spacing of 25 feet at all times when trench grading is in progress. The Contractor shall erect and maintain all natter boards. Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, the use of batter boards is impractical, the Contractor will be permitted to use surveying instru- ments to maintain alignment and grade. At least one elevation shot shall be taken on each length of pipe. 2D.7 LAYING PIPE. Pipe shall be protected from lateral displacement by means of pipe embedment material installed as provided in Secticn 2B. Cast iron soil pipe shall use rubber compression gasketed push-on joints where permitted by the local plumbing code. 2D.7.1 Plastic Joints. Plastic joints in vitrified clay pipe shall be made in accordance with the instructions and recommendations of the joint manufacturer. Immediately before joints are pushed together all joint surfaces shall be lubricated with the lubricant furnished by the joint manufacturer. 2D.7.2 Rubber Gasketed Push-on Joints. All instructions and recommenda- tions of the cast iron soil pipe manufacturer, relative to gasket Installa- tion and other jointing operations, shall be followed by the Contractor. All joint surfaces shall be lubricated with heavy vegetable soap solution immediately before the joint is completed. Each spigot end shall be suitably beveled to facilitate assembly. 2D.7.3 Lead Joints. Lead joints in cast iron soil pipe shall be made in accordance with the best standard practice. Packing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. The joint space between the pa-king and the face of the bell of each joint shall be filled in one continuous pour with lead of the proper temperature and from vhich all scum has been removed. The lead in each joint shall be run at one pouring and the joint shall be completely filled. No second pouring or driving in of cold lead will be permitted. Joints shall be thoroughly calked to make them tight and free from leaks; care being taken, however, to avoid over- stressing the bell. The finished joint shall show a hard and even hammered surface. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 2D-3 • 2D.8 ACCEPTANCE TESTS. Each reach of buried drainage piping shall meet the requirements of the following acceptance tests. All defects shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Each section of drain line shall by straight and uniformly graded unless otherwise shown on the drawings. All drainage lines shall be tested as specified hereinafter, whether they have manholes or not. 2D.8.1 Lamping. Wherever both ends of a section of drain line are acces- sible, the section will be lamped by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and suitable assistants to help the 1ngineer. 2D.8.2 Exfiltration. The Contractor shall conduct an exfiltration test on each reach of vitrified clay and cast iron soil drainage piping. The first line of each pipe material shall be tested before backfilling and before any drainage pipe is installed in the remainder of the work. There- after, individual or multiple reaches may be tested at the option of the Contractor. Exfiltration tests shall be conducted by blocking off all openings except those connecting with the reach being tested, filling the line, and mea- suring the water required to maintain a constant level. Each manhole shall be subjected to at least one exfiltration test. During the exfiltration test, the average water depth above the pipe in- vert shall be 10 feet, except in those lines where manhole depths are such that this is impossible. The maximum depth at the lower end shall not ex- ceed 25 feet and the minimum depth at the upper end shall be at least 5 feet above the crown of the pipe. The total exfiltration shall not exceed 4 gallons per inch of nominal di- ameter per 100 feet of pipe per day for each reach tested. For purposes of determining maximum allowable leakage, manholes shall be considered sec- tions of 48 inch pipe. The exfiltrrition tests shall be maintained on each reach for at least 2 hours and as mach longer as necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, to locate all leaks. The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, all necess+iry piping between the reach to be tested and the source of water supply, together with equipment and materials required for the tests. The methods used and the time of conducting exfiltration tests shall be acceptable to the Engineer. If the leakage in any reach exceeds the allowable maximum, it shall be retested after the leaks are repaired. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4404 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 2D-4 2D.8.3 Infiltration. If at any time prior to expiration of the guarantee period infiltration exceeds 4 gallons per inch of nominal diameter per 100 feet of sewer per day, the Contractor shall locate the leaks and make repairs as necessary to control the infiltration. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 2D-5 n t S°• .AF . x ol1 y ,~.1Nyy 'Y r 3.. }y , Y'' r x' i a l h } v i . DIVISION 3 CONCRETE TABLE OF CONTENTS Page thru Page Section 3A - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3A-1 3A-20 3A.1 General 3A-1 3A.2 Materials 3A-1 3A.3 Preliminary Approval 3A-3 3A.4 Limiting Requirements 3A-5 3A.5 Storage of Materials 3A-7 3A.6 Batching and Mixing 3A-7 3A.7 Placement 3A-8 3A.8 Testing 3A-10 3A.9 Reinforcement 3A-11 3A.).0 Forms 3A-13 3A.11 Embedments 3A-14 3A.12 Finishing Formed Surfaces 3A-15 3A.13 Finishing Unformed Surfaces 3A-15 3A,14 Curing 3A-16 3A,15 Repairing Defective Concrete 3A-11 _ 3A,16 ;Construction Jointo 3A-17 3A"17 Expansion Joint' 3A-18 3A,18 Openings in Concrote 3A.18 3A.19 Separate Pinishas 3A=18 3A,30 Chemical'Hardener 3A-19 3A.21 Turbine Generator Fout,dation ~Ay19 3A.22 Duct Bank Concrete 3A-20 Section 3B - GROUTING `3B-1 3&-3 3B,1 General 3B-1 3B,2 Materials 3B-1 3B.3 Grouting of Bases for Structures and Equipment 3B-1 Section 3C - PRECAST CONCRETE 3C-1 3C.1 General 3C1, 1 -1 3C.2 Drawings 3C-1 3C.3 Materials 3C-1 3C.4 Casting 3C-1 3C.5 Handling and Storage 3C-1 3C.6 Erection 3C-1 • (DENTONj TEXAS - 4904 (GENERAL CONSTP.UCTLON D-4) TC3-1 022271 . Section 3A - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3A.1 GENERAL. This section covers all cast-in-place concrete except lightweight concrete and includes reinforcing steel, forms, finishing, curing, and other appurtenant work. The Contractor shall inform the 'Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of the times and places at whim he intends to place concrete. 3A.2 MATERIALS. Where the use of the following materials Is specified herein, such materials shall be in accordance with these requirements: Cement ASTM C150, Type I, 11, or III I Fine aggregate Clean natural sand, ASTM C33. Artificial or manufactured sand will not be acceptable Coarse aggregate Crushed stone, washed gravel, or other approved inert granular material conforming to ASTM C33, except that clay and shale par- ticles shall not exceed one per cent . Water Clean and free from mud, oil, organic matter, or other de- leterious substances Admixtures Retarder Grace "Daratard", Master Builders "Pozzolith Retarder", 2rotex "PDA Retarder", Sika Chemical "Plastimentcc, or approved equal Plasticizer Grace "WRDA", Master Builders "Pozzolith", Protex "PDA Normal Set", Sika Chemical "Plastocrete", or ap- proved equal Air entraining agent ASTM C260; Grace "Darex /EA", Master Builders "MBVR", irotex "Air Entraining Solution", Sika Chemical ccAERcc, or approved equal (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 3A-1 120370 • Reinforcing steel Bars ASTM A615, Grade 4U Ber supports Product Standard i'S7 fabricated from galvanized wire. Plastic coated or tipped fur use in con- tact with forms for exposed sur- faces Mechanical splices Erico Products "Cadweld" Welded wire fabric ASTM A185 Water stops Metal 12 gauge ungalvanized steel strip not less than 8 inches wide Flexible PVC ribbed or serrated, 9 inches by 3/8 inch, with "0" bulb closed center sections. Grace "Durajofnt Type 7", W.R. Meadows "Sealtight Type 9380", or Vinylex "RB9-3811 • Forms Prefabricated Low Cost Forms "One Lock Forms", Symons "Steel Ply", or Universal "Uni-form" Steal forms Merco "Multi-rib" extra heavy-duty (permanently set in Roll Form "Permaform" Type 11 place) Granco "Tufcor" or approved equal, 1-5/16 inch depth, 22 gauge gal- vanized Plywood Product Standard PSI, waterproof, resin-bonded, exterior type. Douglas fir; face adjacent to concrete Grade B or better Fiberboard Fed Spec LLL-B-810, Type 1X; tempered, waterproof, screenback, concrete form hardboard • (DENfV, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENVu,L CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 3A-2 • Lumber Straight, uniform width and thick- ness, and free from knots, offsets, holes, dents, and other surface defects Chamfer strips Clear white pint-, i+urface against concrete planed Form coating Industrial Lubrirrnnts "Nox-Crete Form Coating", 1. % M "Debond", Protex "Pro-Cote", or Richmond "Rich Cote" Polyethylene film Fed Spec L-P-378, Type I; 6 mil Expansion joint materials Filler Preformed, ASTM D1752, Type I (sponge rubber) or closed cell plastic foam (PVC or polyethylene) Thiokol sealant Polysulfide rubber, two component, ANS A116.1 and Fed Spec TT-S-227, bearing Thiokol Chemical "Tested and Approved Sealant" seal, gray color Primer As recommended by sealant manufacturer Epoxy bonding compound Sika Chemical "Colma Fix" or approved equal Membrane curing compound Fed Spec 1T-C-800, Type 1; chlori- and floor sealer nated rubber, min 18 per cent solids; Grace "Dekote", Process , Solvent "Concretr, Treatment ALX-911 Protex "Triple Seal Series CRD-18", or T.K. Products "Tri-Kote TK-18" Chemical hardener Guardian "C?ear Bond", Sonneborn "Lapidolith",or approved equal 3A.3 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The Engineer's approval of the source and quality of concrete materials and of the concrete proportions proposed for the work shall be obtained before the concrete work is started. For such approval, complete certified reports prepared by an independent testing laboratory and covering the materials and proportions shall be submitted to the Engineer. Approval given on the basis of these reports will be a general approval only and continued compliance with all contract provisions 0.11 be required. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 3A-3 120370 3A.3.1 Materials. Reports on cement shall include the type, brand, manufacturer, composition, and method of handling (sack ur bulk). Reports on admixtures shall include the classification, brand, manu- facturer, and active chemical Ingredients. All admixturce shall be the products of one manufacturer. Reports on fine aggregates shrill include the source, type, gradation, deleterious substances, soundiocss, and the results of nil tests re- quired to verify compliance with AS7M C3.. Reports on coarse aggregates shall include the source, type, gradation, deleterious substances, soundness, abrasion loss, and the results of all tests required to verify compliance with ASTM C33. 3A.3.2 Proportions. Using concrete materials that have been approved by the Engineer, a tentative concrete mix shall be deslgned and tested for each size and gradation of aggregates and for each consistency in- tended for use on the work. Design quantities and test results of each mix shall be submitted for approval. Approved mixes shall be subject to field adjustment as approved by the Engineer to meet the requirements of these specifications. The report for each tentative concrete mix submitted for approval shall contain the following information: • Slump on which design is based Total gallons of water per cubic yard Cement factor Ratio of fine to total aggregates Weight (surface dry) of each aggregate per cubic yard Quantity of each admixture Air content Compi:essive strength based on 7 day and 28 day compression tests Times of initial set 3A.3.3 Testing. Aggregates shall be sampled and tested in accordance with ASTM C33. Aggregate soundness may be determined by either the sodium sulfate or magnesium sulfate test. The bulk specific gravity of each aggregate shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C127 and ASTM C128. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 3A-4 120370 Two sets of compression test cylinders, three cylinders per set, shall be made from each proposed concrete mix. One set of three cylinders shall be tested at an age of 7 days and the other set shall be tested at an age of 28 days. Concrete test specimens shall be made, cured, and stored in conformity with ASTM C192 and tested in conformity with ASTM C39. Slump shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C143 rind total air con- tent shall be detc-mined in conformity with AS3T1 C231. Initial set tests shall be made at ambient temperatures of 70 F and 9D F to determine compliance with the initial set time specified hereinafter. The test at 70 F shall be made using concrete containing the specified plasticizing and air entraining admixtures. The test at 90 F shall be made using concrete containing the specified retarding and air entraining admixtures. Initial set shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C403. 3A.4 LIMITING REQUIREMENTS. Eech concrete mix shall be designed and concrete shall be controlled wit'iin the following limiting requirements. The acceptability of concrete will be judged on the basis of compliance with all of the specified requirements and not on the basis of strength alone. Coarse aggregate sizes listed hereinafter are the nominal sizes given in Table 2 of ASTM C33. To qualify as a certain aggregate size, the gradation . of the aggregate must be within the tabulated limits. 3A.4.1 Minimum Cement Factors. The quantity of portland cement, ex- pressed as sacks (94 pounds) per cubic yard, shall be not less than that shown in the following table. These minimum cement factors shall apply only to concrete containing the specified plasticizer or retarder. If, for any reason, the plasticizer is omitted, the cement factor shall be increased by 10 per cent. Coarse Aggregate Size Concrete slump from No. 4 Sieve to 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" 3 inches 6.3 6.0 5.7 5.4 4 inches 6.5 6.2 5.9 5.6 5 inches 6.7 6.4 6.1 5.8 3A.4.2 Total Water Content. Total water content of concrete shall not exceed 6 gallons of water per sack of cement in the mix. . (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 3A-5 120370 • 3A.4.3 Slump. Concrete slump shall be 1-ept as low as possible consis- ~ent with proper handling and thorough compaction. Unle,gs otherwise au- thorized by the Engineer, slump shrill not exceed 4 inrhr•g. 3A.4.4 Ratio_ of Fine to Total Aggregates. The ratio of fine to total aggregates based on solid volumes (not weights) shall tint exceed: Coarse Aggregate Size Maximum :(atio 1/2 inch to No. 4 0.55 3/4 inch to No. 4 0.50 1 inch to No. 4 0.46 1-1/2 inch to No. 4 0.42 3A.4.5 Initial Set. The initial set as determined by ASTM C403 shall be attained in not less than 5 hours after the water and cement are added to the aggregates. The quantity of retarding admixture shall be ad,jutaed as necessary to compensate for variations in temperature and job condi- tions. 3A.4.6 Total Air Content. The total volumetric air content of concrete after placement shall )e 5 per cent plus or minus one per cent. Air entrainment may be omitted from interior slabs which are to be trowel finished. 3A.4.7 Admixtures. The admixture content shall be in accordance with the manufacturer a recommendations for compliance with these specifications. Plasticizing admixture shall be included in all concrete, unless other- wise approved by the Engineer. Retarding admixture shall be id,justed as specified under "initial Set". 3A.4.8 Strength. The minimum acceptable compressive strengths as deter- mined by ASTM C39 shall be: A&e~ Minimum Strength 7 days 3000 psi 28 days 3750 psi It is the intent of these specifications that all concrete shall exceed the specified minimum compressive strengths. Each test cylinder will be evaluated separately and the Engineer shall be the sole judge of the validity and representative qualities of the tests. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 3A-6 120370 In the event any test cylindor lilt] it atc~s cone rate strength less than the specified minimum, the ;oiirrete reprc5ented by the test shall be subject to further investigation 3t the Engineer's option. Such inves- tigation shell include samplirnl% And testing of the c011c1 9te in place to verify or disprove the results of Ila- cylinder test. 'File contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer in tlic saEaplfng and testing procedure and shall pay all costs in cunnect loo thtrewith, Including the replacement of concrete for the cores or Simples rc•rnoved. If the additional investlg.ftion verittes the vxktc•nce of defective con- crete the Contractor shall be responsible for one of the following re- medial actions as determ!ned by the Engino r: The removal and replacement of all defective concrete The cost cr design and constrn3ction rhnnges necessary to incorporate the inferior r.oncrete Satisfactory reimbursement or allowance to the Owner for the acceptance of the lower quality concrete 3A.5 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Cement shall be stored in suitable moisture- proof enclosures Reclaimed cement or cement which has become caked or lumpy shall not be used. Aggregates shall be stored so that segregation and the inclusion of • foreign materials is prevented. Aggregates that have been stored in contact with the ground shall not be used. Reinforcing steel shall be carefully handled and shall be stored on supports which will keep the steel from contact with the ground 3A•6 BATCH£NG AND MIXING. Batching and mixing shall be performed with suitable equf,pment located at the construction site or by an acceptable ready-mix concrete supplier. Personnel at the batching and mixing plant shall be qualified and experienced. 3A.6.1 Batching. The measurement of aggregates and cement shall be by weight. Aggregate weights shall be adjuscad for the moisture content. Each admixture shall be dispensed by a meclc3nIcaI device that will insure accurate and aur,,m,rtlc meastirv+avnt. The minimun, amount of water required to produ,e the desired slump shall be batched automatically. Any additional water required to produ.e and maintain a uniform slump shall be added maniually by the mixer operator. • (DENTON$ TEXAS - 4904 1 (GENERAL CONSTRUC'110N - D-4) 3A-7 120370 3A.6,2 Mixing. Concrete shall be mixed until all ingredleots are uniformly • distributed throughout the batch. Mixers shall not be lo-ided in excess of their rated capacities. Each batch shall be completely discharged before the mixer is recharged. 3A.6.3 Readyni_xed Concrete. Ready-mixed concrete shrill conform to ASTM C94, except as otherwise specified herein. Truck mixers shall be revolving drum type and shall Irv equipped with a mixing water tank. Only the bat `h, unlessrtheftankilri equtppedawith a placed in the tank for any y one device by which the amount of water added to each bitch can be readily verified by the Engineer. A delivery ticket shall be prepared for each load of ready-mixed concrete delivered. A copy of each ticket shall be handed to the Engineer by the truck operator at the time of delivery. Tickets shall nhow the number of yards delivered, the quantities of each material in the batch, the outdoor temperature in the shade, the time at which the cement was added, and the numerical sequence of the delivery, When a truck mixer or agitator is used tot transporting concrete, the concrete shall be delivered to the site of the work and discharge shall be completed within 1-1/2 hours, or before the drum has been revolved 300 revolutions, whichever comes first, after the introduction of the mixing water to the cement and aggregates, or the introduction of the cement to the aggregates, tinless a longer time is specifically authorized • by the Engineer. In hot weather, or under conditions contributing to quick stiffening of the concrete, a time less than 1-1/2 hours may be required by the Engineer. When a truck mixer is used for the complete mixing of the concrete, the mixing operation shall begin within 30 minutes after the cement has been intermingled with the aggregates. 3A.1 PLACEMENT. The handling, depositing, and compacting of concrete shall conform to these specifications subject to adjustment by the Engi- neer for weather or placement conditions. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, concrete shall not be pumped through aluminum pipe. The limits of each concrete pour shall be predetermined by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. All concrete within such limits shall be placed in one continuous operation. Before concrete is placed, forms, reinforcements, water stos,a nchor bolts, and embedments shall be rigidly secured in proper positi; all dirt, mud, water, and debris shall be removed from the space to be occupied by the concrete; all surfaces which may have become incrusted with dried mortar or conctete trcm previous placement operations shall be cleaned; and the entire installation shall be approved by the Engineer. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) 3A_g (G£NEW CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 i • 3A.7.1 Bonding to Hardened Concrete. The surface of hardened concrete upon which fresh concrete is to be placed shall be rough, clean, and damp. Surface mortar shall be removed to expose the aggregate. The hardened surface shall be cleaned of all foreign substances (including curing compound), washed with clean water, and kept haturated during the 24 hour period preceding placement of fresh concrete. Coarse aggregate shall be omitted from the first batch or batches of concrete deposited on hardened concrete in wall, colcpnn, or turbine generator foundation leg forms. This mortar puddle shall cover the hard zed area to a depth of not less than 2 inches at every point. 3A.7.2 Conveyance and Distribution. Concrete shall be conveyed to the point of final deposit by methods which will prevent the separation or loss of the ingredients. Concrete shall be deposited In its final posi- tion without moving it laterally in the forms for a distance in excess of 5 feet. 3A.7.3 Depositing Concrete. Concrete shall be deposited in approximately horizontal layers of proper depth for effective compaction; however, the depth of a layer shall not exceed 20 inches. Each layer of concrete shall be plastic when covered with the following layer and the forms shall be filled at a rate of vertical rise of not less than 2 feet per hour. Vertical construction joints shall be provided as necessary to comply with these re- quirements. • Except where placed with a tremie, concrete shall be deposited and compacted in wall or column forms before any reinforcing steel is placed in the system to be supported by such walls or columns. Con- crete in walls or columns shall settle at least 2 hours before con- crete is placed in the structural systems to be supported by such walla or columns. Concrete shall be thoroughly settled when top finished. All laitance, debris, and surplus water shall be removed from concrete surfaces at top of forms. Wherever the top of a wall will be exposed to weathering, the forms shall be overfilled and after thr- concrete has settled the excess shall be screeded off. 3A.7.4 Compaction. During and immediately after depositing, all con- crete sha11 be thoroughly compacted, worked around reinforcements and enbedments, and worked into the corners of the forms. All concrete shall be compacted by means of mechanical vibrating equip- ment, except duct bank concrete shall be rodded or spaded and concrete slabs b inches or less in thickness may be either vibrated or tamped. The number and type of vibrators shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 3A-9 1:0370 3A.7.5 Hot Weather Concreting. Except as modified herein, hot weather S concreting shall comply with ACI 605. At air temperatures of 90 F or above, special procedures shall be adopted to keep the concrete as cool as possible during placement and curing. The temperature of the concrete when it is placed in the work shall not exceed 90 F. Whenever the air temperature exceeds 95 F membrane cured slabs shall be kept wet to promote cooling of the concrete during the curing period. 3A.7.6 Cold Weather Concreting. Except as modified herein, cold weather concreting shall comply with ACI 306. The temperature of concrete at the time of mixing shall be not less than that shown in the following table for corresponding outdoor temperature (in shade) existing at the time of placement: Outdoor Temperature Concrete Temperature Below 30 F 70 F Between 30 F and 45 F 60 F Above 45 F 45 F When deposited, the temperature of heated concrete shall be not over 80 F. When freezing temperatures may be expected during the curing periods, suitable means shall be provided for maintaining the concrete at • temperatures of not less than 50 F for 5 days or 70 F for 3 days after the concrete is placed. Concrete and adjacent form surfaces shall be kept moist at all times. Sudden cooling of concrete shall not be per- mitted. The use of calcium chloride will not be permitted. 3A.8 TESTING. Field control teats, consisting of aggregate gradation tests, slump tests, air content tests, and the securing of compression test cylinders, shall be made by qualified employees of the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide all equipment and supplies and the services of one or more employees an necessary for the field control testing. All tests required for preliminary approval shall be made and all com- pression test cylinders for the entire project shall be tested by an approved independent testing laboratory at the expense of the Contractor. The frequency hereinafter specified for each field control teat is a minimum. If additional field control tests are necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, such tests shall be made. S (DENTON, TEXAd - 4904 ) 3A-10 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 3A.8.1 Aggregate Gradation. Each 100 tons of fine aggregate and each 200 tons of coarse aggregate shall be sampled and tested in accordance with ASTM D75 and C136. ?A.8.2 Slump. A slump test shall be made from each of the first three batches mixed each day. An additional slump test shall be made for each additional 50 cubic yards of concrete placed in any one day. Slump shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C143. Each set of compression test cylinders shall be marked or tagged with the slump. 3A.8.3 Air Content. An air content test shall be made from one of the first three batches mixed each day and from each batch of concrete from which concrete compression test cylinders are made. Air content shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C231. Each set of compression test cylinders shall be marked or tagged with the sic content. 3A.8.4 Compreasion Testa. Two sets of two concrete compression test cylinders shall be made each day when from 25 to 100 cubic yards of con- crete are placed. Two additional sets shall be made for each additional 100 cubic yards, or major fraction thereof, placed in any one day. One cylinder of each set shall be tested at an age of 7 days and the other cylinder of each set shall be tested at an age of 28 days. • Concrete test cylinders shall be made, cured, stored, and delivered to the laboratory in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C39. Each set of compression test cylinders shall be marked or tagged with the date and time of day the cylinders were made, the location in the work where the concrete represented by the cylinders was placed, the delivery truck or batch number, the air content, and the slump. 3A.8.5 Test Reports. The Contractor shall promptly furnish the Owner, Engineer, and all other persona designated by the Owner certified reports of all tests made by the testing laboratory. 3A.9 REINFORCEMENT. Reinforcements shall be accurately formed. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings or specified herein, the details of fabrication shall conform to ACI 315 and 318. In case of conflict, ACI 318 shall govern. 3A.9.1 Certification. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with t'. certification that the reinforcing steel furnished complies with the re- quirements specified hereinbefore under MATERIALS. The certification shall be signed by the Contractor and the reinforcing steel fabricator. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 3A-11 120370 shown on the drawings, welding of rein- 3A.9.2 Weld~• Except where articular, is expressly forcement `or any purpose, and tack welding in particular, andisluchunauthorized sh nforrting shallgbearemoveddand to c be damaged upon shall edresumed Reinforcements rep expense. Replacement materials shall con- be P form to all applicable requirements of these specifications. Welded chairs and supports may be used provided they are clamped or wired to the reinforcement. 3A.9.3 Shop Drawin s and Bar Lists. Bar lists and drawings for the fa b- , and rep rication and placing of reinforcements shall be p aced, checked ist nlyanorpaasimilardstate- submitted as specified in Section 1C. Each ba40lo ing shall meat. 3A.9.4 Placement. Reinforcements shall be accurately positioned on sup- ports, spacers, hangers, or other reinforcements and shall be secured in place with wire ties or unable clip. Bare metal supports shall not be used in contact with forms for With the exception of lapped portions of spliced bars which are wired or te, clamped together, the clear distance between parallel barinshallcenot inaggregate olumns, or 7. inches in less than 1.5 times the maximum 1i1~2 °;nchescoarse or less than one inch in beams, laced in two es more other locations. Where upper ayernshall beaplaced directly above the layers, the bare in the up upp bars in the lower layer. 3A.9.5 Splices. Splices shall be tension lapped splices except as otherwise specified or shown on the drawings. Lapped splices shall con- form to the requirements for compression and tension lapped splices of Table 2-8 of the ACI Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures, ACI Standard 315-65, using a yield stress 40,000 special psi and an allowable design stress of 20,000 psi. The table for spec tension lap splices shall not be used. Spices shall not be used in regions of maxim mfte d ing stress. Welded splices shall be used only as specified enera llmbaralinbthesturbine-She turbine Lapped splices shall not be used for foundation legs. Splices splices oracle foundation legs shall be "Cadweespl'fhe firstafou act an recommended by Erica Products, Incorporated* nce of an Erico representative by each operator shall be made in the prese laces in the same splicing and the Engineer. Each operator shall make s lies he will make horizontal, angle, specal) positions (vertical, for the project. All. materials and procedures used shell be subject • (DENTON, TFYAS - 4904 3A-12 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 to the approval of the Erico representative znd the Engineer. Cadwelcl . splices shall develop in tension at least the minimum ultimate tensile strength specified for the spliced bats. Unless otherwise approved, splices shall be "T-Series" splices. 3A.10 FOkMS. Forms shall be designed to produre hardened concrete having the shape, lines, and dimensions shown on the drawings Forms shall be constructed and maintained in proper position and accurate align- ment. Concrete shall be placed against job-built plywood Corms cr forms that are lined with plywood or fiberboard, except as otl,c-rwise speci- fied. Prefabricated forms or metal frames with plywood inserts will be permitted only for surfaces which are not normally exposed to view when construction has been completed. Such surfaces may include interior surfaces of electrical manholes and surfaces that will be in contact with earth backfill. Plywood and fiberboard shall be new when it brandht to the construction site and shall be properly coated, protected, maintained throughout its use. All plywood and fiberboard materials which are damaged, cracked, weathered, or otherwise unsuited, in the Engineer's opinion, for producing smooth, uniformly textured formed surfaces shall be rejected as form material. Where concrete is placed against rfilm to porous surfaces, such shall be covered with polyethylene loss of water. Joints in the film shall be sealed with waterproof seal- ing tape. Unless otherwise permitted by Engineer the contact with sand, gravel, crushed rock, or earth shall be placed against polyethylene film. Vertical concrete surfaces above extended footings shall be formed. Steel form units shall be secured to the supporting steel at ends of units and at intermediate supports with 314 inch round fusion welds, eachf nitdshwith all be welding sin rthis tmanner. Completed welds shall beut, 12 inch centers. Were units free of sharp points or edges. Side laps of adjacent steel Corm units shall be button punched from the underside, or by one inch long seam welds from the top bide, between supports at intervals not greater than 36 inches. Field-cut holes required for passage of piping or other projections shall be neatly cut to provide a tight tit around the projection. But n- ing of holes will not be permitted. 3A.10.1 Design. Forms shall be substantial and sufficiently tight to pre- vent leakage of mortar. They shall be properly braced or tied so that they will maintain the desired position, shape, and alignment during and after placing concrete therein. Wafers, studs, internal ties, and other andmspacedrso shallpbreopoefr workingestressesathereinearennothexceededoca[ed (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 3A-13 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 • Suspended members which are supported by concrete coliunns shall be formed so that the column forms may be removed without disturbing the supports for the suspended members. The top edges of forms for walls, equipment bases, aid oth.,r concrete which is to be finished to a specified elevation, slope, or contour, shall be brought to a true line and grade so that tho top concrete sur- face can be finished with a screed or template resting on the top edges of the forms. Wall forms, un one side at least, shell not extend above horizontal construction joints. Temporary openings shall be provided at the bottom of column and wall forms and at other points where necessary to facilitate cleaning and inspection. 3A.10.2 Form Ties. Form ties shall be of the removable end, permanently embedded body type, and shall have sufficient strength, stiffness, ana rigidity to support and maintain the form in proper position and align- ment without the use of auxiliary spreaders. Outer ends of the perma- nently embedded portions of form tles shall be at least one inch back from adjacent outer concrete faces. Permanently embedded portions of form ties which are not provided with threaded ends shall be constructed so that the removable ends can be broken off by twisting, without chipping or spalling the concreca surface. The type of form ties used shall be approved by the Engineer. 3A.10.3 Edges and Corners. Chamfer strips shall be placed in forms to bevel all salient edges and corners except edges which are to be buried and edges which are shown on the drawings with a special treatment. Equipment bases shall have formed beveled salient edges for all vertical and horizontal corners unless specifically shown otherwise or, the draw- ings. Bevel dimensions shall be 3/4 inch by 3/4 inch unless shown other- wise on the drawings. 3A.10.4 Form _Removal. Forms sh0l not be removed or disturbed until the concrete has attained sufficient strength to safely support all dead and live loads to be imposed thereon. Supports beneath beams or slabs shall be left in place and reinforced as necessary to carry any construction equipment or materials placed thereon, Care shall be taken in form removal to avoid surface gouging, corn--.t or edge breakage, or other damage to the concrete, 3A.11 EMBEDMENTS. Anchor bolts, castings, steel shapes, conduit, sleeves, masonry anchorages, and other materials that are to be embedded in the concrete shall be accurately positioned and securely anchored. Unless installed in pipe sleeves, anchor bolts shall be provided with sufficient threads to permit a nut tn be installed on the concrete side of the form or template. A second nut shall be installed on the other aide of the form or template and the two nuts shall be adjusted so that the bolt will be held rigidly in proper position. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 3A-14 • Embedmen;s shall not be welded to relnlor(ement. Embedments shall be clean when they ,irc• Installed. After concrete placement, surfaces riot rn contact with concrete shill be cleaned of all concrete spatter and other toreign substances. 3A.12 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES. All fins and oUu-i surfaces projections shall be removed from all formed surfaces from which the forms are stripped except exterior surirces that will be In fuitlact with earth baekfill. In addition, exterfor surfaces which will be exposed above grade and all interior surt,,ces, except interiur suriures which are not usually exposed to view, shall be cleaned and rubbrd. Rubbing shall produce a smooth, uniform surface free of marks, voids, aurface glaze, and discolorations Rubbing shall be done by hand with a carborundum stone using only the mortar produced by the rubbing action and the application of water. Projecting ends of all furor ties shall be removed and the resulting recesses shall be filled with mortar. 3A.13 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES. No surface treatment will be re- quired for burled or permanently submerged concrete not forming an inte- gral part of a structure except that required to obtain the surface ele- vations or contours and surfaces free of lattance. The unformed surfaces of all other concrete shall be screeded and given an initial float finish • followed by additional floating and troweling where required. Float finished surfaces shall be finished to provide a flat profile within 1/4 inch deviation as measured from a 10 foot straightedge. Trowel finished surfaces shall be finished to form a flat plane fi, which the profile shall not deviate more than 1/8 inc'i when measured from a 10 foot straightedge. 3A.13.1 Screeding. Screeding shall provide a concrete surface conform- ing to the proper elevation and covtour with all aggregates completely embedded in adjacent mortar. Unless separate mortar topping is applied, all screeded surfaces shall be "jitterbug" tamped immediately prior to finvl screeding to force all coarse aggregate particles below the con- crete surface and to pruvide sufficient excess mortar for proper finish- ing. Surfacri Irregularities in screeded surfaces shall be limited as required to produce finished surfaces within the tolerances specified. 3A.13.2 Floating. Screeded surfaces shall be given an initial float finish as soon as the concrete has stiffened sufficiently for proper working. Any piece of coarse aggregate which may be disturbed by the float or which causes a surface irregularity shall he removed and re- placed with mortar. Initial floating shall produce a surface of uni- form texture and appearance with no unnecess,iry working of the surface with the float, • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCr1UN - U-4) 120370 3A-15 • Initial floating shall be followed by a second floating at the time of initial set. The second floating shall produce a smooth, uniform, and workmanlike float finish of uniform texture and color. Unless addition- al finishing is specifically required, the completed finish for all un- formed surfaces shall be a float finish as produced by the second float- ing. Floating shall be performed with hand hunts or mec,h,anlcal compactor- floats of an approved type. 3A.13.3 Troweling. The exposed portions of the tops of equipment baees, the tops of interior curbs, the surfaces of all interior slabs except those which will receive a separate concrete or quarry the finish, and all other surfaces designated on the drawings to be troweled shall be steel trowel finished. Troweling shall be performed after the second floating when the surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent an excess of fines being drawn to the surface. Troweling shall produce a dense, smooth, uniform surface free from blemishes and trowel marks. 3A.13.4 Aggregate Exposure. All surface mortar shall be removed from surfaces which are to be later covered with concrete or grout. The coarse aggregate shall be exposed in all such surfaces to improve bonding. 3A.13.5 Edging. Unless specified to be beveled, exposed edges of floated or troweled surfaces shall be edged with a tool having a 1/4 inch corner radius. 3A.13.6 Finishing Mortar. Finishing mortar shall be added if there Is not sufficient mortar available from the concrete mix. The proportions for this finishing mortar shall be 225 pounds of concrete sand (fine s6dregcte) to one sack of portland cement, mixed with enough water for proper application. Slump for finishing mortar shall not exceed 2 inches. 3A.14 CURING. Concrete shall be protected from loss of moisture for not less than 7 days after the concrete is placed. Curing of concrete shall be by methods which will keep the concrete sur- faces adequately wet during the specified curing period. Curing shall be by saturation with water unless otherwise specified. Troweled surfaces, except those which will receive a chemical hardening treatment, separate finish, or coating, shall be cured with the membrane curing compound specified under MATERIALS. Float finished surfaces, except those which will receive a separate finish, may be cured with either the membrane curing compound specified under MATERIALS or with water. Water curing only will be permitted on the surfaces which will receive a chemical hardening treatment or a separate finish. . (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 3A-16 022271 3A.14.1 Water Curin . Water saturation of concrete surfaces shall begin as quickly as possible after initial set of the concrete. Water curing shall begin within 12 hours in dry weather and within 24 hours in damp weather. The rate of water application shall be regulated to provide complete surface coverage with a minimum of runoff. The application of water to formed surfaces may be interrupted for surface rubbing only over the areas being rubbed at the time, and the concrete surface shall not be permitted to become dry during such interruption. After the rubbing has been completed, rubbed surfaces shall be covered with burlap which shall be saturated for the remainder of the curing period. 3A.14.2 Membrane Curing. Membrane curing compound shall be applied within 30 minutes after final finishing of the surface or as soon as possible without damaging the surface. Membrane curing compound shall be spray applied at a coverage of not more than 300 square feet per gal- lon. Membrane curing shall nat be used on surfaces which will be covered at a later date with mortar or concrete. 3A.15 REPAIRING DEFECTIVE CONCRETE. Defects in formed concrete surfaces shall `,e repaired to the satiafactfon of the Engineer within 24 hours, and defective concrete shall be replaced within 48 hours after the adjacent forms have been removed. All concrete which is porous, honeycombed, or otherwise defective to a depth in excess of one inch shall be cut out and removed. Cut surfaces shall be coated with epoxy bonding compound before • the repair concrete is placed. Concrete repair work shall be performed in a manner that will not inter- fere with thorough curing of surrounding concrete. Mortar and concrete used in repair work shall be adequately cured and shall be finished to match adjacent surfaces. 3A.16 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. Construction joints shall be provided in accordance with the locations and details shown on the drawings. If additional construction jointu are desired by the Contractor, drawings showing the locations and details of the proposed joints shall be sub- mitted to the Engineer. Such additional joints shall be installed only as approved by the Engineer. Joints so designated on the drawings and additional Contractors joints, if any, which will be subjected to differential hydrostatic pressure shall be provided with a metal water stop. Water stops shall be clean and free from coatings that would weaken the bond with concrete. Each water stop shall be c)ntinuous throughout the length of the construction joint in which it is installed. Junetion5 between adjacent sections shall be lapped 5 inches and securely bolted or welded together. All water stops shall be maintained in proper posi- tion until the surrounding concrete has oean deporited and compacted. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 3A-11 120370 3A,17 EXPANSION JOINTS. Expansion joints shall. be lM Ac-d and con- structed as shown on the drawings. Expansion joint filler shall be firmly bonded to the previously poured joint fate with a suitable ad- hesive and the new concrete shall ke pouted directly ag.rinst the joint filler. Accessible edges of each expansion joint shall be sealed with the sealer specified under MA'T'ERIALS applied in acrordonce with the manu- facturer's directions Expansion joints so designated on the drawings, and any additional expan- sion joints which will be subjected to difterential hydrostatic pressure, shall be provided with a flexible water stop. Water stop embedment shall be equal on each side of the joint. Flexible water stops shall be spliced in strict conformity with the recommendations of the water stop manufacturer. A sample 90 degree cornet splice mitered at 45 degrees shall be prepared and submitted for the Engineer's approval. The sample splice shall be made by the Contractor's field personnel using the procedure intended for use on the work. The sample splice shall be submitted at least 2 weeks prior to the Contractor's intended first usage of flexible water stop for this project. Rubber and plastic materials shall be stored in a cool place and shall not be exposed to direct sunlight. 3A.18 OPENINGS IN CONCRETE. Openings provided In concrete walls or floors for piping^and oother appurtenances which are to be installed after the walls or floors are constructed, to obtain proper position, alignment, or for any other reason, shall be of sufficient size that adequate space is available for the proper compaction of concrete placed around such embedded pipe or fixture. All sides of each opening shall be provided with continuous keyways. The top of each wall opening shalt be sloped or beveled to provide adequate space for placing and compacting the pipe embedment concrete. Water stops shall be provided around wall openings below grade and floor openings which are exposed to weather or sub- mergence, 3A.19 SEPARATE FINISHES. In certain areas, slab surfaces shall be fin- ished with a separate floor covering, as designated, which shall be ap- plied to the concrete base. The base slabs which are to receive a quarry tile floor shall be given a steel trowel finish with the profile tolerance specified. A depth of 3/4 inch shall be allowed for the thickness of quarry tile. Areas in which the profile deviates more than 1/8 inch from a 10 foot straight- edge shall be ground or filled as required until the surface meets the profile requirements and is acceptable to the quarry tile setter and the Engineer. Low areas shall be filled with the latex fill material specified In Section 9B. High spots shall be ground as required, then smoothed with latex fill to bring them to the proper elevation and sur- face, • (DENTON, TE)U,S - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 3A-18 120370 3A.20 CHEMICAL HARDENER. The surface of the concrete floor slab at Elevation 657'-6" around the steam generator within the limits outlined 10 by Column Rows G, J, 12 and 16 shall be treated with tho specified hardener. The chemical hardener shall be applied to water cured roiicrete after the curing period has been completed and as soon tuereaftcr as recommended by the hardener manufacturer If practical, no traffh. shall be permitted on the slabs until the hardening process has been comploted. Surfaces to be hardened shall be dry, clean, and free r,f all loose dust, dirt, oil, wax, sealers, and curing compounds. The hardener shall be applied in the number of coats and at the dilution and coverage recommended by the manufacturer for this project. Particu- lar care shall be used to apply the hardener uniformly and at the correct concentration. Care shall also be exerciced to keep the hardener off of areas which will he covered with mortar or concrete at a later date. The hardener shall a'so be kept off of structural and miscellaneous metals and reinforcing xteel. Unless otherwise approved, spray application will not be permitted. 3A.21 TURBINE GENERATOR FOUNDATION. The turbine generator foundation will carry heavy loafs and may be subjected to severe vibration condi- tions. The forming and the placing of reinforcements and embedments will be complicated. Special care will be required at each step of the con- struction to insure proper strength, stability, and appearance. Anchor bolts and attachments shall be located and secured during concrete placement with accurately made steel templates to insure proper fit with the equipment. All steel templates shall be interconnected and braced with steel members as required to maintain the proper relationship between all anchor bolts set with steel templates. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the design and construc- tion of the steel templates. The templates shall be fabricated in accordance with fabrication drawings which shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval as specified in Section 1C. Improperly located bolts and embedments shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Turbine foundation forms shall be accurately constructed and securely braced such that all surfaces of the completed foundation shall be with- in 1/4 inch of the locations and elevations shown on the drawings. }launches and beamA shall be formed so that the leg forms may be removed without disturbing the supports for the haunches and beams. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 3A-19 120370 The Contractor shall carefully check all forming and the placement of • reinforcements, embedments, and anchor bolts for each pour before placing any concrete in the pour. Concrete shall be placed as speci- fied under PLACEMENT except that reinforcing steel for the haunches and beams may be placed before placing the concrete for the foundation legs. Concrete fcr foundation legs shall be placed separately from the haunches and beams. Leg concrete shall be placed to the bottom of the lowest haunch on each leg. 3A.22 DUCT BANK CONCRETE. Concrete for duct banks shall be as specified hereinbefore except it shall have a slump of G inches, shall contain at least 6.5 sacks of cement per cubic yard, and shall contain no aggregate larger than 3/4 inch. All reinforcing steel and other magnetic materials installed in duct banks shall be parallEl to the lengths of the Individual ducts unless they enclose all the ducts of the duct bank. All construction joints In cluct banks shall conform to the requirements specified hereinbefore for %atertight joints under CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. Hardened surfaces that are to receive additional concrete shall be pre- pared by being cleaned of all loose particles, scum, and laitance so that the aggregate is exposed. It shall then be thoroughly wetted and a thin coating of neat cement mortar shall be spread over the entire surface just before the fresh concrete is planed. The fresh concrete shall be puddled and spaded to eliminate arty honeycomb or lack of mortar at or . near the joint. Duct bank concrete shall be compacted by roddtng or spading only. Mechanical vibrators shall not be used. Concrete shall be worked around reinforcements and embedments, and worked into the corners of the forms. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 3A-20 120370 Section 38 - GROUTING • 3B.1 GENSWIL. This sect Inn covers motor lalh and pro(, dares for grouting equipment, HI ructural baseplates, and elP'oror door head,, Grouting under these spcelfiratiuns shall lnr.lude only 10 grouting of equipment and sl rucLural baseplatus intitaIlvd undo, Ilia npecificatlons, and the elevator dour hearts installed by Ihr vlcval"r inornor, Grouting of all other equipment and structural h.a,eplalps will K done under separate speclficatiuns cover log the equipment nr howpiolate In,allotion. Cold weather grouting shall be as specified for cold wool her concreting in Section 3A, 313.2 MATERIALS. Where the use of the folfuving materials is specified herein, such materials shall be in accordance with these requirements. Cement AS1M 0150, Type 1 Sand ASTM C33 fine aggregate. Clean well graded natural sand Pea gravel ASTM C33 coarse aggregate, with 100 per cent passing a 318 inch sieve and 90 per cent retained on a No. 4 . sieve Water Clean and free from mud, oil, organic matter, and other deleterious sub- stances Plasticizer Grace "WRDA", Master Builders "Pozzolith", Protex "PDA Normal Set", or Sika Chemical "Plastocrete" 3B.3 GROUTING OF BASES FOR STRUCTURES_ AND EgUIPMENT. All equipment and structural baseplates shall be firmly and solidly grouted to place by methods that will insure complete, uniform, and permanent filling of all space beneath the base without disturbing or displacing the alignment or level of the base in its correct position Should the installation of any equipment be done under the supervision and direction of a manufac- turer's erection superintendent, or other arcredited supervisor provided by the manufacturer of the equipment, then the g,r"uting procedure shall follow his direction. Otherwise, these sperifl.ations shall govern. 313.3.1 Surface preparation. The surfareq of hardened concrete upon which grout will be placed shall be chipped to remove laltance and sur- face mortar and to expose the aggregate. The suriace of the hardened concrete shall be cleaned of all loose materials and shall be saturated with water for not less than 2 hours Immediately before the grout is placed. All excess water shall be removed. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 1 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 38-1 O 3B.3.2 Alignment and Leveling. Each base shall be set in place over its anchor bolts and shall be carefully aligned in proper position and then brought to accurate level preferably by means of leveling screws having nuts above and below temporary lugs attached to the wives of the base. If permission Is given by the Engineer in the case Of small bases, steel wedges may be used for leveling, but such wedges shall he of a type tiraL cannot be easily or accidentally dislodged. Ex.1upt n•, otherwise approved, leveling shall have three-point control. The w;e of wood blocking or wood wedges to hold the base In position will riot by peruiltted. Small structural bases may be leveled by means "f an xtra nut below the base on each anchor belt. 3B.3.3 Proportions and Mixing. Except as otherwise approved, grout for use in grouting bases shall be composed of a mf;,ture of Portland cement, sand, and water. The proportions of cement to sand for flat bases where the grouting space does not exceed 1-112 inches shall be one sack of cement to 150 pounds of sand. For thicker mortar or grout beds up to 2-112 inches the amount of sand shall be increased to 225 pounds per sack of cement. Bases which are hollow and are to be filled full of grout shall be filled to an elevation one inch above the outside rim with a mortar mixed in the proportions of one part by volume of cement, 1-1/2 parts sand, and 1-1/2 parts of 1/4 inch pea gravel. To all such mixes, if desired, an approved plasticizer may be mixed in the proportion recom- mended by the manufacturer. • All grout or mortar mixtures, whatever the propo.tion, shall be thoroughly mixed for not less than 5 minutes in a mechanical mixer of approved type. After mixing, the grout shall be used immediately and before any stiffen- ing sets in. 3B.3.4 Placing of Grout. After the base has been set, its alignment and level shall be checked and approved before placing any grout. Grout may be placed by the "dry pack" method when the least dimension of the base being grouted is P -C)" or less, the grout space is more than one inch, and the grout space is readily accessible. Dry pack grout shall contain only enough water to produce a grout which can be tamped in place. Grout shall be tamped in place from one of the longer sides of the base, working against a }.acking board rigidly wedged against the opposite side of the base. Tataring shall be done with the end of a board at least one by 4 inches in nominal size. The board shall be struck with a hammer or mallet as required to compact the grout into a dense mass, free from voids. After the initial set of the grout, ail grout which extends beyond the edge of the base shall be cut off flush and removed. Grout shall be placed by the "flow" method when the least dimension of the base being grouted exceeds P -O". Bases set in recesses and all other bases whose grout spaces are not readily accessible shall also be grouted (DENTON* TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 3B-2 • using the flow method. This type of grout shall contntn only enough water to produce a grout which is flowable, but which will not show excess water on top when it is being puddled in place, For flowable grout, a low dam or frame shall be set around the base at such a distance all around that it will pennit pouring and manipulation of the grout, and with the top higher than the bottom of the base, One or more small chains shall be Introduced under the base, projecting beyond opposite edges sufficiently to allow them to be drawn back and forth to propel the grout into every part of the space beneath the base. Pouring of flowable grout shall take place through grout holes if such are provided. Otherwise the grout shall be poured at one side or at two adja- cent sides, giving it a head to cause it to move in a solid mass under the base and out the opposite side. The flow if necessary shall be facilitated by passing the chains back and forth, and by pulsing or puddling the grout where it is being poured. The pouring shall be continued until the entire space below the base is filled, and the grout stands at least one inch higher all around than the bottom of the base. Care shall be taken to eliminate any and all air or water pockets beneath the base, 3B,3.5 Finishing of Ed es. When the placing of the grout has been com- pleted, it shall be allowed to stand undisturbed until set stiff. Then immediately the form or dam, if any, shall be taken off, and the portions of the grout which extend beyond the edges of the base shall be cut off flush and removed. The edges of the grout shall then be pointed with fresh t one to two cement mortar pressed firmly to bond with the body of the grout, and smoothed with a tool to present a smooth vertical surface except where a sloping surface is shown on the drawings. Sloping surfaces shall be finished to a one to one slope. All grouting shall be completed in at proper and workmanlike manner with the exposed edges of the foundation and the surfaces adjacent thereto left clean and free from cement and grout. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 3B-3 Section 3C - PRECAST CONCRETE 3C.1 GENERAh. "1'I1is section covers precast concrete Inrluding reinforcing steel, concrete materials, foi.ning, finishing, curing, mid other appurtenant work. Precast concrete shall he in accordance with the detall+a 1:h0•.:n on Drawing D4-402. 3C.2 DRAWINGS. Dotailc~d fabrication and installation r1rrrrings covering precast concrete units shall lie prepared, checked, rind !t,I,mltt(-d to the Engineer for approval as specified in Section 1C. 3C.3 MATERIALS. Materials incorporated in precast conircte units shall conform to the requirements of Sections 3A and 51) of these specifications. 3C.4 CASTING. Precast concrete units shall be manufactured in a modern, well equipped precasting yard. Casting on the site will be permitted only In the event that local precasting facilities are not available and the Contractor has proper equipment and competent personnel, in the Engi- neer's opinion, to manufacture the units at the site. Precast concrete shall conform to all materials, testing, and placement requirements specified in Section 3A of these specifications. The finisher; units shall be true to the shapes and dimensions shown on the drawings. Surfaces shall be flat planes and shall be free of voids, projections and other surface irregularities. Unformed surfaces shall have a dense, floated finish. Each precast concrete unit shall be thoroughly cured using continuous saturation (spray, fog or steam) or curing compound. Provisions for drainage and handling shall be incorporated in each unit as shown on the drawings. 3C.5 HANDLING AND STORAGE. Precast units shall be hauled, handled and stored to prevent overstressing or other damage. Damaged units shall not be installed in the work. 3C.6 ERECTION. Precast units shall be carefully placed, leveled, shim- med and grouted into final position at the locations shown. Units damaged during installation shall be removed and replaced with undamaged units. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 3C-1 022271 ' r DIVISION 4 - MASONRY TABLE OF CONTENTS Page thru Page Section 4A - MASONRY 4A-1 4A-7 4A.1 General 4A-1 4A"2 Drawings and Data 4A-1 4A,3 Materials 4A-1 4A"4 Colors and Samples 4A-2 4A.5 Sample Panel 4A-3 4A.6 Handling and Storage 4A-3 4A"7 Mortar 4A-3 4A.8 Mortar Joints 4A-3 4A"9 Bonding and Reinforcing 4A-4 4A.10 Laying Masonry Unite 4A-4 4A.11 Plashings 4A-5 4A.12 Low Temperatures 4A-5 U43 Expansion Joints 4A-6 4A614 Mchore and inserts 4A-6 4A.15 protection From Damage 4A-6 WIO Finish Pointing 4A-6 4A.17 Cleaning, 4A-7 { I i (DENTON. TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) TC4-1 1;0370 Section 4A - MASONRY 4A.1 GENERAL This section covers bin ding m:rs,)nry building masonry shall be constructed of units of thr types, (IJnlensionN, arrangements, and coursing indicated on the drawings, rninplete with all materials, acces- sorles, and app,irtenances as shown, sl,erified, nr r,•(I„Irc.d. 4A.2 DRAWINGS AND_ DATA. Setting drawing, v. ring I- ,:pane s ecffi- cations coverfn-g aIJ materials prcpo -(I, dNJ r+;,III pie, -I,,,11 be ,JbmIt ted for approval in accordance with the procedure set Irtilh in Section IC of these specifications. Cut stone units shall be identifier) by suitable mlmLers or symbols on both the drawings and the units 4A 3 MATERIALS. Masonry unit sizes are indicated in inches, Facing brick sizes are actual dtmensions Sizes of other masonry units are nominal; the actual size being sligh!ly smaller to allow for mortar ,joints. Facing brick ASTM 0215, Grade SW, modular, 2-1/4 by 7-5/8 by 3-5/8 Match existing brick color and texture. Building brick ASTM C62, Grade MW • Common brick) Cut atone ANS A43-1, standard stock grade, buff Indiana limestone Sand ASTM 0144, natural and; 95 per cent passing No. R <Ieve Portland cement ASTM 0150, Type I Hydrated lime ASTM C207, Type S Quicklime ASTM C5, pulverized Lime putty Q-jirkllme thoroughly slaked and stored for one day, kept moist until used Integral waterproofing Aluminum s ?areta ammnnfum stcarate, or calrlum stparare, 2 per rent of WO)gfrr of r4,ment; Grace "Hydrattep", Maste, Builders "OTntr.ron Mortarproof- Ing", Sika "No. I Inflgral for Mortar", u Sonneblrn "Hydro-ide" • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4404 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 4A-1 • Water Clean and free from deleterious substances Joint reinforcement Fabricated from galvanized wire Ladder type Standard weight AA Wire Prodv,:~s "Blok.-Lok", Dur-O-wal Products "Lad,ir '!'ypc", or Lenawee Peerless "Wal-lop" Corners and partition Prefabricated tees Stone anchors Galvanized steel, 1/4 inch by 1-1/4 Inches, length as required Wall flashings As specified in Section 7B Reinforcing steel ASTM A615, Grade 40 Expansion gaskets PVC or polyethylene foam with pres- sure sensitive back, factory cut to profile; Grace "Servicised 5401 Foam Filler" or Williams "Everlastic Type V" . Bond breaker 8 mil vinyl or polyethylene sheet Control joint Dur-O-wal rapid control joint Wicks Nylon or polypropylene sash cord, 1/4 inch diameter Sealants and backup material As specified in Section 7C Expansion joint ma erial Preformed sponge rubber, ASTM D1752, Type I Detergent masonry cleaner Process Solvent "Vana-Trol" 4A.4 COLORS AND SAMPLES, Where colors are specified they are intended to indicate the color range desired Equivalent colors by other manu- facturers may be furnished subject to approval of the Engineer. 4A.4.1 Facing Brick. Facing brick shall match as nearly as possible the brick In the existing building. 4A.4.2 Cut Stone. Two samples at least 4 inches wide by 6 inches long shall oe submitted showing surface texture and color. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 4A-2 4A.5 SAMPLE PANEL Before the installation of any maxcmry materials, the Contractor shall erect at the building site a sample panel 6'-B" long by 4'-0" high showing proposed color range, texture, bond, mortar joints, and workmanship fcr masonry materials The winr1 shall have facing brick on ^"e fa•:e and -ummon bride on the othrr f+nce The panel shall be 12 inclo.- thick Masonry w'''k s Till not b (:tirthenuntil the Engineer has approved the sample p,., P the standard of ^^mparf<fill [,-.)r all Int- I•v w„rk 1rjiII of ohe same mate- rial. 'ihe panel shall not be dc•stt^v-1 c•r m-111c•1 oinl I! m:r: mry work is completed. 4A.6 IIAN_DL1NG_ AND S1*0RA(;V All ma,~unry units shall "I. h.{nd,o_•d in a manner which will prevent rr~Q~heiri1pping,or d31iaVe!rfuanys ~ind. be Broken, discolored, chipped, rejected and shall be replaced will, undamaged units Masonry units shall be stored on pallets and shall be pr ' corered against contamination and staining Masonrv units shall be in pr Q at all times. Lime and cement shall be stored ender cover y Plaa Sand shall be stored so that the inclusion of foreign materials is pre- vented. Whenever sand is piled directly on the ground, the surface beneath the sand shall be smooth, well drained, and free from dust, mud, and debris. The bottom 6 inches of each pile shall not be used in mortar. 4A.7 MORTAR Mortar shall be machine mixed for at least 5 minutes and shall be used within 90 minutes after nixing. Mortar left on hand when work is stopped shall be dtscarded•NNoremixing of mortar more than 90 minutes old with additional water, cement. permitted. The method of measurement of all mortar ingredients shall be accurate and shall insure definite and uniform proportions. Mortar shall be mixed in the volumetric proportions of one part portland cement, one part lime a --t morn than six parts sand Integral waterproofing shall be added to the mortar. 4A.8 MORTAR tOIN'f5. Masonry shall be laid in straight, level, uniform courses with mortar joints of uniform w.dlh, Head joints shall approxi- mately equal the horizontal joints in width, Brick shall be laid s:~ that three courses will prod,i,_e R inches of wall heIgbt., All head joints in brick facings shall be rompletel lf ille d en with mortar. Additional mortar shall be plated in the upper part joint • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 4A-3 120370 sufficient pressure exerted to force it out the full depth of the joint. • All masonry units shall be laid on a full bed of mortar. All voids in stone masonry shall be slushed full and all joints shall be completely filled. The filling of masonry joints shall mean that the spine between the units is full, and that the body of the mortar is; forced a}r,nlnst and into tl•c porous surface of e;30h unit. All exterior and exposed interior mortal Joirnts, exil101 Joints which are to be calked, shall he tooled to e smooth uniform r:urfnce and finished free from .,aids, using a rounded tool. Mortar joints •,pu, if If.( to be calked shall be raked to a depth of 11Z Inch. T ooliiik of joints shall be regulated so that the mortar for each wall space hay, a uniform ap- pearance. Vertical joints in store copings and sills shall have a uniform width of 1/4 Inch and shall be filled with expansion gaskets. Expansion gaskets shall be shaped to fit the stone profile when set back 1/4 inch from exposed faces, leaving an open joint 1/4 inch wide and 1/4 inch deep for calking. 4A.9 BONDING AND REINFORCING. Except where shown otherwise on the draw- ings, all facing brick shall be laid in running bond. All masonry shall be reinforced in the manner shown on the drawings. Brick parapets shall be reinforced with reinforcing steel, as indicated on the drawing, Metal, joint reinforcement shall be lapped at least 8 inches. All corner coping stones shall be anchored to adjacent stones with cramp anchors extending across the joints. 4A.10 LAYING MASONRY UNITS. All masonry units shall be free from dust, dim, and surface moisture wizen iaiu r. All masonry shall be laid to a line. Walls shall be plumb and straight and in level courses. At no time shall masonry construction at any point be more than 8 feet above adjacent work. When work is suspended, the tops of masonry walls shall be covered and protected from the weather Care shall be taken in corner construction and at jambs to maintain unifo-mity of appearance and to insure that only whole, undamaged units are uaed. Masonry units shall be cut or clipped as necessary to provide openings and to accommodate embedded items. Anchors shall be securely embedded in mortar. Door and window frames shall be maintained plumb and true, Masonry shall be built tightly against interior door frames. A calking space shall be provided between exterior door frames and masonry in accordance with the details shown on the drawings. The jambs of built-in . hollow metal door frames shall be completely filled with mortar. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 4A_4 120370 All embedded items shall be set and securely anchored Ili the masonry • work in accordance with t:.! details shown on the drawings; or in a manner approved by the Engineer. Joints between masonry and embedded items shall be pointed. The back fares of exterior facing brlrk, except farln}yi on concrete walls, shall be parged with mortar to a thirknes,~ of at Ic'nst i/R inch. Enough pressure shall be applied to bind the parging nnirt:rr to the brick, pru- viding a continuous water soil [it-fore parginp~„ :rll pII -Iecting rrorrtar shall be struck o f flush with th4 ;nis4>>iry ~urfrire. Additional mortar shall be applied when backing or fa•~o units arc laid In completely fill the vurtlcal Joint behind or in front of rhr par'ghlj}. Masonry units shall be selected and laid so t1i."It the exposed face of each unit is free from broken corners, chipped edges, or other defects which would be detrimental to the appearance of the wall s+irfarc as determined by the Engineer. Where masonry units in exposed locations are laid in running bond, care shall be taken to lay out the work so that vertical Joints in alternate courses lie in the same vertical lines midway between the vertical joints in adjacent courses to provide a regular and uniform joint pattern. 4A.11 FLASHINGS• Wall flashings shall be installed where and as shown on the drawings. Flashings that are located in horizontal toints shall be in the center of the joint with mortar below and above them. Flash- ings shall drain toward the exterior surface of the wall. Weeps shall be provided for wall flashings at not greater than 2 foot centers and shall consist of wicks installed when the masonry is laid and cut off flush after c.ne mortar has set. Copper flashirgs shall be kept from actual contact with steel work. 4A.12 LOW TEMPERATURES. When the surrounding air is below 40 F jr when the outside temperature is likely to fall below freezing at any time during the 24 hour day, the following precautions shall be taken to prevent ireeztug if freshly laid masonry: In addition to the protection specified for ordinary conditions, masonry materials shall also be kept from contact with snow, ice, or dampness of any kind. The mixed mortar shall have a temperature between 70 F and 120 F. Warm mixing water sliall be used, but water temperature shall not exceed 165 F if necessary, sand shall be healed also. Mortar mixing equipment shall be heated before it is used. The use of salt or calcium chloride is prohibited. Masonry units shall be free of ice and snow and shall be .buve freezing when laid if the outside teinperature is below 30 F, (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 4A-5 120370 units shall be heated to at least 40 F. If it is below 0 F, . units shall be heated to at least 60 F. Heating shall be done in a way that will prevent any damage to units Units shall not be laid upon a surface that is frozen or covered with snow or ire. Masonry laid during freezing weather shall be kepi warm for 3 days after laying. The air at the masonry sorlarc shall be kept between 45 F and 40 F. Heating shall be done by method'' that will not unduly dry out or otherwise damage the masonry. Heat shall be applied to boot sides of the wall, arrangement being made for proper circulation of air The mdq"n ry shall be suitably housed or covered. 41.13 EXPANSION JOINTS. Expansion joints in masonry walls and in masonry walls abutting concrete wall surfaces shall be constructed es shown on the drawings. The expansion joint filler shall be firmly oonded to the joint face with an adhesive recommended by the manu- facturer of the expansion joint filler. 4A.14 ANCHORS AND INSERTS. All ties, anchors, bolts, Inserts, bucks, flashings, sleeves fdr piping, conduits of every kind, window and door frames, and other work shall be accurately set and securely held in the masonry work in accordance with details shown on the drawings or as ap- proved by the Engineer. Sleeves shall be provided where small piping passes through the masonry. 4A.15 PROTECTION FROM DAMAGE.. Masonry and all embedded or built-in items shall be carefully protected from damage until completion of the work. Masonry walls discolored by paint, mortar, or concrete shall be rebuilt with new materials. Whenever concrete is placed adjacent to previously constructed masonry, the masonry shall be adequately protected against splashing of concrete paste and other damage, Where concrete is poured on top of previously constructed masonry, the masonry shall be protected from concrete splashing, spilling, and water penetration by placing polyethylene film or Sisalkraft paper on top of the masonry and extending it down each aide of the wall as required for adequate protection. The protective covering shall be neatly trlim.ed away at wall faces after form removal. 4A.16 FINISH POINTING. On completion of the work, all exposed masonry shall be pointed where necessary and all voids and holes in the mortar filled to match adjacent joint surfaces. Defective joints shall be cut out and repointed with mortar. Care shall be taken to produce a uniform overall appearance. Spottiness due to variations either In materials or workmanship will not be tolerated. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4404 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 4A-6 4A.17 CLEANING. Following finish pointing, all exposed masonry sur- faces shall be carefl;lly cleaned and all surface stains removed. Mortar and other stains shall he removed from stone by scrubbing with soap and water and using clean fine sand as a scouring agent, where necessary. A detergent masonry cleaner shall be used to clean Lr1(G The cleaner shall be used as recommended by the manufacturer. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 4t~-7 120370 y } S L ' DIVISION 5 - METALS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page thrn Page, Section 5A - STRUCTURAL STEEL 5A-1 5A-10 5A.1 General 5A-1 5A.2 Field Dimensions 5A-1 5A.3 Drawings 5A-1 5A.4 Materials 5A-1 5A.5 Fabrication SA-2 5A.6 Welding 5A-5 5A.7 Galvanizing 5A-6 5A.8 Shop Painting 5A-6 5A.9 Erection 5A-6 Section 5B - GRATING AND STAIR TREADS 5B-1 5B-5 5B.1 General 58-1 5B.2 Drawings -5g-1 58.3 Materials 5B-1 14 Fabrication 5B-2 5B,5 Galvanizing 5B-4 5B.6 Erection 58-4 Section 5C. -:HANDRAILING3 5C-1 5C-3 5C,61 General 5C-l 5C.2 Drawings 5C-l 5C.3 Samples 5C-1 50.4 Materials 5C-1 50,5 Fabrication sc3l 5C,6 Shop Painting 5C-2 5C,7 Erection 5C-3 Section 50 - MISCELLANEOUS METALS 5D-1 5D-7 5D.1 General 5D-1 SD,2 Drawings 5D-1 50.3 Materials 5D-1 5D.4 Fabrication 5D-3 5D,5 Welding 5D-5 5D,6 Galy?nixing 5D-6 SDO'l Shop*~ainting 5D-6 5D,8 Erecti„r, 50-7 (DENTON$ TEXAS - 4904 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) TC5-1`..- 22271 /t Page thrU Page Section 5E - METAL ROOF DECK 5E-1 5E-2 5E.1 General 5E-1 5E.2 r)rawings 5E-1 5E.3 Materials SE-1 5E.4 Design and Fabrication 5E-1 5E.5 Handling and Storage 5E-2 SEA Installation 5E-2 5E,7 Accessories 5E-2 5E.8 Cleanup 5E-2 (DENTONt TEW - 4904 ) TC5-2 (WERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 Section 5A - STRUCTURAL STEEL 5A.1 GENERAL. This section covers materials, fabrication, and erection for structural steel. This section also covers the erection of the deaerator and condenser which will be furnished by the Owner. Deaerator and condenser erection will be closely allied with the structural steel erection. Except as otherwise ;specifically noted on the drawings, or specified here- in, all materials furnished and work performed in conno, tfon with struc- tural steel work shall be in contormity with the AISC "Manual of Steel Construction, Sixth Edition". The term "Structural Steel" shall mean all metal materials shown on Engineer's Drawings, D4-200 Series, and form plates for exposed concrete slabs shown on Drawing D4-307. Column anchor bolts slid,ll ue as specified in Section 5D. Existing steel framing is indicated on the drawings. Bolts and connection materials shall be furnished under these specifications for field connecting the materials furnished and erected under these specifications to the exist- ing materials. The screen lift structure shown on Drawing D4-210 shall be cleaned, primed, and finish painted as specified in Section 9A. • Modifications to existing steel and removal of existing girts shall be as specified in Section 2A. 5A.2 FIELD DIMENSIONS. The Contractor shall carefully field check all dimensions required for the fabrication of the structural steel. This work shall be done before the shop fabrication drawings are submitted for approval. 5A.3 DRAWINGS. Detailed fabrication and erection drawings for all mate- rials furnished under this section shall be pr°pared, checked, and'sub- mltted to the Engineer for approval as specified in Section 1C. 5A.4 MATERIALS. All materials shall be new and undamaged and shall con- form to pertinent AISC and ASIM standard specifications and the following requirements: Structural shapes and ASTM A36 steel, shop prime painted. plates not otherwise Minimum yield point of 36,000 psi noted including appurtenant materials Shapes and plates noted ASIM A36 steel, galvanized NO" or "galvanized" on the drawings • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 5A-1 022271 Form plates (permanently ASTM A36 steel, 10 gauge, set in exposed concrete shop painted bottom side slabs) only, seal weld all joints Crane rails ASTM Al Welding electrodes AWS specificationk ASTM A36 steel Class F70XX or Grade F7X-EXXX Shop bolts ASTM A325 Field bolts High strength ASIM A325 bolts, nuts, and washers. Galvanized where any connection component is galvanized. Shop applied coatings Primer paint Cook 391-N-143 Zinc Chromate Iron Oxide Primer Glidden Rustmaster Primer 585 Sherwin-Williams Red Metal Primer 49 Tnemec 69 Red Primer Galvanizing ASTM A1239 ASTM A153, and ASTM A385 High strength bolts, including nuts and washers, shall be furnished for all field connections with an overage of 2 per cent of each size and length of bolt plus an additional five bolts of each size and length. The length of high strength bolts shall be determined in accordance with the Research Council specification and commentary specified hereinafter. Smooth beveled washers shall be furnished for use when the bearing faces of the bolted parts will have a slope of 1:20 or greater with respect to a plane normal to the bolt axis. 5A.5 FABRICATION. Structural steel shall be fabricated in conformity with the dimensions, arrangements, sizes, and weights or thicknesses shown or noted on the drawings or stipulated in the specifications. Framing and connections of all members shall be detailed and fabricated in accordance with AISC standards, specifications, and details unless otherwise noted on the drawings or specified herein. All members and other parts of fabricated material, as delivered, shall be free of winds, warps, local deformations, or unauthorized bends. Holes and other provisions for field connections shall be accurate and shop checked so that proper fit will be provided when the units are assembled in the field. Erection drawings shall be prepared and all separate pieces shall be piece marked as indicated on such drawings. Where required, either by notations on the drawings or by the necessity of proper identification and fitting of field connections, the connections shall be matchmarked. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 5A-2 120370 • Structural steel shall be fabricated and assembled in the shop to the greatest extent practicable. Shearing, flame cutting, and chipping shall be done carefully, neatly, and accurately. Solepintes, fillers, stiffeners, and splice plates shall be neatly fitted and shall not have ragged edges. Holes shall be cut, drilled, or punched at right angles to the surface and shall not be made or enlarged by burning. Holes shall be clean-cut without torn or ragged edges, and burrs resulting from drill- ing or reaming operations shall be removed with the proper tool. Structural steel shall he fabricated to tuler,anees that will permit field erection within AISC tolerances, except chat the displa.cment. of any column centerline from the established column line shall be no more than one inch at any point in the total height of the column. All connections carrying calculates stresses, except for lacing connections, shall be designed to support not less than 10,000 puuncha. Girts and other members to which rigid wall panels will be attached shall be fabricated within tolerances that will permit faces of such members to be field aligned in true vertical planes within 1/8 inch tolerance. Con- nection holes of girts shall be slotted to provide proper adjustment be- tween girts and their supports. The end connections of all beams connecting to existing steel framing shall be slotted far adjustment and shall be bolted with high strength bolts as shown on the drawings. Slotted friction type end connections shall permit • adjustment in the horizontal plane of one inch from the theoretical di- mensions, either toward or away from the existing structure. Contact surfaced ^t all column splices and at all other compression joints depending upon contart bearing shall have the bearing surfaces prepared to a common plane by milling, sawing, or other approved means. Baseplates shall be neatly cut to the proper size. The top surface shall be pressed or milled to provide full bearing to the column. Each column baseplate shall be provided with three 7/8 Inch leveling screws sui.table for adjusting the height and level of the baseplate before grouting. Stair stringers shall be punched for the grating stair treads furnished in Section 513. Typical shop beam connections shall be all bolted with high strength bolts or all welded. Typical field boam onnecttuns shall be bulled with high strength bolts. When a particular connection method (bolting or welding) is specified or detailed for a particular connection or class of connections, such particular method shall take precedence over the typical connections. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-h) 5A-3 120370 • Typical bolte.l beam connections shall correspond to "Series A" connec- tions as shown In the A1SC "Steel Construction Manual, Fifth Edition". Typical end connections for beam sections that did not appear in the Fifth Edition Manual shall be fabricated identically as the connections for the next heavier beam of the same depth tiidt is listed in the Fifth Edition connection tables; i.e., 21WF55 typical connection shall be an A5 connection as shown for a 21WF62. If shop bolted connections are used, gauges of connections shall be modified to provide adequate clearances for bolting tools when the members are eri,rted. Typical shop welded beam connections shall utilize tha• same angle size, length, and thickness used for Series A Fifth Edition connection9 ex- cept the web legs may be reduced to 3 inches. The connection capacity of the typical welded beam connection shall be at least equal to the tabulated capacity of the Series A connections. Beams that were not listed shall have connections with angle sizes and weld metal similar to the next heavier beam of the same depth that is listed in the Fifth Edition. Each connection angle shall be continuously welded to the beam web with a full length weld along the angle toe and at least 2-1/2 inches of weld along the top and bottom. The minimum weld size shall be 3/16 inch, All bolts shall be 7/8 inch diameter unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Contact surfaces at all connections shall be free of loose scale, dirt, burrs, oil, and other foreign materials chat would prev•:nt solid seating of the parts. High strength bolts and their installation and bolting tools and equip- ment shall conform to all requirements for A325 bolts of the "Specifi- cations for Structural 'oints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts" including the commentary given t ~rewith, as approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Str ural Joints of the Engineering Foundation, September 1966, and endorsed by A1SC, except as otherwise modified and supplemented herein. Bolt length shall be determined in accordance with the Research Council specification and commentary. High strength bolted connections shall be bearing type connections with threads permitted In the shear planes except where other type connections are required by the drawings or specifications. Connections of vertical and horizontal bracing and other members subject to stress reversal shall be friction type connections. Contact surfaces of bearing type connections may be painted. Contact surfaces of friction type connections shall not be painted or galvanized. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 5A-4 120370 Tightening of high strength bolts shall be done using either the calibrated . wrench method or the "turn-of-nut" method. If the bolts are tightened by the calibrated wrench method, each impact wrench shall be calibrated at the start of each day's work and at least once during the day. Wrench calibration shall be performed using the same length of hose and air pres- sure used during the tightening; of the bolts. Any ASTM A325 bolt which has been tightened more than ,ne-half turn beyond snug tight shall not be loosened and retightened. All quch bolts shall be discarded and new bolts used in their place. 5A.6 WELDING. Except as otherwise specified, all wr•rdq, welding, and re- lated operations for strucutral steel shall be in conformity with the applicable provisions of the AISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrica- tion and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings adopted April 17, 1963, and the Code for Welding in Building Conr,tructIon, AWS 1)1.0-69 and its addenda, issued by the American Welding Society. Permissible weld stress for all welding provided under these specifications shall be as tabulated in Table 1 of A14S D1.0-69 except the stresses opposite the fifth item listed under "kind of stress" shall not exceed 85 per cent of the tabulated values. For instance, the allowable shear stress on the effective throat of a fillet weld c: AST19 A36 steel shall not exceed 18,000 psi. "Effective throat:" shall be the shortest distance from the root to the face of the diagrammatic weld regardless of weld size. Except as otherwise specified, welding shall be performed using only those • joint details which have a prequalified status when performed in accordance with the AWS code and the A1SC specification. All welding procedures and operators shall be qualified by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with the latest AWS Standard Qualification Procedures. All procedure and operator qualifications shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Accurate records of operator and procedure quali- fications shall be maintained by the Contractor and shall be made available to the Owner and the Engineer upon request. All welded joints exposed in exterior locations or subject to submergence in any location shall be provided with continuous welds along all contact edges. Welds that are not dimensioned on the Engineer's drawings shall be sized to develop the full strength of the least strength component involved in the connection. All welds shall be properly identified on the detailed shop drawings and shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Components to be welded shall be accurately positioned and shall be rigidly secured during welding. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 5A-5 120370 5A.7 GALVANIZING. Steel materials which are specified herein or indicated • on the drawings to be galvanized shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A1239 ASTM A153, and ASTM A385. Materials specified to be gal- vanized shall be prepared f.)r galvanizing by being properly cleaned, pickled, rinsed, z~nd dried. The cleaned materials shall be immediately galvanized before anv rusting can occur. 5A.8 SHOP PAIN'T'ING. All ungalvaoized structural strc•I materials furnished under these specifications, unless specifically exemplcd, shall be painted with one coat of metal primer paint after shop fabri(ation and before moving from the fabricating shop or manufacturing plant. Surfaces shall be dry and of proper temperature when painted, and free of grea-w. oil, dirt, dust, grit, rust, loose mill. scale, weld flux, slag, weld spatter, or other objectionable substance. Surfaces sliall he cleaned in nccordaace with SSPC Surface Prepara- tion Specifications No. 3 Power Tool Cleaning or No. 1 Brush-Off Rlast Clean- ing except as otherwise specified hereinafter. Cleaned surfaces shall be kept dry and clean and shall be prime coated with- in 8 hours after cleaning. All shop paint shall be applied in a skillful manner by methods approved by the paint manufacturer which will provide a closely adhering coating of tniform thickness not less in airy location than 1-1/2 mils (dry film) or such greater thickness as may be recommended by the paint manufacturer. If spray, painting is permitted or approved, a sufficient number of passes shall be made to build up a uniform coat of approval thickness which is free of . sags, blisters, and runs. Should material which have been shop coated arrive on the job with an inadequate or damaged coating, or a coating which is not free of sags, blisters, runs or shows evidence of being handled or loaded before the paint has properly set, the Contractor shall be required to remove any rust that has formed, clean the surface, and apply an adequate and defect free coat of the primer paint. During painting the ambient temperature shail not be below 50 F. During damp or wet weather all painting shall be done in a dry shelter. Materials shall not be handled in any manner until the shop paint is dry, hard, and able to resist abrasion. Contact surfaces at friction type high strength bolted field connections shall not be painted. 5A.9 BRF.CIA014. Structural steel shall be erected in accordance with AISC, the Engineer's drawings, the erection drawings, and these specifications. Unless specified otherwise, erection tolerances :;hall be the same as those specified hereinbefore under FABRICATION. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - 0-4) 5A-6 120370 i All parts shall be assembled accurately as shown on the drawings and match- S marks shall be followed carefully. Light drifting will be permitted to draw the parts together, but drifting to match unfair holes will not ba permitted. Any enlargements of holes iecessary to make connections in the field shall be done by reaming with twist drills, cafe being taken not to weaken the adjoining metal. Enlarging of holes by burning is prohibited. Connections requiring extensive hole enlargements or adjustments, other than provided for by shop fabricated slotted holes, shall be brought Immediately to the Engineer's attention. The necessary adjustments shall be made under the direction of the f:ngineer. All field connections shall be bolted, using high strength bolts, except wher,a field welding is designated. Contact surfaces of connections shall be parallel, straight, and smooth, and shall be free of scale, burrs, dirt, rust, oil, and other foreign materials which would prevent solid seating of the connection parts. Baseplates shall be leveled and aligned carefully before they are grouted. Grouting shall be performed as specified under Section 38. Leveling screws and lugs which would be exposed when construction has bee.i completed, shall be removed from baseplates after they have been grouted. After all structural steel beams, girders, bracing and columns framing into Column Row B and Column Row F have been plumbed, aligned, and the connections tightened, the crane rails shall be leveled and aligned to permit free, even travel of the crane bridge. After final girt adjustments the girts shall be welded In place and all fitting-up bolts shall be removed. Before making any permanent field connections, all joints shall be assembled and abutting surfaces drawn tightly together with fitting bolts, and the buiidirg framework shall be checked for alignment, plumb, and level in accordance pith the specified tolerances. Installation of high strength bolts, bolt,ng tools and equipment, and tighten- ing of high strength bolts shall be the same as specified hereinbefore under FABRICATION. Bolted connections shall be drifted to proper position and the holes in- spected to insure that bolt threads will. not be damaged by forcing the bolts in place. Connections shall be tightly drawn together using not less than 25 per cent of the total number of bolts in the completed ;pint but never less than two bolts. Bolts for initial tightening shall be dis- tributed uniformly about the joint, rather fitting-up bolts or high strength bolts may be used for this purpose. Smooth beveled washers shall be used when the bearing faces of the bolted parts have a slope of 1:20 or greater with respect to a plane normal to the bolt axis. (DENTON, TSXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - i•'+i 5A-7 120370 The tightened bolts shall be checked at random as directed by and in the • presence of the Engineer. Calibrated hand torque wrenches and the necessary platforms, equipment, and personnel shall be provided for the random check. The torque wrench shall be constructed so that it will visually or audibly indicate when the proper torque is reached. The wrench shall be calibrated to indicate a torque corresponeing to a bolt tension of 39,000 pounds for 718 :uch bolts. The number of bolts checked shall ho at the discretion of the Engineer based upon his observance of the quality and completeness of the tightening operations. 5A.9.1 Field Welding. Field welding shall conform to the welding require- ments specified under FABRICATION and to thene additionrtl requirements. Each welding operator shall be qualified for all welding, procedures and positions required in a joint that fie welds. The entire weld of any struc- tural joint shall be made by one operator. Each welding operator shall be assigned an identification mark or symbol, and upon completion of a structural weld, the operator shall apply his assigned mark in the parent metal adjacent to the weld. In addition to operator qualifications, the Contractor shall maintain accurate records of each welding operator's identification mark, and of the welded joints each operator makes. All such records shall be available to the Owner or Engineer upon request. Welded butt splices in the rigid frame or other structural members shall be full penetration welds as detailed on the drawings. Flange welds shall be made in flat position except for a single overhead pass on each flange to finish the weld. Suitable extension bars shall be provided at each end of each flange weld to start and stop the weld. After the weld is complete, the extensions shall be burned off flush and the end of the weld laced over to provide a neat finish. The entire procedure for making welded butt splices for rigid frame and other structural members shall be de- veloped and qualified by an independent testing laboratory and shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before any such welds are made. Twenty per cent of all structural field welds shall receive radiographic inspection. The welds to be so tested shall be selected as a random sampling by the Engineer and shall be representive of each procedure and each operator employed. In the event inspection reveals unsatisfactory welds, one hundred per cent radiographic inspection of all welds of the dame type and construction may be required by the Engineer. All radio- graphic inspection, interpretation, and reports shall be made by an in- dependent testing laboratory and shall be included in the basic contract price. 5A.9.1 Touch-up painting. Damaged or inadequate paint films of shop primed structural steel materials, all accessible surfaces of field welds and ungal,tanized field connection bolts, and damaged galianized surfaces shall be cleaned and touch-up painted as specified in SEction 9A. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 5A-8 123070 I i • 5A.9.3 Deaerator Erection. The deaerator will be manufactured by Chicago Heater Company and will be a 578,000 pound per hour direct con- tact tray type with one horizontal deaerating section mounted on top of a 23,500 gallon horizontal storage tank. The deaerating section will be 6'-0" in diameter with a straight side dimension of 10'-6" and will weigh 9,000 pounds when empty. The storage tank will be 10'-0" in diameter with a straight side dimension of 40-0" and will weigh 54,000 pounds when empty. All dimensions and weights are approximate. The deaerating section and the storage tank will be completely shop assembled and shipped separately. Shop installed tray assemblies, tray removal doors, internal vent condenser, internal piping, piping connections, safety relief valve, gauge glass, and other accessories will be in and on the tanks. The General Contractor shall receive, unload, handle, store, weld the deaerating section and storage tank together, and place the assembly in the approximate final location. Final alignment and welding of piping connections will be performed under separate specifications. Eight lubrite bearing plates and eight soleplates will be furnished with the deaerator and shipped loose. The erection work shall include welding the soleplates to the saddle supports, furnishing and welding the steel bars to secure the lubrite plates, and moving the storage tank into position on the bearing plates. The center saddle support will be welded to struc- tural steel under separate specifications. At least 14 days before beginning to raise the tanks, the General Contrac- tor shall submit three copies of detailed procedure to the Engineer for review. This procedure shall show placement of equipment, time schedules, structural members which must be temporarily removed or relocated, and other data necessary to insure a safe and practical approach to the deaerator installation. 5A.9.4 Condenser Erection. The condenser will be manufactured by DeLaval Turbine Incorporated and will be a 50,000 square foot, hori- zontal surface t7:ec with divided water boxes, deaerating-reheating hot- well, steam dome, expansion joint, and exhaust trunk. The main condenser shell will be shipped in two sections with all tubes * and the water boxes installed. Each section will be approximately 9'-0" wide by 36'-6" long by 12'-1" high and weigh approximately 100,000 pounds. The steam dome will be shipped in two section- and will weigh approximately 32,000 pounds total. The expansion joint and exhaust trunk will be shipped assembled and weigh 2500 pounds. Two single pass shell and tube type auxiliary water coolers will be fur- nished and shall be installed in the condenser shell. They will be shipped compleLely assembled. Each cooler will be approximately 34 feet long with an outside diameter of 22 inches and will weigh approximately 5600 pounds. • ii,,fer to Proposal lalee C-10 IWrn 1. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 5A-9 022271 i I ~I The General Contractor shall receive, unload, handle, store, weld the • condenser shell and steam dome, and place the condenser on the foun- dation bolts. Final alignment, grouting, and welding of the expansion point, exhaust trunk, extraction piping, and piping cunnettiona will be performed under separate specifications. Before moving the condenser into place, the exterior Lottom s,jrfaces of the hotwell shall be sandblasted and, as soon us possible thereafter, two coats of Koppers Super Service Black bitumastic protective coating shall be applied. If by any cause the coating is damaged after applic=aion, such damage shall be repaired. The Contractor shall furnish and install a heavy wooden cover to be left in place over the steam dome to prevent foreign objects from entering the condenser. i it I I I (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL COMSTRUCfION - D-4) 5A-10 022271 Section 5B - GRATING AND STAIR TREADS 5B.1 GENERAL, This section covers the materials, fabrication, and erec- tion requirements for rectangular floor gratings, grating-floor plate composite, and stair treads. * All rectangular floor grating and stair treads shall be fabricated in ac- cordance with the "Metal Bar Grating Manual" published by the National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAYA), except as modi-• fied herein, 5B.2 DRAWINGS. Detailed fabrication and erection drawings for all mate- rials furnished under this section shall be prepared, checked, and sub- mitted to the Engineer for approval as specified in Section 1C. 5B.3 MATERIALS. Component materials for rectangular grating and stair treads shall conform to the following requirements: Floor gratings Steel Fed Spec RR-G-661, rectangular welded steel, galvanized, match existing . Aluminum Swage locked, rectangular type Steep for bearing bars, cross bars, band, and kickplates AST% A425 Stair tread gratings As specified for floor grating, with cast aluminum abrasive nosings Nosings Wooster "Type 120 Alumogrit" or approved equal Fasteners Grating Saddle clips as illustrated in NAAMM manual (studs not included) Stair treads Galvanized 3/8 inch diameter bolts conforming to ASTM A307 Grade A with lock washers and nuts Refer to Addendum 1 dated March 12, 1971 (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) Sg_1 120370 J Nosings Industrial Fasteners Institute . "Spinlock" type flat head cadmium plated screws or galvaaized flat head bolts, lock washers, and nuts Floor place Aluminum checkered plate, raised pattern type, Alcoa 6061-T6 alloy, "C-102 Tread Plnto" or approved equal Grating-floor plate Aluminum floor grating with aluminum composite floor plate wearing surface Galvanize ASTM A1231 ASTM A153, and ASTM As85 5B.4 FABRICATION. Rectangular grating and stair tread fabrication shall not begin until the Engineer has approved the Contractor's fabrication drawings. Changes in the drawings regarding arrangement, location, and dimensions that do not affect the actual scope or quantity of grating work shall be incorporated in the work as a part of the lump sum contract price, 5B.4.1 Steel Floor Grating. Steel rectangular floor gratings shall be designed for a uniform load of not less than 250 pounds per square foot at a maximum unit fiber stress of 18,000 pounds per square inch. Bearing • (main load carrying) bars shall be not less than 3/16 inch wide and the depth shown on the drawing. Spacing for bearing bars shall not exceed 1-3/16 inches center-to-center. Spacer bars shall be 5/16 inch hexagonal sections and shall be spaced on 4 inch centers. Tops of spacer bars shall be flush with the tops of the bearing bars. Ends of spacer bars shall be cut off and ground flush with the outside face of the bearing bars which form the sides of grating panels. Where openings are shown in gratings, such as for the passage of pipes, grating sections shall be laid out so that each opening will be centered on a joint between sections. All openings whose greatest dimension is 1'-6" or larger shall be provided with a kickplate of formed 1/4 inch steel plate or standard weight pipe welded to the bearing bars. All openings whose greatest dimension is less than i'-6" shall be provided with a band of formed 3/16 inch plate or standard weight pipe welded to the bearing bars. Kickplates shall extend the full depth of the grating and project 3-1/2 inches above the top of the grating unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Kickplates shall be welded to each intersecting bearing bar. Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, bands shall be 3/16 inch thick and the same depth as the bearing bars. Bands shall be welded to the first, last, and every fourth bearing bar of each panel. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 511-2 120370 "Every fcurth bearing bar" shall mean thorc vhalI be no more than three bars without weld9 between bars that are welded. Welds between kick- plates, bands, and bearing lhars shall be 1/8 inch fillet welds at least 3/4 inch in length applied on Mmo ride of L',101 welded ,joint. Both ends of all sections of grating shall be handed except ends so designated on the drawings shall hive kickpl.rte in 11cu of banding. All cuts in grating shatI I& sma tut, exkc1r1 that re-entrant, circular, or angular cuts may be flarno cut and ground smooth. Grinding may be omitted on flame cut end,,, fl it Aprooth cancl rilraight cut appearance Is accomplished without grinding. Grating panels shall be fabricated to dimensions and in sizes that can be easily handled. They shall be within 3/10 Inch, plus or minus, of authorized length dimensions and within 1/8 in( Ii, plu,, or minus, of authorized width dimensions. The maximum difference In length of oppo- site diagonals of each panel shall be 1/4 inch. The maximum allowable tolerance in spacing of hearing bars shall be l/32 inch and the maximum allowable tolerance between centers of spacer bars shall be 1/8 inch. Gratings shall be fabricated so that spacer bars and edge bars of ad- joining panels will be aligned within 1/8 Inch with not more than 1/4 inch clearance between panels when installed. All bearing bars and spacer bars shall he parallel. Bands and kickplates shall align within 1/8 inch tolerance, vertical and horizontal. • All gratings shall lie flat with no tendency to rock when installed. For each panel, the transverse bow shall not exceed 118 Inch per foot of panel width with no transverse bow to exceed 3/8 inch. The longi- tudinal bow shall not exceed 1/8 Inch per 6 feet of length. Grating shall be galvanized after fahricatIon. The floor grating at stair heads shall be provided wILh cast aluminum abrasive nosings. Nosings shall be --ccurely attached to the grating with the fasteners listed under HA1I:HiAI.S. Two fasteners as listed under MATERIALS Shall he provided for each section of grating at each support Ing nremher. Fastl_ners shall be galvanized or shall be corrosion resistant alloy steal approved by the Engineer. 5B.4.2 Stair Treads. Grating for stair treads shall he ts specified for floor grating, CKCept that hearing {main lou(l-r:irrylnK) bars shall be not less than 3/16 inch by one Iruh for trend lengths up to end in- cluding 3 feet. Spacing for hearing h.+rs .hell not exceed 1,3/16 inches center-to-center. • (UENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - U-4) 5B-3 120370 The nominal width of all stair treads shall be equal to or the next • nominal width greater than the tread run shown on the Engineer's draw- ings. End carrier plates shall be provided and shall be welded to i~acrn bearing bar. Welding of carrier plates shall be as illustrat.•d in the NAAMM manual. Punching of carrier plates shall be as detailvil c,n the Engi- neer's drawings. Each tread shall be provided with a cast aluminu alra4lvo nosing at- tached to the tread with the fasteners listed u,-,1.•r MA(i; RIALS. A sufficient number of fasteners as specified un(;r~ MAIIH ALS shall be provided to bolt the treads to the stair stringers plus on overage of iasteners of 2 pet cent. Stair treads shall be galvanized after fabrication. Warped, bent, or twisted treads will be rejected. 5B.4.3 Aluminum Floor Gratings. Aluminum floor gratings shall be de- signed for a uniform load of 250 pounds per square foot at a maximum unit fiber stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch. Bearing bars shall be not less than 3/16 inch wide and the depth shown on the drawings. Spacing of bearing bars and spacer bars shall be as specified for steel gratings. Tolerances shall be as specified for steel gratings. 5B.4.4 Grating-floor_ Plate Composite. The grating-floor plate composite shall be constructed as shown on the drawings using materials specified under "Aluminum Floor Gratings" and "Floor Plates". The top of the grating shall be perfectly flat. If necessary, high spots shall be ground flat to provide unlferm contact between the grating and floor plate. Floor plate shall be attached to the grating on 2 foot centers each way using 3/16 inch countersunk f)a:t head stainless steel bolts and standard galvanized "saddle clip" grating fasteners. 5B.5 GALVANIZING. Materials which are specified herein to be galvanized shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123, ASTM A153, and ASTM A385. Materials spe(Afied to be galvanized shall be prepared for galvanizing by being properly cleaned, pickled, rinsed, and dried. After galvanizing, grating shall be straightened as required to meet the tolerances specified hereinbefore. Treads shall be flat and shall be stratgbt..,ed if necessary. 511.6 ERECTION. teach section of steel or aluminum rectangular bar grating shall be securely fastened in place with not less than two fasteners at each support. Fasteners shall be saddle clips as specified under MATERIALS and the clips shall be fastened to the supporting steel with stud typo bolts. The tops of beams shall be finish painted as specified in Section 9A prior to erecting the grating. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 49P4 ) 511-4 (GENERAL CONSTRUf.TION - D-4) 120370 ^ :.:,;.r - ..fir Stud type bolts shall be size 1/4-20 with pitch diameter base and shall • be attached to the supporting steel by the arc stud welding process. The finished length after welding shall be approximately 1/8 inch less than the grating depth. Nuts shall be ANS B18.2 Light Series. Studs, washers, and nuts shall be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM A164, Type RS. Refitting work shall be performed as required to install grating and stair treads. Floor grating openings which are nut used, if any, shall be closed by removfng bantling or kickplate and welding in a matching section of grating. .!41ds shall be cleaned and painted with a zinc rich paint as specified in Section 9A. Where it is necessary to install sleeves through grating in the field, the sleeves shall project 3-1/2 inches above the top of the grating. Rectangular grating shall be installed so that spacer bare and load carrying bars in adjacent panels are in alignment. Where necessary to produce a stable platform, additional supporting steel shall be provided for grating support around openings. After floor gratings have been installed, they shall be protected from damage. Gratings which are damaged before final acceptance of the work under these specifications shall be replaced by the Contractor without cost to the Owner, 5B.6.1 Grating-floor Plate Composite. Each section of grating-floor plate composite shall be anccored to its supports with not less than four stain- less steel (18-8) countersunk, slotted, flat head bolts. Where shown on the drawings, the bolts shall be installed in field drilled and tapped holes to facilitate fit-up bolting. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 5B-5 j 120310 i I Fxcept as otherwise shown, when assembled, all posts shall be plumb and • longitudinal members shall be parallel with each other and with the floor surface or slope of stairs or other supporting members. In any section cur run of railing, the centerline of alt members shall be in true align- ment, lying in the same vertical plane. Except as otherwise shown on the drawings, the top rails shall kun continuously uv-r the posts and the posts shall be continuous through the lower rail. All angles, offsets, and other changes In alignment rnl railings shall be made with accurately mitered ,points. liandrailings shall be fabricated in accordance with the attachment details shown on the drawings and shr,ll be removable where shown. liandrailings that intersect structural bracing shall be fabricated In normal lengths and shall be field cut and welded to the bracing. Tube for steel handrallings shall be 1-112 inches square, outside dimen- sion. Tube surfaces shall be free of mill scale and roll marks and shall have a smooth, unmarke.d finish. Slip joints for expansion and contraction shall be provided in all straight runs exceeding 50 feet. All posts shall be rigidly attached to the supporting structure and shall be uniformly spaced at intervals not greater than 6 feet. Posts mounted on steel members shall be attached as shown on the drawings. • Handrailings shall be prime painted in the shop after fabrication. 5C.6 SHCP PAINTING. All materials furnished under this section, unless specifically exempted, shall be painted with one coat of metal primer paint after shop fabrication and before moving from the fabricating shop or manufacturing plant. Surfaces shall be dry and of proper temperature when painted, and free of grease, oil, dirt, dust, grit, rust, loose mill scale, weld flux, slag, weld spatter, or other objectionable substance. All handrailing surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC Surface Preparation Specifications No. 3 Power Tool Cleaning or No. 7 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning except as otherwise specified hereinafter. Cleaned surfaces shall be kept dry and clean and shall be prime coated within 8 hours after cleaning. All shop paint shall be applied In a skillful manner by methods approved by the paint manufacturer which will provide a closely adhering coating of uniform thickness not less in any location than 1-112 mils (dry film) or such greater thickness as may be recommended by the paint manufacturer. If spray painting is permitted or approved, a sufficient number of passes shall be made to build up a uniform coat of approved thickness which is free of sags, blisters, and runs. Should materials which have been shop coated arrive on the job with an inadequate or damaged coating, or a • (DFNTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 5C-2 120370 coating which is not free of sags, blisters, runs or shows evidence of • being handled or loaded before the paint has properly set, the Contractvr shall be required to remove any rust that has formed, clean the surface, and apply an adequate and defect free coat of the primer paint. During painting the ambient temperature shall not be below 50 F. During damp or wet weather all painting shall be done in a dry shelter. Handrailings shall not be handled In any manner until the shop paint is dry, hard, and able to resist abrasion. 5C.7 ERECTION. Handrailings shall be rigidly attached to the supporting structure as shown on the drawings. All welding shall be done neatly and substantially. All fillets shall be dressed to a uniform radius and all welds shall be ground smooth and flush with the adjacent pipe surface. Handrailings set in concrete shall be set in sleeves. Posts for fixed handrailing3 shall be wedged in accurate alignment and the space between the posts and sleeves shall be calked with handrail setting cement. Fill- ing of the space between each post and sleeve shall be done in such a manner that complete surface drainage away from the post is provided. The joint filler shall project not less than 1/8 inch above the top of the sleeve or adjacent concrete, whichever is higher. The top surface of the filler shall be ground smooth and sloping away from the post. Posts for removable handrailing shall be secured to the sleeves as shown on the drawings. After completion of all other work under these specifications, railings shall be checked for final alignment using a tightly drawn steel wire for reference. A tolerance of not to exceed 1/8 inch will be allowed for railings and posts. Handrailinge that do not meet these requirements shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 5C.7.1 Touch-up Painting. Damaged primer paint and all accessible sur- faces of field welds shall be cleaned and prime painted as specified in Section 9A. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 5C-3 120370 Section 5D - MISCELLANEOUS METALS • 5D.1 GENERAL. This section covers the materials, fabrication, and erec- tion requirements for miscellaneous metals. Except as otherwise specifically noted on the drawings+, or specified here- in, all materials furnished and work performed in convection with miscel- laneous metal work shall be in conformity with the "Manual of Steel Con- struction, Sixth Edition" of the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC). The term "miscellaneous metals" shall mean all metal materials shown and noted on Engineer`G Drawings D4-300 seties and D4.400 series except. I Grating and stair treads Handrailings I Roof deck Form plates for exposed concrete slabs Steel forms, reinforcing steel, and water stops Wire mesh partitions • 5D.2 DRAWINGS. Detailed fabrication and erection drawings for all mate- rials furnished under this section shall be prepared, checked, and submitted to the Engineer for approval as specified in Section 1C, 5D.3 MATERIALS. Metal materials furnished under these specifications shall be new and undamaged and shall conform to pertinent AISC and ASTM standard specifications and the following requirements; Shapes and plates not ASTM A36 steel, shop prime painted. otherwise noted Minimum yield point of 36,000 psi including appurtenant materials Shapes and plates noted "(G)" or "galvanized" on the drawings ASTM A36 steel, galvanized Structural tubing ASTM A501 steel, hot rolled structural tube shapes Shop bolts ASTM A325 • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 5D-1 T Field bolts High strength ASTM A325 bolts, nuts, • and washers. Galvanized where any connection component is galvanized. Unfinished ASTM A307 Grade A with lock washers (galvanized whero either connection component is aluminum or galvanized steel) Aluminum shapes and plates Shapes ASTM 8308, 6061-16 Plates ASTM 82091 6061-3'6 Bolts ASTM B211, 2024-74 Nuts ASTM 8211, 6061-7'6 Anchors Bolts ASTM A36 and ASTM A307, with nuts confotming to ASTM A307 Grade B heavy hexagon; all galvanized Expansion Fed Spec FF-S-325; Group I, Type 1, Class 2 (3-unit); Group I, Type 2, 1 Class 2, Style 1 (3-unit); Group 111, Type 1, self-drilling type Concrete Welded stud type, Nelson concrete anchors (Gregory Industries, Inc.) or KSM Products, Inc. Sleeves ASTM A120 standard weight pipe or Welding electrodes AWS specifications 1SIM A36 steel Class E70XX Aluminum As recommended by Aluminum Company of lunerl( a for each alloy Floor plates Steel lnland "4-Way Floor Plate" or approved equal, galvanized Aluminum Alcoa 6061-T6 alloy "C-102 Tread Plate" or approved equal • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 5D-2 Abrasive nosings Wooster "Alumogrit 'typo 49" or approved equal, 3 inches wido with three wing type anchors per nosing. Anchors attached with countersunk stainless steel machine bolts Iron castings ASTM A48, Class 25 Cooling tower screens Frames ASTM !136 steel, KulvanlZed Mesh AIS1 'type 304, stainless steel, woven wire, 1/2 ln0i mesh Guides Iron castings, ASTM A48 Bolts Stainless steel, 18-8 chrome-nickel alloy Access covere and frames Architectural Art Manufacturing Co., type and size shown on drawings Shop applied coatings Primer paint Cook 391-N-143 Zinc Chromate Iron Oxide Primer • Glidden Rustmaster Primer 585 Sherwin-Williams Red Metal Primer 49 Tnemec 69 Red Primer Galvanize ASTM A1239 ASTM A153, and ASTM AM 5D.4 FABRICATION. Metal materials furnished under this section shall be fabricated in accordance with the Engineer's drawings, these specifications, and applicable AISC specifications. All members and other parts of fabricated material, as delivered, shall, be free of winds, warps, lucal deformations, or unauthorized bends. Holes and other provisions for field connections shall be accurate and shop checked so that proper fit will be provided when the units are assembled in the field. Erection drawings shall be prepared and all separate pieces shall be piece- marked as indicated on such drawings. 5D.4.1 Steel Shapes and Plates. Steel shapes and plates shall be detailed and fabricated in accordance with AISC standards, specifications, and details unless otherwise noted on the drawings or specified herein. Steel shapes and platers shall be fabricated to toleranced that will permit field erection within AISC tolerances except as otherwise specified. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 5D-3 120370 Except as otherwise noted on the drawings or specified herein, shop connec- tions shall be all bolted with high strength bolts or all welded connections and field connections shall be bolted with high strength bolts. Bolts shall be 7/8 inch diameter unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Both shop and field beam connections shall correspond to "Series A" connections as shown in the AISC "Steel Construction Manual, Fifth Edition" unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Contact surfaces at all cum,ections shall be free of loose scale, dirt, burrs, oll, paint, lacquer, galvanizing and other foreign materials that would prevent solid seating of the parts. High strength bolts and their installation and bolting, tools and equipment shall conform to all requirements for A325 bolts of the "Specifications for Structural Joints Using AS'IM A325 or A490 Bolts" including the commentary given therewith, as approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation, September 1966, and endorsed by AISC. Bolt length shall be determined in accordance with the Research Council specification and commentary. 5D.4.2 Aluminum Sha3~ea and Plates. Aluminum shapes and plates shall be neatly and accurately fabricated in accordance with the drawings. All mem- beta shall be free of deformations. Field connections shall be checked by assembling in the ahop and shall be matchmarked. All cuts and holes shall be made with mechanical cutting tools; burning will not be permitted. Con- nections shall be bolted except where welding is shown on the drawings. 5D.4.3 Floor Plates. Floor plates shall be designed so that there are no • recesses or pocketb'that might collect water or debris. All plates shall be shop straightened after fabrication to lie perfectly flat. Steel plates shall be straightened after galvanizing. Floor plates shall be fabricated to provide the edge clearances shown on the drawings and a clearance of not more than 1/8 inch between adjacent plates. All cuts shall be made with mechanical cutting tools; burning will not be permitted. 5D.4.4 Iron Ca;tinps. Iron castings shown on the drawings shall be made _ of,[ough gray pig iron, free from cracks, swells, holes, and cold shuts, and shall have a smooth finish. Before leaving the foundry, all castings shall be thoroughly cleaned and subjected to a hammer test. After testing, all acceptable castings shall be heated to between 350 F and 400 F and immediately dipped in hit asphaltum varnish, of the type known as "pipe dip", prepared and applied to form a tough, tenacious coating. Castings shall be kept in the coating bath until they have attained a temperature equal to that of the bath, The asphalt bath shall be maintained at a tem- perature of not less than 360 F nor mote than 420 F. Unless otherwise speci- fied, cast iron gratings and frames which will be installed inside shall be hot-dip galvanized. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 5D-4 51). 4.5 Embedments. Embedded materials shall be accurately fabricated and • assembled. Warped or bent sections which do not fit Into the concrete forms as required shall be replaced with suitable material. All materials embedded in concrete shall be galvanized after fabrication except steel framing members, baseplates, concrete anchors, and pipe hanger supports. Sleeves through concrete and masonry, except as otherwise noted, shall be fabricated from standard weight steel pipe or from 1/4 Inch thick steel plate. Sleeves shall be machine cut or flame cut and ground smooth. Sleeves shall be galvanized. Sleeves whose diameter is more Ilan 12 inches shall be made from 3/8 inch thick galvanized steel plate. Each t4leeve shall have a minimum of four 3/8 Inch diameter by 4 inch minimum Iength welded anchors. Sleeves shall project 3-112 inches above the finish floor, unless noted otherwise. 5D.4.6 Anchor Bolts, Anchor bolts shall be as scheduled and detailed on the drawings. Sleeves and anchor plates shall also be provided where they are indicated on the drawings. Each bolt without a sleeve shall be furnished with two nuts and sufficient threads to permit a nut to be installed on each aide of the concrete form or template. All anchor bolts 3/4 inch and larger shall be fabricated from ASTM A36 steel rods and shall have heavy hexagon nuts conforming to ASTM A307, Grade B. Anchor bolts emaller than 3/4 inch shall conform to ASTM A307, Grade A and shall have hexagon heads and nuts, • All anchor bolts. nuts, and washers shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabri- cation, threads being undercut to provide a tolerance equal to ANSI Class 2A. 5D.5 WELDING. 5D.5.1 Steel Welding. All welds and welding operations for miscellt.necus metals shall be in conformity with the applicable provisions of AISC Speci- fications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings adopted April 17, 1963, and the Code for Welding in Building Con- struction, AWS D1.0-69, arid its addenda issued by the American Welding Society. Permissible weld stress for all welding provided under these specifications shall be as tabulated in Table I of AWS D1.0-69 except the stresses opposite the fifth Item listed under "kind of stress" shall not exceed 85 per cent of the tabulated values. For instance, the allowable shear stress on the effective throat of a fillet weld on ASTM A36 steel shall not exceed 18,000 psi. "Effective throat" sb.-sll be the shortest distance from the root to the face of the diagrammatic weld regardless of weld size. Except as otherwise specified, welding shall be performed using only those joint details which have a prequalifted status when performed in accordance with the AWS code and the AISC specifications. . (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 5D-5 L All welded seams exposed in exterior lccations or subject to submergence • in any location shall be provided with continuous welds along all contact edges. All welds shall be properly ldentiflod un the detailed shop drawings and shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Components to be welded shall be acrurately puslttonrd and shall be rigidly secured during welding, 5D.5.2 A_lum_inum_ Weldin Welding and brazing of alurnlnum shall be in ac- cordance with the recommendattrns of the Aluminum Company of America, as contained in its latest publications "Welding of Alcoa Aluminum" and "Brazing of Alcoa Aluminum". All welding rod, filler wire, brazing wire, flux, and other materials used in such welding shall be as recommended by the Aluminum Company of America for use in conjunction with the alloy to be welded in each case. Welded and brazed joints shall be free of porosity, cracks, and blowholes, and shall be finished to match adjacent surfaces. When welding and dressing operations are complete, all welding flux shall be removed without undue delay and all welded or brazed joints thoroughly cleaned. 5D.6 GALVANIZING. Steel materials which are specified herein or indicated on thr drawinge+to be galvanized shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabri- cation in accordance with the ASTM specifications listed under MATERIALS, Materials specified to be galvanized shall be prepared for galvanizing . by being properly cleaned, pickled, rinsed, and dried. 5D,1 SHOP PAINTING. All ungalvanized structural steel materials furnished under these specifications, unless specifically exempted, shall be painted with one coat of metal primer paint after shop fabrication and before moving from the fabricating shop or manufacturi:g plant. Surfaces shall be dry and of proper temperature when painted; and free of grease, oil. dirt, dust, grit, rust, loose mill scale, weld flux, slag, weld spatter, or other objectionable substance. Surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC Surface Prepa- ration Specifications No. 3 Power Tool Cleaning or No. 7 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning except a,i otherwise specified hereinafter. Cleaned surfaces shall be kept dry and clean and shall be prime coated within 8 hours after cleaning. All shop paint shall be applied in a skillful manner by methods approved by the paint manufacturer which will provide a closely adhering coating of uni- form thickness not less in any lo, atinn than 1.112 mils (dry film) or such greater thickness as may be recommended by the paint manufacturer. If spray painting is permitted or approved, a sufficient number of passes shall be made to build up a uniform coat of approved thickness which Is free of sags, blisters, and runs. Should materials which have been shop coated arrive on t (DENTON, 'TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCf10N - D-4) 120370 5D-6 the job with an inadequate or damaged coating, or a coating which is not • free of sags, blisters, runs or shows evidence of being handled or loaded before the paint has properly set, the Contractor shall be required to remove any rust that has formed, clean the surface, and apply an adequate and defect free coat of the primer paint. During painting the ambient temperature shall not be below 50 F. During damp or wet weather all painting shall be done in a dry shelter. Materials shall not be handled in any manner until thu shop paint is dry, hard, and able to resist abrasion. Contact surfaces at friction type high strength bolted field connections shall not be painted. 5D.8 ERECTION. Metal materials shall be erected in accordance with A1SC, the Engineers drawings, the erection drawings and thew specifications. Unless specified otherwise, erection tolerances shall be the same as those specified hereinbefore under FABRICATION. Smooth beveled washers shall be used when the bearing faces of the bolted parts have a slope of 1;20 or greater with respect to a plane normal to the bolt axis. Anchor bolts and other materials embedded In concrete shall be installed as specified in Section 3A. Installation of high strength bolts, bolting tools and equipment, and tight- ening of high strength bolts shall be the same as specified hereinbefore under FABRICATION. Holes that are required in miscellaneous metals shall be carefully located and drilled. Burning to make new holes or to enlarge existing holes will not be permitted, 5D.8.1 Aluminum Shapes and Plates. Aluminum surfaces which will be in contact with dissimilar metals shall be heavily coated with zinc chromate pigment, synthetic resin type paint. Aluminum surfaces which will be in contact with concrete or mortar shall be given a heavy coat of alkali resistant bituminous paint. Painting materials and applications shall be as specified in Section 9A. 5D.8.2 Floor Plates. Floor plates shall be secured as shown on the drawings. 5D.8.3 Field Welding. Field welding shall conform to the welding require- ments specified under FABRICATION. 5D.8.4 Touch-up Paintin&. Damaged or inadequate paint films of shop primed miscellaneous metal materials, all accessible surfaces of field welds and ungalvanized field connection bolts, and damaged galvanized surfaces shall be cleaned and touch-up painted as specified in Section 9A. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 5D-7 Section 5E - METAL ROOF DECK i 5E.1 GAN"RAL. This section covers the furnishing and erection of metal roof deck, including flashings, fastening devices, drain sumps, and other accessories and appurtenances required for the work. Metal deck form shall be as described in Section 3A. Metal decking shall conform to the Basic Design Specifications of the Steel Deck Institute with modifications as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 5E.2 DRAWINGS. Before fabrication, the Contractor shall submit detailed I fabrication and erection drawings covering the metal deck for approval in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section. 1C of these speci- fications. Drawings shall indicate size and location of roof framing supports, and the depth, profile, gauge, location, lengths, and markings of deck units to correspond with the sequence of installation. Drawings shall indicate fastening methods for deck units, accessories, closure pieces, fittings, auxiliary supports, and the type and sequence of welded connections. 5E.3 MATERIALS. Materials used in the manufacture and installation of metal roof deck shall be as follows: Metal deck Metal coated steel, ASTH A446, Grade A or A570, Grade C, prefabricated, inter- locking side lap unite, fluted bottom sheet and flat top sheet 1-1/2 inch depth, 18 gauge min metal thickness Zinc coating Fed Spec QQ-S-715, Type 1, Class e 5E.4 DESIGN AND FABRICATION. Decking shall be designed to support a live load of 40 pounds per squere foot, plus the dead load, at a Unit stress not exceeding 20,000 psi. Under the live load, the decking shall not deflect more than 1/240 of the span. Deck units shall be cut to lengths such that joints occur on support- ing members with typical lengths extending over two or more spans. Roof deck materials shall have a protective zinc coating applied to the steel before forming. Access holes with cover caps shall be provided for welding deck units to supporting steel. • kDENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 5E-1 5E.5 HANDLING AND STORAGE. Metal roof deck materials shall be handled, • hauled, and delivered by competent workmen in a manner which wl11 pre- vent bending, dents, scratches, or damage of any kind. Drimaged deck units shall be promptly rcplacc•d. Materials shall be litf,red aboveground and under cover. 5E.6 INSTALLATION. Rocf deck panels shall be secured to the supporting steel as follows: At each supporting member with 314 inch rriund fuslr,n welds, reinforced with welding washers, at 12 in,:h cent(;ry. Welds shall seal the metal completely, leaving no npenings through the deck. After welding, cover caps shall be piared over welding access holes. At side joints at 36 inch centers, by button punfhing from the underside, or by one inch long seam welds from the top side, exercising care to prevent horning through The deck attachment shall be secure against a nr•t uplift of 30 pounds per square foot. The installed roof deck surface shall be smooth, unbroken, and free of unnecessary openings, holes, or crevices which might allow leakage of adhesive or bitumen. Such openings shalt be repaired to the satis- faction of the Engineer. Field-cut holes required for passage of piping or ether projections shall be neatly cut and flashed in accordance with the details on the drawings. 5E.1 ACCESSORIES All necessary accessories such as cant strips, closure pieces, roof drain sumps, and other items as indicated or re- quired shall be fabricated of the same material and finish as deck units, with gauges as shown on recommended by deck manufacturer. Accessories shall be welded or secured with self-tapping screws 5E.8 CLEANUP At the completion of installation, all surplus materials, rubbish, or other debris shall be removed frr,m the surface of the roof deck. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 5E-2 t .r + a rti t a 4 i n TY l s r r DIVISION 7 - MOISTURE PROTECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS Page thru Page Section 7A - ROOF COVERING 7A-1 7A-8 7A.1 General 7A-1 7A.2 Materials 7A-1 7A.3 Preparation of Roof Surfaces 7A-2 7A.4 Construction of Roof Coverings 7A-2 3 7A.5 Application of Roofing 7A-2 7A.6 Roof Flashing 7A-4 7A.7 Graveling 7A-5 7A.8 Cant Stripe 7A-5 7A.9 Projections Through Roof 7A-6 7A.10 Roof Drains 7A-6 7A.11 Temporary Roof 7A-7 7A.12 Inspection 7A-7 7A.13 Guarantee 7A-7 Section 7B SHEET METAL WORK 7B-1 7B-2 7B1 General 7B-1 7B,2 Basic Materials 78-1 7B,3 v tettiggt,-Jaints 7B-1 7B.4 Nall Flanging 7B-1 Section 70 - CALKING AND SEALING 7C-1 7C-2 7C,1 General 7C-1 r 7C.2 Materials 7C-1 7C.3 Colors 7C-1 7C.4 Locations to be Calked or Sealed 7C-1 7C.5 Joint.Preparation 7C-2 7C.6 Installation 7C-2 Section 7D - DAMPPROOFING 7D-I 7D.1 General 7D-1 7D.2 Materials 7D-1 7D.3 Surfaces to be Dampproofed 7D-1 7D.4 Surface Preparation 7D-1 7D.5 Application 7D-1 (DENTONO TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) TC7-1 120170 a v a " u .r a a i.( r ...t j{ y Iyq S, T r 1 }r a 1 RL de f ~Yi~ 1 i. maf' l r { i r:. .l Papa thru Pale Section 7E - METAL WALL PANELS 7E-1 7E-4 7E.1 General 7E-1 7E.2 Shop Drawings 7B-1. 7E.3 Materials 7E-1 7E.4 Fabrication 7E-2 7E.5 Handling and Storage 7E-3 7E.6 Dissimilar Materials 7E-3 7E,7 Erection 7E-3 7h.8 Cleaning 7E-4 .1 (DENTONs TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) TC7-2 120370 Section 7A - ROOF COVERING 7A.1 GENERAL. This section covers built-up roof coverings, complete with (lashings, gravel stops, and accessories Except as otherwise shown or specified, all roof decks shall be covered with an insulated, gravel sur- faced, built-up roof covering. The roof covering shall provide a water- tight roof under all conditions of weather and service (ex(ept physical damage due to unforeseen causes) for at least 20 y<.,arF lnstalla~ion of roofing materials, flashings, gravel stops, and accesso- ries shall be performed by a subcontractor approved by the Owner. Instal- lation by the General Contractor's work crew will wit be permitted. Where new roofing adjoins existing roof surfaces, the existing gravel and built-up r~viing materials shall be removed to the top of the insulation and back onto the existing roof for a minimum of 2 feet, and the new roofing shall be applied and feathered In to form a smooth watertight joint. 7A.2 MATERIALS. Roof covering materials shall be manufactured by firms of national reputation. Subject to acceptance and approval by the Engi- neer, roof covering materials shall conform to the following: Rubber-base adhesive Fire-retardant, waterproof, cold applied, Lexsuco "R907T Adhesive" • Vapor barrier Lexsuco "Koroseal" vinyl plastic, 4 mils thick, fire retardant Steep asphalt ASTM D312, Type IV, 205 to 225 F softening point Bitumen ASTM D312, Type 1; self-healing, dead level type Base sheet Asphalt saturated and coated, ASTM D2626, Type 11, 45 lb Felt Carey "Fiberock" asbestos, Johns- Manville "Asbestos Finishing Felt", or Owens-Corning "Fiberglas Perma Ply lit, Insulation Cellular glass, Fed Spec HH-I-551, 'type IV; Pittsburgh Corning Foamglas Board, 1-112 inches thick Insulation joint tape Owens-Corning, fiberglas reinforced 6 Inch roof tape • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 7A-1 Joint tape adhesive Lexsuco 2200, cold-applied • Gravel ASTM D1863, dry, clean, naturally rounded particles Plastic cement Fed Spec SS-C-153, 'Type I; asphalt base, containing inrhestos fiber Mineral surfaced roofing ASTM D249 or Fed Spcc SS-R-630, Class 1; with 2 In(h selvage Roofing nails 1-1/2 Inch galvanized barbed type, 11 gauge with 7/14 Inch dia heads Masonry nails Hardened-steel screw type, 9 gauge, with 5/16 Inch dia heads Concrete cant strips Lightweight aggregate concrete Aggregates ASTM C330 Compressive strength 2000 psi at 28 days Wood naflers Structural grade fir or yellow pine, pressure treated with water-borne preservative, pcntachlorophenol or • salt-type, in accordance with AWPA C2. Cut surfaces shall be given two heavy brush coats of preservative Sheet lead Fed Spec QQ-L-201, Crade 8 Asphalt plank Ceramic granular surfaced, gray, 1/2 inch by 36 inch by 72 inch, Philip Carey "Carey Tred" 7A.3 PREPARATION OF ROOF SURFACES. Roof surfaces shall be either level or sloped and graded to drain, as shown on the drawings. All drainage fixtures shall be set at the proper level to permit free flow of water. Except as otherwise approved by the Engineer, roof drain fixtures shall be rigidly held in position by deck clamps. The roof surfaces to be covered shall be smooth, hard, dry, free from high spots and depressions, frost or effects of frost, and shall be swept clean and free from dust, debris, and loosened cement scale. Roof surfaces shall be examined for openings, holes, or crevices which might allow erihesive, asphalt, or bitumen to drip or flow through the deck or between the deck and vertical projections through or adjacent to the deck. Such openings shall be filled or covered before any roofing materials are applfec . • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 7A-2 7A.4 CONSTRUCTION OF ROOF COVERINGS. The roof coverings shall be built • up as follows: 1 layer of rubber-base adhesive (1.0 gal per square min) 1 layer of vapor barrier 1 layer of rubber-base adhesive (0.6 gal per square min) 1 layer of insulation - with joints and perimeter taped 1 layer of steep asphalt 25 lb per square min 1 layer of base sheet 3 layers of bitumen - 20 lb per square each - beneath and between 3 layers of felt 1 layer of bitumen - 60 lb per square min 1 layer of gravel - 400 lb per square min 7A.5 APPLICATION OF ROOFING. Throughout the work, asphalt and bitumen shall be maintained within the recommended temperature range, and shall be still hot when the felts are embedded therein. The temperature shall • be c'ecked periodically with a thermometer. 7A.5.1 Rubber-base Adhesive. Rubber-base adhesive shall be applied it 1/4 inch ribbons spaced 6 inches apart over the entire surface of each metal roof deck. 7.A.5.2 Vapor Barrier. The entire surface of each steel roof deck shall be covered with one ply of vapor barrier. The vapor barrier shall have side and end laps of at least 4 inches and shall be continuously embedded in the rubber-base adhesive with all laps thoroughly sealed. Vapor barrier used with cellular glass Insulation shall be cut even with edges of in- sulation at perimeter to provide venting. 7A.5.3 Insulation. Only as much i.aulat0n shall be laid as can be covered with finished roofing the same day. Insulation boards shall be laid in parallel courses with transverse joints staggered. Abutting edges of boards shall be laid in moderati contact, not forced into place. At vertical surfaces, insulation shall be cut neatly to provide a clear- ance of not more than 1/2 inch. Each insulation board sl-all be firmly embedded in rubber-base adhesive. All joints in insulation, including perimeter joints and other edges abutting wood nailers, shall be strip sealed with insulation joint tape set in joint tape adhesive. The adhesive shall completely cover all sur- (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 7A-3 faces to which tape is to be applied and the rate of coverage shall as- sure positive and complete adhesion of the tape. The tape shall com- pletely seal the joints and shall prevc,nt the entrance of bitumen into the joints. 7A.5.4 Nailers_ Wood nailers at perimeter of roof arc-v. shall be spaced 1/4 inch apart to provide for venting of cellular glass insulation. 7A. 5.5 Roof in& Membrane. Over [lie insulat 1,1n, ono I.iyer of base sheet shall be applied, mapped into a s,)lld layer of steep ;r:phalt Base sheets shall be lapped 4 inches at sides and ends, with full coverage moppJng at laps. Except where otharwisc required, the base sheet shall be cut cleanly at the roof perimeter. over the hale nheet, three layers of felt shall be applied in shingled three ply constructlon, lapping each sheet 2/3 w + 1 inch (where w = width of felt in in(her+). All felt shall be laid free from wrlnklc,s, rolled not m„re than 3 feet behind the mop, and carefully broomed in place. Each layer of asphalt and bitumen shall be spread uniformly over the entire surface, leaving no uncoated Surfaces and no air pockets between layers. 7A.5.6 Cant Strips. Where cant strips are used in connection with metal counter flashings at masonry wails, the base sheet and three roofing plies shall extend up the cant strip, and shall be cut off at the face of the wall. Where cant strips are used in connection with metal counterflashings at metal panel walls, the base sheet and three roofing plies shall extend up the cant strip, and shall be cut off at the face of the wood nailer. 7A.6 _ROOF FLASHING. 'types of flashing other titan those specified will be considered, but the type of flashing construction used shall be sub- ject to the approval of the Engineer. Flashing shall be equivalent in performance and equal in quality to the flashing specified. Base flashing shall be installed before application of the top layer of bitumen and gravel surfacing. Completed [lashings which have soft or vacant areas between plies shall be removed and relaid in a manner which will produce a firm, solid in- stallation resistant to damage from applic!d prrssure or loading of any kind. Base flashing at walls, cnrhs, or other masonry or concrete projections above the roof surface, shall consist of four idles of roofing felt plus a sheet of mineral surfaced roofing applied as strips, each strip being continuously embeddcri In a layer of plastic ccmrnt. Before each flashing • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCT[ON - D•4? 120370 7A-4 strip is applied, the area which it will cover shall ba tuniformly covered • with a thin layer of plastic cement. The first flashing strip shall ex- tend out on the level roof surface at least 5 inrlhes, up the sloping sur- face of the cant strip, and up the wall or curb surtarr.r to within one inch of the counterflashing anchorage or the top of curl. This; operation shall bu repeated, each ply extending out ever the level roof (leek at least 2 Inches beyond the edge of the underlyLig ply. Excel,t ,n otherwise approved, ends of adjar.-ent flashing strips shall be lapped at Ir•nvt 2 inches, with laps in successive strips being staggered. Over flashing thus installed, a layer of plastic ceiccnt shall be applied from the top of the flashing, riown the cant strip, arrrl out on the roof (leek at least 6 inches. A layer of mineral surfaced roofing shall be noltdly embedded in the plastic cement, with the lower edge extending out at least 6 inches onto the roof deck and the upper edge extending to the counterflashing anchorage or top of curb. Mineral surfaced roof- ing shall be nailed into wood nailers or, where applied against masonry, it shall be nailed into vertical mortar joints, itunedlately below the horizontal joint into which the counterflashing is cmbedded. Nailing into wood nailers shall be done with roofing nails Nailing into mortar joints shall be done with masonry nails. In either case nailing shall be done through flat metal discs on 8 inch to 12 Inch centers. Strips of mineral surfaced roofing shall be cut across the roll so that one end of each strip will have a 2 inch selvage free from surfacing. The 2 inch bare selvage shall be coated with plastic cement and shall be over- lapped by the end of the next strip, and the overlap pressed down to make a tight seal. 7A.7 GRAVELING. After all roofing plies and base flashings are in place and the roof surface has been thoroughly cleaned, a uniform layer of bitumen shall be poured on all surfaces except cants and vertical sur- faces. While the bitumen is still hot, gravel shall be uniformly spread and embedded. Before application of the gravel surfacing, thp, work of all crafts re- lating to the roof construction, or other crafts rc--quiring access to roof areas, shall be complete, and the roof covering inspected and approved by a representative of the manufacturer of the roofing materials. 7A.8 CANT_ STRIPS. Cant strips shall to lightweight concrete except as otherwise shown on the drawings. The r,%posed fare of cant strips above the top of roof insulation shall have a slope of 45 degrees except as detailed otherwise. Concrete cant strips shall be placed before insulation Is Installed. Roof covering shall not be installed over concrete cant strips until at least 7 days after placement of concrete to permit proper raring and drying. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 7A-5 !17 7A.9 PROJECTIONS THROUGH ROOF. Unless otherwise required by the draw- ings all projections, such as roof drains, vent pipes, sleeves. or ventilators, shall be located at least 10 inches from the intersection of a cant with the roof deck. All such projections eiinll be flashed with sheet metal and shall make permanently watertight connections with the roof covering. Cents cnd sleeves shall be provided with 28 gauge galvanized sheet metal pitch stops, fitted snugly to the vent or sleeve, as ahuwn on the draw- ings. Pitch stops shall be securely nailed to a tree f-d wood naile- which shall surround the vent or sleeve. Unless otherwise required by the drawlnds or approves by the Engineer, all (lashings for projections shall be fabricated frum 4 pound sheet lead and shall extend at least 8 inches above the roof. Two plies of roofing felt flashing, each embedded in a mopping of hot bitumen, shall be Installed over and at least 6 inches beyond the edges of the metal flashing. 7A.10 ROOF DRAINS. Roof drains shall be located as shown on the draw- ings, shall be the type specified thereon, and shall be equipped with integral' expansion joints having threaded or spigot outlets depending on the type of conduct0L pipes used. Roof drains shall be equipped with deck clamps. Should roof drains of other makes be offered and accepted, flashing details shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recom- mendations, subject to the approval of the 3rgineer. • The recess in leveling type roof drains shall be filled with hot bitumen before roofing is installed. Roof drains shall be thoroughly flashed, shall make absolutely watertight connection with the roof covering, and shall be set low enough to permit free flow of water into them after roofing is installed. The upper edge of the flashing lip of each roof drain fixture shall be set at the exact level of, and flush with, the top surface of the roof insulation, with all roofing; plies extended over it and down Inside across the full width of, and beneath, the flashing clamp. When roofing plies havr been thus placed, a flashing sheet of 4 pound lead approximately 30 inches square shall be firmly embedded in plastic cement applied over the installed roofing. After the metal flashing has been installed, the flashing clamp shall be drawn down to clamp metal tlashing and roofing plies firmly in place. Two plies of roofing felt flashing and a single ply of mineral surfaced roofing, each embedded in a mopping of hot bitumen, shall then be installed over the metal flashing. The first ply of felt shall extend at Last 6 inches beyond the edges of the metal flashing, The second ply shall extend 2 Inches beyond the edges of the first ply, and the mineral surfaced roofing shall extend 2 inches beyond the second ply. (DENTON, T1XAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 7A-6 7A.11 TEMPORARY P.OOF, The first ply of base sheet mopped directly over • the insulation shall serve as a temporary roof covering, subject to approval by the Engineer. Before proceeding with the remainder of the roofing in- stallation, base sheet shall be examined for damage. Damaged areas shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer, after which remaining roof covering shall 'e applied. 7A.12 INSPECTION, After application of the roof pliar,, but before place- ment of the gravel surfacing, the Engineer will requvr,i three samples to be cut from the roof areas as directed. Samples shall iu, approximately 15 inches square, cut across the plies to the top of tier Insulation, ex- posing all layers of felt and the base sheet, from whii$, neat 12 inch square samples may be made. Test samples shall be sent to a testing laboratory selected by the Contractor and approved ty the Engineer, where they shall be examined for weight, number of flies, type of felt, and other characteristics. Costs of testing shall be paid by the Contractor. If test sample examination reveals faulty construction, or insufficient quantity of materials, additional materials shall be furnished and ap- plied, and other corrective measures taken by the Contractor as directed by a representative of the roofing material manufacturer. Test sample cutout areas shall be filled with a layer of base sheet cut to the exact dimensions of the cutout areas and with alternate layers of pitch and felt, as specified, each ply solidly mopped in place and extending 4 inches in all directions beyond the edge of the previously installed • ply. 7A.13 GUARANTEE. The manufacturer of the roofing materials shall provide, as required by the size and complexity of the roofing application, the services of a manufacturer's representative to direct the application of roofing materials and to assure that materials and methods of application are in accordance with the specifications and the best current roofing procedures. When the roofing system is completed and approved by the roofing materials manufacturer's representative, the manufacturer of the roofing materials and the roofing contractor shall issuc to the Owner a certificate guaranteeing the roofing system against roof leaks from all causes except structural failure, natural disasters and unauthorized penetrations for a period of 10 years after the date of final acceptance of the completed roofing system by the Owner. Periodic inspections of the roofing system, as required by the roofing materials manufacturer to keep the guarantee In force, shall be made by the roofing contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. (DENTON; TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 7A-7 Maintenance repairs, as recommended by the roofing contractor after each • periodic inspection, shall be made by the roofing contractor and will be paid for by the owner at the current rates for the required repairs. At the end of the 10 year guarantee period, the Owner shall have the option of extending the guarantee period for an additional 10 years providing that repairs recommended by the roofing materials manufacturer and the roofing contractor are made. Copies In duplicate of he roofing contractor's guarantee shall be exe- cuted and delivered to the Engineer for approval. • (DENTGN, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120310 7A-8 Section 7B - SHEET METAL WORK • 78.1 GENERAL, This section covers moisture protection and miscellaneous sheet metal work. the following types of sheet metal work are covered in other sections, Lead roof flashings Ductwork, louvers, and other sheet metal for the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems Metal curbs for roof ventilators 713.2 BASIC MATERIALS. Galvanized steel ASTM A366 or A425, zinc coated Aluminum Utility sheet Copper ASTM B370 Lead Fed Spec QQ-5-201, Grade B Solder ASTM B32, alloy grade 50A (50-50) Soldering flux Acid type, Fed Spec 0-F-506, Type 1, Form A Fasteners Same metal as sheet metal being fastened 78.3 WATERTIGHT JOINTS. Joints in sheet petal work shall be watertight unless slip points are specifically required. Watertight joints shall be mechanically interlocked and then thoroughly soldered for metals other than aluminum, Joints in aluminum shall be sealed with a sealant as specified in the calking section. All Joints shall be wiped clean of flux after soldering. Acid flux shall be neutralized by washing the Joints with sodium bicarbonate, 7R.4 WALL FLASHING. All wall flashing shall be of the same material and shall be one of the following types. 'through-wall flashing Copper, 10 ounce, or stainless steel, 32 gauge, dead soft, fully annealed; ribbed; Architectural Steel "Rib-Bond", Cheney "3-Way Saw-tooth Flashing", or Revere- Keystone "Interlocking Type" • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 713-1 Reglet Copper, 16 ounce, or stainless steel, 26 gauge; Architectural Stee). "Fric- tion Reglet", Cheney "Type A", or Revere-Keystone "Simplex" Cap or counterflashings Aluminum 16 gauge, or stainless steel, 26 gauge; Architectural Steel or Cheney, with 4 inch wall flat and hook dam Wall flashings shall be provided where and as shown on the drawings. Flashings under copings shall be continuous. FlashinNn over lintels and under sills shall extend S inches past each jamb and shall have ends turned up 1/4 inch. Wall flashings shall have a hook dam on the back edge. Joints in wall flashings and rereiver9 for cuunterf3ashings shall overlap and shall be interlocked. Couiiterflash Irig" shall overlap at least 3 inches. Where two-piece flashings are required, both parts shall be fabricated from the same material. Installation of flashings shall be as specified in the building masonry and roofing sections and as indicated on the drawings. Flashing members to be built into masonry or concrete shall be delivered at the proper time to facilitate incorporation in the work. Aluminum surfaces in con- tact with mortar, masonry, or concro*a shall be coated with bituminous paint. • • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 711-2 Section 7C - CALKING AND SEALING 7C.1 GENERAL. phis section covers materials and inr,tallation for calking and sealing. The terms "calking", "caulking" and "sealing" as used un the drawings and in these specifications are synonymous, and any of thequ terms shall indi- cate the materials specified herein. 702 MATERIALS. Thiokol sealant Polysulfide rubber, two component, ANS A116 .1 and Fed Spec 1T-S-227, bearing Thiokol Chemical "Tested and Approved Sealant" seal; gray Urethane sealant Macco Adhesives "Maccothane" or Master Mechanics "Vulkem 23011, gray 011-base compound Fed Spec 'PT-C-598; neutral Primer As recommended by the sealant manu- facturer Backup material Polyethylene foam; Dow "Ethaform SB", Grade "Servicised 5401 Foam Filler", • or Naveg "Minicel Backer Rod" 7C.3 COLORS. Colors of sealants shall be gray except as otherwise selected by the Engineer from the manufacturer's color range. Different colors may be required for different applications. 7C.4 LOCATIONS TO RE CALKED OR SEALED. 7C.4.1 With Thiokol or Urethane Sealant. Entire perimeter of frames for exterior metal doors Entire perimeter of metal louvers Entire perimeter of metal dampers and metal shutters Entire perimeter of aluminum windows Control joints in masonry walls Joints In quarry file floors other locations where calking Is shown on the drawings or specified In other sections. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 } (GENERAL. CONS'T'RUCTION - D-4) 120370 701 7C.4.2 With 011-base Compound. Interior applications only, where thiokol or urethane is not specifically required 7C.5 JOINT PREPARATION. All surfaces to receive calking or sealant shall be clean, dry and free from dust, grease, oil, or wax. All such surfaces shall be wiped with a clean cloth saturated with xylul or other suitable solvent and primed before tho calking or sealant ix iipplied. The depth of sealant in a joint shall be equal to thtr width of the joint, but not more than 112 inch. Backup material shall he provided as neces- sary to control the depth of sealant; It shall be o1 nultable size so that when compressed 25 to 50 per cent, the space will be filled. Backup mate- rial shall be rolled or pressed into place avoiding lengthwise stretching. 7C.6 INSTALLATION, Calking and sealing work shall be done before any field painting work is started. The air temperature and the temperature of the surfaces to be calked or sealed shall be above 50 F when the work is performed. Upon completion of the calking and sealing work, each sealed joint shall htive a smooth, even finish, flush with the edges of the sealing recess, and all adjacent surfaces shall be clean. Sealant shall not lap onto adjacent surfaces. Any sealant applied so as to prevent the painting of adjacent surfaces to a clean line, or with an excess of material outside the joint and feathered onto surfaces, shall be removed and re-applied. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 7C-2 Section 7D - DAMPPROOFING 7D.1 GENERAL. Phis section ewers paint-type dampproofing of concrete. )D.2 MATERIALS. Materials shall be as follows: Coal tar paint Lhuny, Koppers "BItlmastic olack Sulution", fw.rmec 1457 l'nernecol", or US5 "'larmastic loll, 7D.3 SURFACES TOO BE DAMPPROOFED. Exterior wall surl:it4,s which are poured against sheeting or undisturbed earth need not be dampproofed. The follow- ing concrete surfaces shall be given three coats of coal tar paint damp- proofing: All exterior concrete wall surfaces forming a part of an interior room or dry pit, which will be in cnutact with earth backfill, below finished grade and above the top of the footings or hottom slabs Other concrete surfaces where dampproofing is shown on the drawings 7D.4 SURFACE PREPARATION. When dampproofing paint is applied, concrete surfaces shall be clean and dry. All dirt, dust, sand, grit, mud, oil, grease, and other foreign matter shall be removed. Oil and grease shall be removed with solvents before mechanical cleaning is started. Surfaces not intended to be painted shall be adequately protected from contamination, • discoloration, or other damage. 7D.5 APPLICATION. Concrete shall be dry when dampproofed and the tem- perature shall be such that adequate penetration of the. first coat is obtained. Sufficient forced ventilation shall be provided when applying e,,ampproofing in enclosed spaces to remove all vapors from solvents as rapidly as produced, and to insure that the workmen applying the materials are adequately protected. No benzol or other volatile toxic material shall be used in thinning. Care shall be taken that no material is permitted to get on top of concrete walls, exposed wall surfaces, or adjacent materialR. 7D.5.1 Dampproofing. The first coat of coal tar paint dampproofing shall be thinned as recommended by the manufacturer, and applied so that maximum penetration of the concrete surface Is obtained. Tht first coat shall be absorbed by the concrete in 5 to 30 minutes after appjication to the extent that no continuous film remains on the surface. The second coat shall cover the surface with a paint film. The third coat shall produce a high gloss paint film. Dampproofing paint shall be applied with high-pile rollers or air-spray equipment. Spray equipment shall maintain an air pressure c an least 90 psi, and shall have a spray nozzle which will apply the paint a fine mist. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL. CONSTRUCTION - D-4) ID-1 110310 Section 7E - METAL WALL PANELS 7E.1 CYNKRAL. This section covers the furnishing and erectiun of metal wall panels, flashings, fasteners and appurtenances, and the alignment of girta, ns shown on the drawings and as specified herein. Steel components shall confo nn to the All,[ Specifications for the Design of Light Cauge Cold Formed Structural Members. The materials to be futrished and installed under thin section include, but are not restricted to, the following: Aluminum wall panels Metal coated steel wall panels Insulation Subgirts and subgirt closers Flashings, trim, copings and closures Clips, moldings and shims Calking and sealing materials Fasteners Welding materials 7E.2 SHOP DRAWINGS. The Contractor shall submit detailed shop and erection drawings to the Engineer for approval before fabrication. These drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the procedure ® set forth in Section 1C of these specifications. 7E.3 MATERIALS. Panel components shall be as listed below, except as otherwise required. Unless otherwise indicated, H. H. Robertson Company standard materials are described. A panel system of equivalent quality and matching conformation and finish manufactured by E. C. Smith or other company regularly engaged in the manufacture and erection of metal wall systems will be considered for approval. Insulated metal walls, when erected, shall have a "P" value not to exceed 0.14. Aluminum panels and trim shall be standard mall f.nish. Liner panels (for interior L-10 12 incbas wide, or L-2. 24 inches and exterior walls) wide as shown. 18 gauge metal coated steel, Fed Spec QQ-S-775, Type 1, Class e, w th shop applied calking Subgirts SG-2 6%antel shaped steel, metal coated Subgirt closers SC-1, extrtded aluminum, mill finish Insulation Class fiber, 1-112 inch, 2-1/2 pound, Fed Spec 1111-1-521 Type 1, Class A (DENTON, TEXAS - 4404 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 7E-I Exterior pan-Ls Q-Panel, Section 3, leather grain, aluminum architectural alloy, 16 gauge, • with shop applied calking in female lip Interior face panels F-1, 18 gauge metal coated steel, Fed Spec QQ-S-775, 'T'ype I, Class e, with shop applied vinyl gasket on male Lip Exterior (lashings and I.eather grain, aiuminum architectural trim alloy. 16 gauge, mill finish Interior fleshings and 18 gauge metal coetrd steel, Fed trim Spec QQ-S-775, 'type 1, Class e, except as otherwise r;hown Special flashings for Aluminum architectural alloy, pipe penetrations 16 gauge, mill finish Notched closures Aluminum, manufacturer's standard Clips, spacers, and shims Manufacturer's standard noncor- roding Flexible closers Fabricated Products "Dual Seal Closure" Fasteners Manufacturer's standard self-tapping screws or bolts with separate cupped washers and bonded neoprene gaskets; Alloy 305 stainless steel for all exterior, and for interior in con- tact with aluminum; cadmium plated steel in contact with interior steel Calking tape Reinforced polyisobutylene, Inter- chemical "Presstite 162" or Pecora "B-44 Extru-Seal" Calking compound Polybutene, Presstite "412.9" or Tremco RP545 Seemsealer" 7E.4 FABRICATION. Panels shall be field assembled, with exterior flutes internally insulated, flat inside, and shall have a total thick- ness when assembled of about 3-3/8 inches. Wall panels, fleshings, trim, and accessories shall be fabricated in accordance with the details on the drawings to tolerances which will assure proper fit, appearance, and weathertightness when erected. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 7F-2 120370 Panels shall be provided with Internal stiffeners which will make • them rigid in service. Side joints of both interior and exterior panels shall be of Interlock construction, shall be calked fail or gasketed at the factory, and shall be completely resistant to moisture and air infiltration when erected. Panels shall be fabricated in lengths shown or in lengths which will minimize horizontal joints in the completed construction. End joints of exterior fluted panels, both insulated and uninsulated, shall be die-set to provide an overlap over the lower panel of at least 2 inches. The building enclosure including wall panels, doors an(l windows, flashings and closures shall be designed to withstand weather and be watcrllght under all weather condlcions. Wall panels shall not deflect more than 1/180 of their span when subjected to a positive or negative pressure of 45 pounds per square foot. The wall panel system shall be fabricated so that no fasteners are exposed after erection, except where exposed fasteners are incorporated in the design or are required for securing flashings and trim. Flashings shall include all materials referred to on the drawings as flashings, parapet caps, trim, or closures. 7E.5 HANDLING AND STORAGE. Materials for the construction of the metal walls shall be handled, hauled, and delivered by competent work- men in a manner which will prevent bending, dents, scratches, or damage of any kind. Damaged wall panel units will be rejected, and shall be re- placed by and at the expense of the Contractor promptly after rejection. Materials shall be stored under cover. 7E.6 DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. Aluminum surfaces which will be In contact with dissimilar metals shall be heavily coated with zinc chromate paint. Aluminum surfaces which will be in contact with concrete or mortar shall be heavily coated with coal tar paint. 7E.7 ERECTION. The Contractor shall check the alignment of the girts and other steel supporting the wall panels before installing any wall panel materials. Erection shall not proceed until the supporting structural steel is aligned to the tolerances established by the A15C. Materials shall be erected by experienced mechanics who are directly employed by the wall panel manufacturer, or by an erector currently licensed or franchised by the panel manufacturer and who leas experience in erecting projects of similar or greater complexity. Metal wall panels shall be erected complete with all flashings, insula- tion, appurtenances, and accessories. Materials shall be carefully handled to avoid damage. Damaged materials will be rejected and shall • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 7E-3 .T be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. Joints and seams . shall be maintained In correct horizontal and vertical alignment. siding panels with all fasteners, accessories, and insulation, shall be erected and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instruc- tions and the approved shop drawings. At the corners of the building, and elsewhere as required, special closure pieces shall be fitted inside and outside, as detailed, and the spaces between shall be filled with loose glass fiber insulation. Open ends of all fluted sections shall be provided with closely fitted closure pieces. All Joints and the entire perimeter of each wall opening shall be neatly fitted, flashed, and rigidly secured. • Walls shall have metal cap (lashings and copings as shown. Adequate provisions shall be made for framing around all openings shown on the drawings. Calking compound shall be spread liberally on the faces of all supporting steel members around openings to provide a dusttight seal between the inside faces of the liner panels and the steel. Liner panels shall be secured to the supporting steel by welding, except as otherwise shown. All interior liner panels shall be erected before starting the applica- tion of stiffeners, insulation, or exterior fluted sheets. Factory applied calking or gaskets shall be examined, and all damage shall be repaired before erection of the liner panels. • Insulation shall be set in place, and subgirts and exterior face panels shall then be installed. Care shall be taken to draw the face panels tightly together. Calking compound or calking tape shall be liberally and continuously applied at all vertical and horizontal joints, and at all closures and trim members, to provide a watertight and weathertight wall. Special fittings, fleshings, parapet caps, corner closures, and other appurtenances shall be installed as shown on the drawings. Corrugation filler strips shall be installed where shown on the details, and as otherwise required by the panel manufacturer, to prevent the flow of air or migration of moisture through the panels. All joints sliall be securely sealed and drawn tight during erection by methods indicated on the drawings, or as directed by the panel manufacturer, to provide permanent, positive, and complete protection against infiltration of air or moisture. 7E.8 CLEANING. After installation is complete all exposed interior and exterior surfaces of the metal wall panel system, including flash- ings and accessories sliall be cleaned of all dust, dirt, grease, and other foreign material to the satisfaction of the Engineer. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 7r,-/4 120370 DIVISION 8 - DOORS, WINDOWS, AND GLASS TABLE OF CONTENTS page thru Page Section 8A - HOLLOW METAL DOORS 8A-1 8A-6 8A,1 General 8A-1 8A.2 Drawings and Data 8A-1 8A.3 Materials 8A-2 BA.4 Frames 8A-2 8A,5 Hollow Metal Doors 8A-3 8A.6 Finish 8A-4 8A.7 Hardware SA-4 8A.8 Weatherstripping BA-6 Section 8B - ALUMINUM PROJECTED WINDOWS 8B-1 8B-3 8811 General 8B-1 89.2 Drawings and Data 88-1 8B.3 Materials 8B-1 3 6B:4 Construction 8B8B--3 SB45 Mechanical Operators 88.6 Protection BB-3 6B.1 Installation 8B-3 8B.8 Clearing, 88-3 Section 8C GLASS, AND 0WING 8C-1' 8C-2 80.1 General 6C-1 $C,2 Materials 80-1 8C,3 Glazing Schedule 8C-1 8044: Glazing 8C-1 80.5 Labels $C•2'. 8G.6 Protection and.Cleaning BC-2 . (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) TC8-1 ' (GENIRAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370, Section 8A - HOLLOW METAL DOORS 8A.1 GENERAL- 1'fiin section covers hollow metal a.eel doors and frames. Doors shall be steel flush type except as otherwise shown or specified. locations shownxist- ingaconstructionhandetheir frame Doors shell be installed complete with frames, hardware, and other acces- sories as required by the Door Schedule on the drawings, or specified herein. Doors, frames and hardware removed from the existing construction shall be inspected and repaired to the Engineer's satisfaction before rein- stallation at Lhe new locations shown. Details of doors, frames, and appurtenances shall be as shown on the drawings. The construction of all doors, frames, and appurtenances shall be as specified herein and as approved by the Engineer. Doors, frames, and hardware shall be the products of a manufacturer who is regularly engaged in the manufacture of the type of items specified. Doors and frames shall be equivalent to Amweld "100", Ceco "Imperial", Fenestra "Executive", Pioneer "Series 418", or Trussbilt "Stockline". Doors and frames by other manufacturers may also be acceptable provided the functional and quality requirements of this section are satisfied. • 8A.1.1 Metal Gauge. Gauges of steel sheet metal specified herein re;er to US Standard gauge, and are minimum permissible thicknesseb. 8A.1.2 Nomenclature. The nomenclature used herein conforms to ANS A123.1. 8A.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Complete detail drawings of all items specified herein shall be submitted for approval in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1C of these specifications. Drawing shall show elevations of each door type; details of each frame type; location or identification of each item; typical and special details of construction; for methods and size, shape, and thickness of mainstallation terials, jointsL;iconnec- tions; and finish. A complete schedule of finish hardware as shown on accordance the drawings or specified with the prcedure set herein shall be submitted for approval in forth in Section 1C of these specifications. The schedule shall indicate each item of hardware required for each opening, manufacturer's name, manu- facturer's number or symbol, and finish. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) SA-1 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 8A.3 MATERIALS. Materials used in the manufacture and installation of steel doors shall be as follows: Doors and frames Stretcher leveled quality sheet steel with smooth, clean surface Door fillers Cork, fiberboard, mineral wool board, asbestos, or urethane foam Int=rnal reinforcing Cold rolled steel Silencers Rubber or vinyl, Glynn-Johnson 64 Anchoring devices Cadmium plated where exposed; cadmium plated or galvanized where concealed Expansion anchors Fed Spec FF-S-325; lead shield type, Group I, Type 1, Class 1 or self- drilling type, Croup III, Type 1 Mastic plastic roofing cement, Fed Spec SS-C-153 Weatherstripping Heads and jambe sponge neoprene in aluminum housings, Zero No. 50 • Sills Neoprene sweeps in extruded aluminum housings, Zero No. 39 8A.4 FRAMES. Door frames shall be formed of 16 gauge steel to the sizes j and shapes indicated. 8A.4.1 Reinforcements. Concealed metal reinforcements for door hardware shall be provided in the following thicknesses: Hinge reinforcement 12 gauge Sttlke reinforcement 12 gauge Ot'ier reinforcement 14 gauge 8A.4.2 Workmanship. The finished work shall be strong and rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects. Molded members shall be fabricated straight and true vith corner joints well formed, and with fastenings con- cealed where practicable. 8A.4.3 Joints. Joints for frames shall be mitered or butted and continu- ously we ded on the reverse side to produce rigid, invisible joints. Frame bottoms shall be held rigidly in position by spreader bars to maintain proper alignment during shipment and erection. . (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) BA-2 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 8A.4.4 Hardware Provisions. Frames shall be prepared at the factory for hardware. Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped for • Cover boxes shall be provided in back of all hardware mortised hardware. interior terior cutouts. Frames uforallo doors except ex ers. TEree wsilencers ion ed the lock doors shall be pun silencer for each leaf in heads of double side of single doors and one shall b clearance rovided. Lo ck strikes shall be set out and adjusted door frames to pr for silencers. Wall and Floor Anchors. cWail construction anchors shall be provided. Jambc~nrho for th s for the adjoining -type thickness not top andsbolttomtof eacheframe shall be fabricated for frames. . Anchors and at intermediate points not to exceed 32 inches spacing. For frames set In masonry, jamb anchors shall be at least 10 inches long, adjustable, and corrugated or other deformed type. inch anchorringe base clip at r7-ies shall be devices. Door Jamb. Clips shallcberdrilledhfor floor each j Frames shall 18naa an securely Frames until shall permanent assembled, anchorstare set. Fr aligns , be anchored to floors with expansion anchors or as shown an the drawings. adjo Jamb anchors bars shall beenibuiltcintortheion. Spreader walls. • al HOrWdj MEAL g do` Doors shalldbewasgspecifiedhherein.' met , Doors shall be prepared to receive the hardware shown on the Hardware Sche9u e on the drawings and as specified herein. BA.5.1 Workmanship_. Doors shall be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from ' defects. Molded members for glazed doors s.. surfaceseshalllbeformed eeaedasmoothtsoethatgtheytare invisible with joont coped joints exposed after finishing. 8A.5.2 Sizes and Clearances. antes. Doors shall le 1-3/4 aches thick full flush type of the sizes and design indicated. Clearinces airs of doors, and inch at jambe &nd heads, 1/4 inch at meeting edges of p 3/4 inch at bottom unless otherwise indicated or specified. or Doors mortised shall be rmortised, reinforced, drilled 3 Hardware die Provisions. and tappe Feinforcing unite she and at the be provided for locksets. Reinforcing plates shail be provided for mortised and surface applied hardware in the following thicknesses: Hinge reinforcement 12 gauge Closer reinforcement 112 gauge 4 gauge Other reinforcement • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) 8A-3 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120310 P The ltofnthefJointwMetaltDoorsandlHabe in rdwarecStandardswCommitteeeCO~ended • practice BA-5.4 Construction. Door: shall have 18 gauge outer sheets, perimeter reinforcement and internal reinforcement. Side edges of uoors shall be flush with all seams either continuously welded or spot welded at 4 inch centers, filled with filler metal, ai.d dressed smooth. Fillers shall be placed in the spaced bcyw fshall in internal reinfor ingd emberm. Moldings shall be 18 gauge. Door adg'' Duor: shall be reinforced internally by one of the following methods: Interlocking 22 gauge vertical channels or Z-shaped members at 6 inch spacing and welded to outer face sheets A frame of four 18 gauge vertical stiles and at least eight 24 gauge horizontal members welde-i at junction points and welded to outer face sheets With 24 gauge hat-shaped sections at 4 inch centers, alternating front and rear, welded to outer face sheets A continuous truss of 28 gauge sheet metal welded to outer face sheets Outswinging exterior doors shall be finished flush at the top or closed with a top cap. 8A.5.5 Glass Panels. Class panels shall be held in place by removable moldings, fastened with oval head machine screws. Glazing rebates may be formed as an integral part of the doors. Moldings shall have mitered corners. 8A.5.6 Astragal s_. The meeting edges of all exterior double doors shall be provided with astragals. When the astragal is attached to the inactive leaf, a minimum clearance of 1-1/8 inches shall be provided between the edge of the astragal and the near edge of the knob of the active leaf. 8A.6. FINISH. A primer shall be applied to all surfaces of ferrous metal furnished under this section. All metal surfaces shall be cleaned and osi given phosphate or equivalent treatment to assure maximum ctrc resinpro tection and paint adherence. A dip spray coat of synthei, rust-inhibitive, metallic oxide or zinc chromate primer shall be applied to all surfaces, then baked or oven-dried. Finished surfaces shall be smooth and free from irregularities. 8A.7 HARDWARE. Except as otherwise indicated or specified, door hardware shall be furnished in accordance with the Hardware Schedule on the drawings. • (DENTON, TEXAS - '4904 ) 8A-4 (GENERAL CONSTRUCPION - D-4) 120370 In addition to the requirements listed in the Hardware Schedule on the drawings, the following requirements shall app1 pins. All Interior hinges shall have nonrising pins. All exterior hinges shall have nonremovable pins. HinF,e Requirements. Butt hinge quantities for nonlabel doors shall be as follows: Hei ht of Door Hinges Required He Over 5`-O" but less than B'-0" 3 4 Over V-0" Butt Hinge Sizes. Butt hinge sizes shall be as follows: Door Width Butt Sizes 3'-0" and less 4-1/2" by 4-1/2" 4" Over 3'-0" but less than 3'-6" 5511 by ,r by 4-1/2" -extra heavy 3'-6" to 4'-0" Over 4'-O" 6" by 4-1/2" - extra heavy Door Closers. Closer requirements shall be as follows: Closer size and function shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. Brackets for closers shall be provided as required to make a complete and satisfactory installation. Where pairs of doors are shown, closers shall be furnished for active leaf only. F11 closers shall be adjusted for maximum door swing available. Flush Bolts. Requirements for flush bolts shall be as follows: A flush bolt shall be provided at both the top and bottom of each inactive leaf for each peir of doors. 8A.7.1 Experience. Each item of finish hardware shall be the product of a manufacturer who is regularly engaged in the production of high-quality builder's hardware. The supplier of finish hardware shall provide, as seirviceand adjust installed trained necessary and hard- experienced without hardware additional consultants t to to ware. BA.7.2 Templates. Each hardware manufacturer shall prepare and deliver to the door and frame manufacturer a template for each item of mortised hardware. Each template shall be labeled with the manufacturer's name, hardware item, opening number, and location on the door or frame where the item is to be installed. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) 8A-5 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 8A.7.3 Schedule. Doors are listed by opening numbers, with one complete • set of hardware listed for each opening number. Hardware is identified by catalog number. Similar hardware of other makes will be considered, provided full information is furnished with the request for approval, including the manufacturer's name and catalog number. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish complete specifications and cuts. Finishes shall be as indicated. Door closers and brackets shall have a sprayed aluminum finish unless otherwise indicated. Hardware shall be furnished complete with machine screws, bolts, and other attachments as required, finihsed to match the hardware. 8A.7.4 Thresholds. Thresholds shall have ends notched to fit frame profile. Where fastened to concrete, thresholds shall be anchored with 5/16 inch stainless steel flat-head countersunk machine screws and expan- sion anchors spaced at 8 inch centers. Thresholds shall be set in mastic. 8A.7.5 Keying. All cylinder locks shall be keyed as indicated on the Hardware Schedule. Two keys shall be provided for each lockset. Six master keys shall be provided for each key group. 8A.7.6 Handling and Installation. Each item of hardware shall be sepa- rately packaged and labeled for its respective opening. Hardware shall be accurately fitted, securely applied, carefully adjusted, and lubricated as necessary. Special care shall be exercised to avoid injury to the hard- ware and to adjacent work. Hardware on which the finish has been damaged • prior to final acceptance of the work shall be replaced with undamag~3 items c the Contractor's expense. 8A.8 WEATHERSTRIPPING. Heada and jambs of all exterior doors and those interior doors indicated on the drawings shall be weatherstripped. Weatherstripping will not be required at meeting edges of double doors where astragals are provided. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) 8A-6 (;ENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 Section 8B - ALUMINUM PROJECTED WINDOWS • 83.1 GENERAL. This section covers aluminum projected windows, complete with hardware and all other appurtenances. It also covers the removal of designated windows from the existing construction and their reinstalla- tion at the new locations shown. Windows and hardware removed from the existing construe LIon shall be inspected and repaired to the Engineer's satisfaction herure reinstalla- tion at the new locations shown. The details and construction of windows and appurtenances therefor shall be -3 shown on the drawings and specified herein. Windows shall be the products of a manufacturer who is regularly engaged in the manufacture of aluminum projected windows. Windows shall be fabricated in a neat manner in accordance with the best modern practice. All corners and joints shall be neatly fitted and ade- quately reinforced. 8B.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Complete specifications, data, detailed draw- ings, and erection drawings covering all windows, operators, and appur- tenances therefor shall be submitted for approval in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1C of these specifications. 8B.3 MATERIALS. The materials used in the manufacture and installation • of aluminum windows shall be as follows: Extrusions Material ASTM B221, alloy 6063-T5 Frame members Unequal leg type, min thickness l/B inch, min depth of section 1-1/2 inches Tubular ventilator Min wall thickness 1/16 inch sections Mullions T-shape Mullion covers Formed or extruded aluminum Operating hardware White bronze or 18-8 stainless steel Erection fittings Aluminum, stainless steel, or galvanized steel • (DENTON$ TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 8B-1 120370 Fasteners Aluminum or 18-8 stainless steel Weatherstripping Woven pile, AAMA 701.1; or PVC, • cS230 Spring wire Glazing clips Sealant Pecora "Unicrylic" or Tremco "Mono S ' Extruded tape Pecora "B-44 EXLru-Seul PPG "Duribbon 1072", Prott:ctive Treat- ments "PT1 G0G", or lrcmco "440 Tape" Mechanical operators Teleflex Screw Jack SysteIncorporatei, manufactured by Teleflex North Wales, Pennsylvania 8B.4 CONSTRUCTION. Aluminum windows shall be of the projected type Ana shall be manufactured in accordance with ANS A134.1, Sp Aluminum windows shall be standard sizes as shown on the drawings. Aluminum windows shall be designed for outside glazing. 8B.4.1 Ventilators. Ventilators shall be balanced on two arms. Each arm shall be provided with a sliding nonabrasive nonmetallic friction shoe and an adjustable friction spring to hold that ventilaareturfrseefirmrly. fom . Ventilators shall be held in any position vibration and rattling anti so that they will remain in the position to ventilatorsushalltcpen it shalltheopen at the bottom whadjuste. ich and Projec All ventilators which are more than 3'-6" wide shall be fabricated from tubular sections. Except where mechanical operation with required, all ventilators more than 31 _ 6 wide shall be equipped 8B.4.2 Air Infiltration. r_ windows shall weatherstripping g tion tests as set forth in ANS A134.1 Specification P-A2. 8B.4.3 Mullion Covers. Covers shall be provided for all mullions. 8B.4.4 Finish. All surfaces which will be exposed after installation shall be free of blemishes and shall be satin finished. Aluminum windows shall be given two coats of water-clear methacrylate lacquer before ship- ment from the factory. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) 811-2 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 8B.5 MECHANICAL OPERATORS. Mechanical operators shall be Teleflex as • specified. A separate screw jack operator shall be provided for each ventilator. Operating units shall be provided at the locations indicated on the drawings. Power shall be transmitted from the operating unit to the screw jack operators by a multistrand helix wire cable encased in a rigid conduit. All parts of the mechanical operator system shall be av(.urely anchored in place in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. After installation the system shall be adjusted for smuulh and proper operation. 8B.6 PROTECTION. Adequate protection shall be provided during shipment, site storage, and installation to prevent damage to materials or finished work. Aluminum to be placed in contact with concrete, mortar, plaster, or dis- similar metals shall be given a heavy coat of coal tar paint. 8B.7 INSTALLATION. Windows shall be installed as the walls are being constructed. Windows shall be set plumb, level, and in alignment and shall be securely anchored. After windows are installed, but before glazing, all ventilators shall be adjusted to operate smoothly and to provide weathertight closing. Except where vinyl seals are provided, all exterior metal-to-metal joints • between members of windows, frames, mullions, and mullion covers shall be sealed with sealant or extruded tape. Excess sealant shall be removed before it hardens. 8B.8 CLEANING. Metal and glass surfaces of windows shall be thoroughly cleaned both inside and outside. After all foreign material has been removed, windo:rs shall be washed with soap and water and a stiff-fiber brush. If metal surfaces of windows or sills have become stained or dis- colored the finish shall be restored in accordance with the recommenda- tions of the AAMA. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 8B-3 120370 Section BC - GLASS AND GLAZING • 8C.1 GENERAL. This section covers all glass and glazing, for windows and doors, as shown on the drawings and as stipulated herein. The following items of work are covered under other . ectionr;: G.'.ass and glazing for elevator doors Except as modified or supplemented herein, all glazing shn11 be done in accordance with the general conditions and applicable details set forth in the Flat Glass Marketing Association Glazing Manual. 8C.2 MATERIALS. Materials shall conform to the following: Clear plate or float glass 1/4 inch, glazing quality, Fed Spec DD-G-451, Type I, Class 1 Wire glass 1/4 inch, clear, a!amond mesh, Mississippi Glass Company "Pol.shed Misco", or approved equal Glazing compound Fed Spec TT-G-410 Rubber channels Ball "Neoprene Glazing Channels" or Standard Products "Glazing Channels" • 8C.3 Gl•AZING SCHEDULE. Glazing shall be in accordance with the drawings and the following schedule. 8C.3.1 Clear Plate or Float Glass. Hollow metal doors 8C.3.2 Wire Glass. Aluminum projected windows 8C.4 GLAZING. The Contractor shall obtain all glass sizes from measure- ments of the work at the site, or from the manufacturer of the sash or frames in which the glass is to be set. in all cases, however, the respon- sibility for the correctness of the size of the glass shall be assumed by the Contractor. Setting blocks shall be provided where recommended by FGMA. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) 8C-1 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 8C.4.1 Hollow Metal Doors. Glass in hollow metal doors shall be set in • rubber channels or equivalent mountings and held in place with the glazing stops, beads, or molding provided. Each glass panel shall be cushioned so that it Is free from strain or binding due to uneven pressure at the stops. 8C.4.2 Aluminum Projected Windows. Class in aluminum projected windows shall be bedded in glazing compound and held in place with glazing cli?s. All surfaces of the frame adjacent to the glass shall be completely covered and filled with compound. On the outside the glazhig compound shall be finished smooth and shall slope uniformly from the face of the glass to the outer edge of the frame. On the inside glazing compound shall be cut off flush with the edge of the frame. 8C.5 LABELS. Alt glass shall be delivered to the work bearing the original manufacturer's labels. These labels shall not be removed until just prior to the final window cleaning. 8C.6 PROTECTION AND CLEANING. All glass shall be protected against bzeakage during the construction period and all broken or cracked glass shall be replaced at the time of completion of the work. All glass shall be cleaned just before final inspection, and all stains and defects shall be removed. Care must be exercised to remove paint, labels, and glazing compound without scratching or marring the surface of the glass or adjacent metal work. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 8C-2 120370 yhk~ 3 y F fin`m~e r' v~75~La n"dC 1 }7 fir+,_at~ + +rALi',~'~'. + ',A P i.:,n .3. a' f, •fT. r W4 ~V r n" }».,;R',`, DIH3$ION 9 - PIksks ".ABLE OF CONTENTS Page tbru Page Section 9A - PAINTING 9A-1 9A-14 9A.1 General 9A-1 9A.2 Schedule 9A-1 9A.3 Surfaces to be Painted 9A-2 9A.4 Surfaces Not to be Painted 9A-3 9A.5 Materials 9A-5 9A.6 Storage of Paint Materials 9A-7 9A.7 Paint Systems 9A-8 9A.8 Preparation of Surfaces For Painting 9A-9 9A.9 Pair.t Application 9A-li 9A.10 Protection of Surfaces 9A-14 9A.11 Cleanup 9A-14 Section 9B - gUARRY TILE 9B-1 9'L-4 9BA General 98-1 9B.2 Materials 9B-1 9B.3 8ampiea 982 98.4 Delivefy'aad:Storage ~8=2 • 9A.5 Preparation of Floor Surface, 0-2` 9B,6 Latex frill 9B.2 9B17 Edge Angles 98.2 9B,8 Placing Quarry Tile 9B-3 98.9 Expansion Joints 9B-4 9B.10 Cleaning, Protection, and Treatment 9B-4 (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) TC9-1 120370 r Section 9A - PAINTING • 9A.1 GFNERAL. This section covers materials, tools and eryuipment for field painting work, and application of paint. Dampprooftng of concrete surfaces Is covered in Sectioi[ 11). Painting work shall include the preparation of surfacers trr be painted, the protection of surfaces not to be painted, furnisher}; and application of paint materials, and work of a general nature incidental to painting which Is required to properly execute and complete the painting work. The ability of paint to protect, wear, weather and retain its appearance is dependent on proper surface preparation, and manner and technique of application. Close adherence to the paint manufacturer's recommenda- tions for surface preparation, spreading rate, and number of coats is required for each type of surface and coating. Compliance by the Contractor to the minimum wet film requirements for each type of coating will be checked by the Engineer or his representa- tive with a wet mil thickness gauge. The wet mil thickness shall be as required to obtain the dry mil thickness specified herein. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 20 foot-candles of illumination for all surfaces to be painted or coated. • The surfaces and paint colors shall be in accordance with the Color Schedule which will bj furnished later. Where not otherwise shown, new surfaces shall be painted to match existing adjacent and similar surfaces. 9A.2 SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of the other contractors and shall cooperate fully with the Engineer in maintaining regular orderly progress towards completion of the work. The Engineer's decision regarding priority between the Contractor's work and the work of other contractors on the project shall be final and shall not be cause for extra compensation or extension of time, except where extension of time is granted because of actual and unavoidable delay. Failure of other rontractors to meet :heir schedules shall not be justi- fication for claim for extra compensation. Failure of other contractors to meet their schedules shall not be justi- fication for an extension of time except where such failure causes, in the opinion of the Engineer, an actual delay in the Contractor's work, in which case the provisions of the General Conditions regarding extensions of time shall apply. Painting work shall proceed in accordance with the Construction Schedule in Section ID and as directed by the Engineer. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 9A-1 9A.3 SURFACES TO BE PAINTED. Except for those surfaces excluded here- inafter, all surfaces of all facilities constructed or otherwise incorpo- rated in the Unit 5 Addition under these specifications and under separate specifications covering electrical and mechanical construction shall be painted under these specifications. i,xposed surfaces shall mean all interior and exterior surfaces which are not encased or covered by the finished building structure or equipment and which are visible and/or accessil,le for painting, and nll surfaces which are subject to corrosion wheth-r nrt such surfaces arcs visible after con- struction is complete. The surfaces to be painted include certain parts of the interior and exterior of all building structures; and the exterior surfaces of all equipment, piping and electrical conduit, as scheduled hereinafter, but painting is not necessarily limited to these surfaces. Areas to be finish painted which would be difficult or impossible to reach after all erection is complete shall be finish painted at a stage during construction when it is possible to paint these areas. Any abraded or damaged areas of shop painted surfaces of equipment or building materials shall be repainted before applying the specified paint: using the appropriate rn-cified materials. Welds, high strength bolts, and other unprimed iron or steel surfaces shall be cleaned and prime painted as soon as practicable after erection. e Exposed surfaces of galvanized electrical conduit, conduit boxes, and fittings shall be painted only where these surfaces are adjacent to painted parts of the building structure or equipment. Galvanized metal surfaces to be painted shall be painted using paint materials and colors selected for the adjacent building surfaces. Motors and accessories for electric motor driven operating equipment shall be painted with the same paint system and with the same color specified for the equipment. Following is a list of major materials and equipment requiring field painting. This is not to be considered as a complete list of equipment to be painted. Turbine generator and associated equipment, including vacuum pump, oil reservoir, bearing drain enlargement blower and seal oil unit Condenser and condenser exhausters liandrailing Uninsulated exposed steel surfaces of steam generator FD fan and motors including inlet boxes Air conditioning units (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 9A-2 All unglazed interior masonry units, all concrete walls and all • plastered surfaces Concrete turbine foundation, cooling tower basin and undersides of concrete slabs Structural steel and all ungalvanized steel surfaces Stack Exposed uninsuiated surfaces of air heater Breeching not insulated and lagged Boiler feed pumps and motors Circulating water pumps and motors Auxiliary cooling water pumps, motors and exposed piping Condensate pumps and motors Air compressor rind air dryer Air receiver Fuel oil pump and motor (outdoors) All exposed air conditioning ducts and grilles Ventilating fans All uninsulated piping including circulating water piping indoors and at cooling tower All exposed surfaces of valves including control valve] Lighting and 120 volt power panels Lighting and 320 volt dry type transformers Push-button stations Miscellaneous supports for tray, bus duct, conduit, lighting, etc. Underside of metal roof deck and metal slab forms All piping support assemblies • Exposed surfaces of metal coated steel wall panels Canvas jacketed insulation Tanks not insulated and lagged Screen lift structure Demineralized water transfer pumps Generator surge equipment enclosure Generator grounding cubicle Generator excitation and field application enclosure Outdoor oil circuit breaker (in substation) Isolated phase bus duct (outdoors) 4160 volt bus duct (outdoors) 9A.4 SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED. Except as otherwise specified or directed by the Owner the surfaces of the folowing materials shall not be painted. Aluminum and stainless steel Aluminum wall panels and flashings Brass, bronze, and copper Exterior brick, or stone Cable trays, except supports Chromium plated metals • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 } (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 9A-3 ,ter, Concrete floors, sidewalks, curbs, and paving • Cooling rower, except ungalvan{zed ferrous metal surfaces Electrical conductors, insulated or uninsulated Electrical conduits, wireways, and junction boxes except as otherwise specified Embedments Floor plates Galvanized structural steel Galvanized bus ducts Glazing, Gratings and stair treads Hardware Light fixtures, except supports Polished or machined surfaces Porcelain enameled surfaces Porcelain bushings Quarry the Rubber expansion joints A large part of the steam generator, insulated piping, and insulated equipment surfaces will be covered with aluminum lagging and shall not be painted. The followirg equipment and building materials will be provided with a complete shop applied painting system and will not be field painted, except for repair of damaged areas of the painted surfaces. This re- . quired repair painting will be done under the Electrical and Mechanical contracts as part of the installation work. Battery chargers Combustion control panels Dual switchboard Equipment panel Dc power panel 480 volt load center units Instruments and Instrument enclosures Metal-enclosed cubicles for electrical equipment Motor control centers Oxygen analyzer Panel on boiler feed pump Power transformers Substation steel Turbine instrument panel 4160 volt metal-clad switchgear and bus duct (indoors) Underground cable entrance panels Isolated phase bu.., duct (indoors) Sample table Boiler panel Turbine panel Relay panel Static Inverters (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL C)NSTRUCi'ION - D-4) 120370 9A-4 1 Damaged areas of shop pained surfaces of the above listed equipment or • other shop painted surfaces shall be repaired by spot priming as re- quired, then repainted with materials of a type and color equal to the shop paint. The a.taod of application of the paint for repairing shall be that required to produce a finish equal to the shop paint finish. 9A.5 MATERIALS. Fo'locriug are the types of paint materials which shall be used on various typed of surfaces. These materials shall be used except where special paia.Ing materials are specified. All paint shall be delivered to the job in original containers with labels intact. Except where tinting colors have been added by the supplier, con- tainers shall be unopened. Pigments and tinting colors shall be ground in oil or other liquid compatible with the paint vehicle. Except as other- wise specifically required, all paint shall be factory mixed in correct proportions and consistency suitable for direct application in warm weather without addition of thinners. Finish paints for metal surfaces shall, whenever possible, be products of toe same manufacturer as the primer paint and shall be recommended by trA manufacturer for application over the primer coat. Finish paints shall ,tot h:irkle, lift off, or otherwise damage the primer coat or shop applied finial. coats. Except as otherwise approved by the Owner, paints shall be formulated and compounded by manufacturers named in the listing of approved paints which ® follows. Pair+ colors shall match the colors of existing paints except as otherwise shown on the drawings or selected by the owner. Paints manufac- tured by others than those in the approved list will be considered by the owner only when complete information concerning the paint composition, characteriatica, and performance, assuring that the proposed paints are of equal or better quality than those in the approved list, are submitted to the Owner for evaluation. After approval of paints, there shall be no Substitutions. Materials not.specified, but required for successful application of any specified paint or coating, shall be of the brand and type recommended by the approved paint or coatings manufacturer. Except as otherwise specified or approved, the complete coating system of a single manufacturer shall be ui:ed on each surface. When specified materials of a manufacturer have been discontinued, only substitutions recoiunended by that manufacturer will be approved. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL Cr:NSTRUCTION D-4) 9A-5 120370 Paint shall be as follows: • Primer for iron Cook 391-N-143 Zinc Chromate Ircn and steel Oxide Primer Glidden Rustmaster Primer 585 Sherwin Williarw Red Metal Primer 49 Tnemec 69 Red Prier_-r Primer for Cook Permagrip Primer galvanized Glidden Rustmaster Primer 5229 metal Sherwin--Williams Galvanized Iron Primer B 50 Al Tnemec 1009 Gray Primer Primer for Cook 286 Zinc Chromate Primer aluminum Glidden Zinc Chromate Primer Sherwin-Williams Zinc Chromate Primer B 50 Y1 Tnemec 245 Alkyd Zinc Chromate Primer Finish for Cook Armorcote Gloss Enamel exterior metal Glidden Speedenamel Sherwin-Williams Metalastic Tnemec Tneme-Glosu Enamel, Exterior Finish for Cook Shadotone Satin Enamel interior metal Glidden Spred Lustre Sherwin-William Semi-Lustre Enamel A36 Series Tnemec Enduratone Enamel Finish for Cook Armorcote Enamel machinery and Glidden Speedenamel equipment Sherwin-Williams Kem Lusteral Enamel Tnemec Tneme-Gloss Enamel, Exterior Aluminum finish Cook 395 Ready-Mixed Aluminum paint Glidden Ready-Mixed Aluminum 592 Sherwin-Williams Silver Bright Aluminum B 59 Sl Tnemec So 'luminum Zinc rich paints Carboline Carbo-Zinc 11 Koppers Tnurganic Zinc 1 Mobil Mobilzinc 7 Wyandotte Chemical, Subox Division, Golvanox (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 9A-6 s~ Filler for concrete Cook Cling Block Filler • block or masonry Glidden Blockaid Filler Block Sealer 1952 Sherwin-Williams PC Bloc-Tex Tnemer. 560 Block Filler Interior or exterior Cook A-Kryl-X Latex Paint acrylic or vinyl Glidden Spred Glide-on resin emulsion (for Sherwin-Williams Loxon Exterior Masonry concrete masonry, and Paint plaster, finish coat) Tnemoc Tneme-Cryl Paint for canvas Armstrong Insulcolor jacketed surfaces Benjamin Foster Lagtone Glidden Insulcap Hot surface paint Cook 2iac-Dust Gray 814-A-574 Devoe High Heat Gray 40900 Sherwin-Williams Gray B68-A2 Tnemec Candens Gray 1030 Coating for cooling Carboline "Carbomastic 12 Black" and tower basin "Carbomastic 5 Aluminum" 9A.5.1 Paint Colors. Finish paint colors shall be in accordance with the Painting Schedules included with the drawings or as selected later by the Owner. Where paint colors are specified, the Engineer will furnish a set of color chips with the schedule. The Contractor shall submit 4 inch by 6 inch samples of each color and sheen of all finish paints to the Engi- neer for selection of colors before the paint is shipped to the job site. The samples shall be prepared on properly prepared paint-out cards or hard- board. After examination and acceptance of the color samples by the Engineer, the samples shall become standards of color and sheen for use for all painting work tacorporated in the project. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and acceptance a list of all +,ainting materials, with identifying numbers or codes which he proposes to use on the projcco.. Engineer acceptance is required before delivery of any painting materials to the project site. If painting materials other than those in the approved list are proposed, the Contractor, if required by the Engineer, shall furnish an affidavit from an executive officer of the paint manufacturer, certifying that the materials purchased for the project meet the requirements of these specifications, 9A.6 STORAGE OF PAINT MATERIALS. Storage requirements for paint and painting materials shall be as follows. The Contractor shall provide his own lockable area for storage of his supplies and equipment. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 9A-7 Job mixing and thinning, and tinting as approved by the Engineer, shall be . done in this area. The Contractor shall use adequate means and take all precautions to pre- vent fire, explosions and other damage caused by his materials and equip- ment. Rags and paint or solvent shall be stored in closed metal containers at all times. 9A.1 PAINT SYSTEMS. Paint systems shali be in accordan(v with the fol- lowing. 9A.7.1 Metal Surfaces. Metal surfaces not subject to hiyli heat shall be painted one prime coat and two finish coats unless otherwise specified. The prime coat may be omitted on metal surfaces which have been shop prime painted providing all damaged or abraded areas of the shop painted sur- faces are repaired by the Contractor as specified herein. Previously finish painted metal surfaces in goon condition shall be painted one additional finish coat, except as otherwise specified. Where bare or rusted metal is showing on previously painted surfaces, primer paint shall be applied as a touch-up, and two finish coats shall be applied. 9A.7.2 Concrete and Mason Surfaces. These surfaces shall be painted with one coat of filler and one finish coat of paint, except that pre- viously painted surfaces shall be cleaned and painted one additional • finish coat. 9A.7.3 Plaster Surfaces. Plaster surfaces shall be painted two finish coats, except that previously painted surfaces shall be cleaned and painted one additional finish coat. 9A.7.4 Canvas Jacket Surfaces. Canvas jacket surfaces shall be painted two coats. 9A.7.5 Turbine Generator. The turbine generator and accessories shall be spray painted by painters who are experienced in the application of automobile finishes. A minimum of three finish coats of the specified paint shall be applied. 9A.7.6 Not Metal Surfaces. The stack, breeching, and other hot metal surfaces shall be painted two coats of hot surface paint. 9A.7.7 Cooling Tower Basin. The upper 24 inches of the inside surfaces of cooling tower basin galls, the tops of basin walls, and the exterior surfaces of basin walls from 6 inches below finish grade to tops of walls shall be painted one 10 mil coat of black epoxy-coal tar coating and one 5 mil coat of aluminum epoxy-coal tar coating. The total build shall be not less than 15 mile dry film thickness. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 9A-8 • 9A.7.8 Screen Lift Structure. The screen lift structure over the screens and pumps at the cooling tower will be subject to severe corrosive conditions and shall receive special protective coating. Steel surfaces shall be cleaned after erection by commercial blast cleaning in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council Sptscification SSPC - SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning", and immediately coatcrl with a zinc-filled inorganic coating, Carbo Zinc 11 manufactured by Carboline Company of St. Louis, Missouri. The dry film thickness of the coating shall be not less than 2.5 mils. Field welds, field bolts and damaged areas of the coating shall he cleaned by power wire brushing, sanding and grinding, or blast cleaning, to remove all rust, scale, weld slag and damagr.d paint. The cleaned surfaces shall be immeiiately coated with the inorganic zinc coating. Aftrr the prime coat has been completed the entire structure shall be coated with a 5 mil (dry film) coating of epoxy paint, Carboline Epoxy 190HB. The color shall be light gray. Both coatings shall be applied according to manufacturer's directions. 9A.7.9 Dama ed Galvanized Surfaces. Zinc rich paints shall be applied to damaged galvanized surfaces as a single coat system, except as other- ,ise approved by the coating manufacturer. Alkyd resin finish coats sb-11 in no case be applied over zinc rich paints. ® 9A.7.10 Dissimilar Metals. Aluminum surfaces in cottact with dissimilar metals shall be painted with one coat of zinc chromate primer. 9A.8 PREPARAT10N_ OF SURFACES FOR PAINTING. When painted, all surfaces shall be dry and free of dirt, dust, sand, grit, mud, oil, grease, rust, loose mill scale, or other objectionable substance. Cleaning and paint- ing shall be done in a manner which will prevent dust or other air borne particles from contaminating freshly painted surfaces. Oil or grease shall be removed with solvents before mechanical cleaning is started. Different types of paints and coatings require specific surface prepara- tion and application requirements peculiar to the particular product. Each manufacturer's instructions shall be followed. Clean cloths and clear, fluids shall be used to avoid leaving a film of greasy residue on the surface being cleaned. Surfaces not intended to be painted shall be adequately protected from contamination, discolora- tion, or other damage resulting from cleaning or painting operations. Surfaces shall be free of cracks, pits, projections, or other imperfec- tions wnich would prevent the formation of a smooth, unbroken paint film. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 9A-9 022271 When applying touch-up paint, or making repairs to previously painted surfaces, surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned, rubbed, sanded or wire brushed so that edges of adjacent paint are feathered or otherwise smoothed so that they will not be noticeable when painted. All paint or galvanizing made brittle or otherwise damaged by the heat of welding or cutting shall be completely removed. 9A.8.1 Iron _and Steel. Ungalvanized iron and steel surfaces shall be cleaned with solvents before painting, and by high speed power wire brush- ing, scraping, chipping, and/or other approved methods. Surfaces of welds shall be ground or giver. other special treatment to remove all slag and weld spatter. The use of chipping tools which produce cuts, burrs, or other excessive roughness will not be p!rmit.ted. Blast clean- ing may be used for exterior surfaces at the option of the Contractor provided th&t no dust from blasting operations is permitted to settle on adjacent wet paint films or equipment. Mill scale which adheres so tightly that it cannot be lifted with a sharp knife applied to any edge or point thereof need not be removed. Cleaned surfaces shall be prime coated as soon as practicable with the specified primer or touch-up paint. Weathering of unpainted steel for mill scale loosening or removal, or for any other purpose, will not be permitted unless the surfaces thereof are qubsequently cleaned by blasting. • 9A.8.2 Galvanized _Metal. Galvanized metal surfaces that are to be painted shall be cleaned, etched, or otherwise prepared for painting as recommended by the manufacturer of the galvanized metal primer to be used. Any chemical treatment of galvanized surfaces shall be followed by thorough rinsing with clean water. Galvanized surfaces that have weathered for 6 months need not be chemically treated. 9A.8.3 Concrete, Mas_ onry, and plaster Surfaces. New concrete surfaces which are to be painted shall be prepared by removing all dirt, dust, efflorescence, oil or grease stains or other foreign substances; by wire or fiber brushing or scrubbing, scraping, light sandblasting, and/or other approved n-ans, and by surface roughening where necessary to pro- vide good adhesion of the applied paint. For interior ceilings or walls, any sandblasting shall be restricted to the wet or vacuum type. Before mechanical cleaning, any oil or grease shall be removed with mineral spirits or other suitable solvent. Voids and openings in concrete block construction shall be pointed before painting. Interior surfaces to be painted with latex paint need not be filled, but a second coat of paint shall be applied if required for complete coverage. . (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 9A-10 All exposed exterior surfaces shall be filled as required to obtain a con- tinuous unbroken paint film. Plaster surfaces shall be clean and free of dust, grit, loose plaster or mortar, and surface irregularities. Cracks, holes, and depressions shall be repaired or filled with approved patching or spackliiip material, which shaoll be properly keyed or bonded to the existing 3urfnees and sandpapered smo. Where recommended by the paint manufacturer, concrete, l,laster, or masonry surfaces shall be damp, but free ftom any surfnce moisture, when the first coat of resin emulsion paint is applied. 9A.8.4 Turbine Cenerator. All surfaces of the turbine generator and accessories which are to l,e finish painted shall have all rust and scale removed by power wire brushing or power sanding. Lubricants shall be removed with suitable solvents. Castings, welds, and uneven or irregular surfaces shall be ground, filled and smoothed before primer paint is applied, and again before finish coats are applied, as required to get an absolutely smooth finish. 9A.8.5 Surface Preparation Crew. A separate surface preparation crew shall work ahead of the ainters, properly cleaning and preparing sur- faces for painting. 9A•9 PAINT APPLICATION. tempera- ture not less tha minimumasurfacebtemperatarehreall be comm at a by the a. paint manufacturer. In no case shall paint be applied under d by following conditions: under any of the When the surface temperature or air temperature is below 50 F When insects or windblown dust, dirt, or debris would adhere to the freshly applied paint When atmospheric conditions are causing condensation on the surface When exterior surfaces are wet or damp No painting shall be done until construction work is nearly enough com- plete that surrounding or adjacent areas can be cleaned of all dust, insulation shreds, and other debris before painting, and the paint can be applied without being damaged from further construction. Painting shall not be started without approval of the Engineer. The Contractor and his personnel wall be constantly aware that they are applying the finish surface to the structures and equipment. Their skill is required to secure the highest quality protection and appearance for each surface. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - p-4) 120370 9A-11 O The application of any paint or coating to a surface shall constitute acceptance of that surface by the Contractor. If the surface is not ac- ceptable for painting, he shall notify the Engineer in writing before starting application of the paint or coating, All painting materials shall be applied in accordance with the manufac- turer's recommendations by competent and experienced painters. 9A.9.1 Mixing. Paint shall be thoroughly mixed each time any is with- drawn from the container. Paint containers shall be kept tightly closed at all times except while paint is being withdrawn. 9A.9.2 Tinting. Job site tinting of finish coats shall be done only when approved by the Engineer. All tinting colors shall be of a type re- commended by the manufacturer of the paint being used. 9A.9.3 Thinning. Print shall ,ot be thinned except es directed by the manufacturer of the paint, and then only for first or second coats. In any circumstance, however, the limits of thinning shall be as set by the manufacturer or, in the absence of such manufacturer's directions, by the Engi,.ieer. Thinners shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer for use•aith the paint in each instance. • 9A,9.4 Applying. Paint shall be brush or roller applied except as other- wise specified or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Application of paint shall continue without interruption to all surfaces between corners, seams, or other surface breaks. No laps will be permitted except at such surface breaks. At the option of the Contractor, and with the approval of the Engineer, large areas, such as turbine room ceilings and walls, may be painted with airless spray equipment. Specip.l precauti.on8_Qball be.-taken to insure th?C,.4~.: z~zra rya Y c` YY: ! u"t ~g '"eq iOment, Resin emulsion paints shall be applied with a paint roller whenever the paint manufacturer's instructions permit roller application. Application of resin emulsion paint to edges, corners, depressions, and other surface inaccessible to the paint roller shall be by brush. Aluminum paints shall be spray applied except that aluminum paint shall be brush applied to small piping, conduit, rods, struts, and other narrow surfaces. Care shall be taken at all times during spray application of paint to hold the spray nozzle perpendicular, and sufficiently close, to the sur- face being painted in order to avoid excessive loss of material into the air and evaporation of volatile paint solvents. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 9A-12 022271 Airless spray equipment shall be equipped with double tip nozzles of proper • size and type for the paint being applied in each case. Spray application of paint shall be followed immediately with a paint brush applied along vertical and lower horizontal edges of steel mem- bers, abutting surfaces, edges of connections, and between and beneath rivet heads or bolt heads and nuts, to remove all surplun paint and to smooth out all runs. All sags in paint films shall be hrushed out im- mediately. If paint is sprayed out-of-doors, every precaution shall be taken to prevent drifting or spreading of air borne mnterial which might damage adjacent property. Factory primed surfaces shall be determined paintable, with adequate adhesion of job site coatings, or shall be treated by the Contractor as required to obtain adequate adhesion. Each coat of paint shall be of a visibly different color or shade from the preceding coat. Paints shall be factory tinted except as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Each coat of paint shall be inspected by the Engineer before the next coat is applied. Only after inspection is made will credit be given for that coat. Surfaces of the turbine generator and accessories which will be visible in the finished construction shall be spray painted with a paint system • having a finished appearance and quality equal to an automobile finish. Paint systems, whether brush, roller, or spray applied, and whether two coat or three coat, shall have a total dry film thickness of not less than 5 mile or more than 6 mils, except as otherwise recommended for special coatings by the manufacturer of such coatings. The final coat shall present visual evidence of complete hiding and uniform appearance. 9A.9.5 Curing. All paint in any one paint coat shall be hard and dry through the entire paint film before the next coat is applied. In no case shall the elapsed time between the application of successive coats of paint to any surface be leas than that recommended by the paint manu- facturer. The above drying requirements and minimum time limits also apply to sub- mergence of final paint coats '.n water or other liquids. In order to insure that all the parts of tie paint are dry when repainted, all paint (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) • (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 9A-13 022271 shall be applied in a film of uniform thickness at all points. In no • case, shall paint be applied at a rate of coverage per gallon which is greater than thu maximum rate recommended for that paint by its manu- facturer. 9A.9.6 Defects. Paint films which show sags, checks, blisters, tear- drops, or fat edges will not be accepted and any final cunt of paint which shows any of these defects shall be entirely removed from the member or unit involved and the surface repainted. If the defects occur in any of the undercoats, including the shop coat, they nhall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer hefore additional paint coats are applied. 9A.10 PROTECTION OF SURFACES. Throughout the work the Contractor shall provide and use proper drop cloths, masking tapes, and other protective measures necess_ry to protect surfaces from accidental spraying, spat- tering, or spilling of paint. Ile shall be responsible for and shall correct and repair any damaged condition resulting from his operations or from the operations of those who are responsible to him. Any paint deposited on surfaces which are not being painted at that time shall be immediately removed. In case bituminous r:ints are spilled or dropped on any. material except metals, the spots shall, after surface cleaning, be slat paJ.nted with aluminum paint befoce applying the specified paint. The Contractor shall remove and reinstall, or provide adequate in-place protection for, all instailed hardware, accessories, lighting and elec- trical compons-nts, factory finished materials, plumbing fixtures and fittings and any other materials that may beco ie splattered or damaged by the paint or (.Dating materials. Any exposed concrete or masonry not specified to be painted which is damap:d by paint shall be either removed and rebuilt or, where so autho- r+.zed ly the Engineer, paintcu' at the Contractors expense with a complete paint system as ill-ified herein Particular attention shall be given to the protection of aluminum jackets which corer papi and equipment insulation. The jackets shall be com- pletely covered with clean drop cloths at all times when painting is in progresz se that it will at no time be necessary to remove paint from the iackets. The Contractor shall furnish all ladders, stages, and scaffolds required for his wo-k; such equipment shall be maintained in safe condition, ade- quate to s+.pport tL a work load. Scaffolds and ladders, when not in daily use, shall not be left where they interfere with the work of other trades. 9A.11 CLEANUP. The Contractor shell leave all areas clean and free from tubbish and accumulated material left from his work. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 110370 9A-14 Section 9B - QUARRY TILE • 9B.1 GENERAL. This section covers quarry the installed in epoxy tile setting material over concrete. Pouring and finishing of the concrete base slab are described in the concrete section. Grinding and filling of the base slab to required elevation are covered in this section. Where quarry tile is indicated, the base slab shall be left 3/4 inch below finish elevation. 9B.2 MATERIALS. Materials packaged at the factory shall be shipped to the job in unbroken containers marked with manufacturer'" name and brand. Materials shall be as follows: Quarry the Fed Spec SS-T-308, Type I, Class C, plain surface, grooved back, waxed, 6 inches by 6 inches by 3/4 inch, with special shapes and trimmers, match existing tile color Latex fill Camp "Latex Liquid Felt", Kaiser "Crest Latex Underlayment", or Flintkote "Tile-Tex Latex Underlay- ment" Epoxy tile setting material Kaiser "Crest QT" or Upco "Speedcrete" Quarry tile joint filler Kaiser "Crest Acidite" or Upco "ttydro- went" Mineral color Davis "True Tone", Grace "Staybrite", or approved equal (Add to joint filler in color and quantity required to match existing quarry tile joint color) Cellular backup Polyethylene foam or closed cell butyl or neoprene rod, diameter 1/4 inch greater than nominal joint width; Dow "Ethafoam SB", or Grace "Servicised 5401 Foam Filler" Expanaioi, joint primer As recommended by manufacturer of Thiokol sealant Thiokol sealant Polysulfide rubber, Fed Spec TT-S-227, bearing Thiokol Chemical "Tested and Approved Sealant" seal (DENTON$ TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 9B-1 120370 Quarry tile sealer Hillyard "Special Onex-Seal" or Hunting- ton "Poll-Seal" Quarry tile edge angles Aluminum as detailed Waterproof paper ASTM C171; American Siealkraft "Orange Label" or Ludlow Paper "Scut-Champ" 9B.3 SAMPLES. Samples of quarry tile of each size, shape, and colo,. re- quired to match the existing tile color shall be submitted to the Engineer for color selection and approval. Tile samples shall be full thickness and shall show maximum color variation. Each sample shall be imh+ked an the back with identifying color, dimensions, manufacturer's dame, ai.d plant location. 9B.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE. Material containers shall be unopened and shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer's name and brand. Materials shall be carefully handled, and stored in weatherproof enclosures. 9B.5 PREPARATION OF FLOOR SURFACES. Before tile setting is started, the surface of the base slab shall be cleaned of all dfrt, dust, plaster, oil, grease, paint, or other foreign substances. The entire surface on which tile is to be placed shall then be checked for correct elevation with levels and accurate metal straightedgee. A maxi- mum elevation tolerance of plus or minus 1/8 inch will be allowed as • measured from a 10 foot straightedge. To obtain -his accuracy in eleva- tion, high spots shall be ground or chipped, and low spots shall be tilled with latex fill, 9B.6 LATEX FILL. Latex fill material shall be mixed and applied in ac- cordance with the manufacturer's directions, finished with a steel trowel to the correct elevation, and allowed to cure before quarry tile is placed. Surfaces of the concrete base slab shall be dampened before the latex , leveling fill is placed, but there shall be no evidence of water on the surface. The surface of the installed and cured latex fill shall be checked for correct elevation with levels and accurate metal straightedges. A maxi- mum elevation tolerance of plus or minus 1/8 inch will be allowed as measured from a 10 foot straightedge. Areas shall be filled or ground as required to obtain this accuracy.. 9B.7 EDGE ANGLES. Aluminum edge angles shall be set in accordance with the details on the drawings. After tile is installed, top edges of angles shall be ground to the exact level of the finished tile surface. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 9B-2 022271 1 9B.8 PLACING UARRY TILE. Tile shall be clean and dry before they are placed. Immediately before starting to place the tile, the surface of the previously leveled slab shall be thoroughly cleaned by sweeping with a stiff broom. If grease or oil has accumulated on the surface it shall be removed with solvent. Before applying epoxy the setting material, every third tile joint shall be laid out on the slab and marked by snapping a chalk line. When the surface has been thoroughly cleaned, the epoy.y the setting material shall be placed. The two-component material shall be mixed ac- cording to the manufacturer's recommendations, and placed under direct supervision of an authorized representative of the manufacturer. The epoxy shall be applied to small areas to facilitate the placing, leveling, and alignment. Material which has started to set up shall not be usad. The tile setting material shall be placed by spreading with a 1/4 inch by 3/8 inch by 1/4 inch notched-edge trowel to a thickness of not less than 1/8 inch. Tiles shall be set in place with grooves all in the same direc- tion, aligned against a metal straightedge, and pressed or beatan into the tile setting material until they are firmly embedded and there are no voids beneath the tile. Tile shall be sit at the exact finish level or slope required. Metal straightedges shall be laid on the tile surface at regular intervals to check finish elevation. The entire floor shall present a true and even surface, varying not more than 1/8 inch plus or minus from a 10 foot a!reightedge. • While tile setting material is still plastic, if the Engineer so req,:ests, the Contractor shall take up one or more tile units to verify embedment, If the are not properly embedded tha Engineer may require a part or all of the tile to be taken up and relaid. Tile joints shall be uniform width, and shall match existing joint widths. Care shall be taken to keep the joints in perfect alignment. Tile shell be allowed to set at least 12 hours before the joints are filled. When the tile setting material has hardened sufficiently to lock the the in place, the joints shall be filled and packed tight with joint filer and finished smooth and flush with the surface of the floor. Filling of tile joints shall be in accordance with instructions of the joint filler manufacturer. Filling shall be accomplished by spreading the mixture as a s.lurty over the tile surface until joints are filled. After joints are filled a dust coat of dry joint filler shall be applied and the surface sack rubbed with a rotary motion until the joints are packed level with the tile face. A second dust coat of dry joint, filler shall be applied with a steel trowel until the joints are level with tile faces. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) • (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 98-3 Placing joint filler shall be carefully done to insure that 9ach joint apace is completely filled to the bottom and that filler is f►essed into the joint to force it into firm contact with tile setting material. 98,9 EXPANSION JOINTS, Expansion joints shall be provided at locations shown on the drawings. The expansion joints shall be filled with cellular backup material, as detailed, and Thiokol sealant in the following manner; Edges of expansion joint grooves shall be cleaned by surfacing them with an abrasive disc, then blowing out the rcafdue with a jet of air The bottom part of each groove more than 5/8 inch deep shall then be filled with cellular backup material, t,., within 1/2 inch of the top surface of the the Edges of the grooves (except metal surfaces which shnll not be primed) shall then be primed with expansion joint primer The remaining 1/2 inch of she joint, or all of joints not more tl,sn 5/8 inch deep, shall then be filled to within 1/16 inch of the top with Thiokol sealant and finished as required to obtain t. uniformly smooth joint Sealant shall be mixed and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A representative of the manufacturer of the sealant shall be present at least one day when the work is started to wee that • the wort, is carried out in the proper manner. Any sealent which does not meet the approval of the Engineer shall be removed and replaced. 9B.10 CLEANING, PROTECTION, AND TREATMENT. Upon completion of the various parts of the tile work, the Contractor shall remove all surplus material and rubbish. As soon as the joint filler has set sufficiently, but while the surface is still damp, the floor shall be covered with a continuous membrane of water- proof paper, All seams in the membrane shall be lapped at least 4 inches and tightly sealed. The membrane shall be left in place until danger of marring the floor has passed and it is ready for final cleaning, but in no case less than 5 days. After all work has been completed and just before final inspection of the wor':, the protective paper covering shall be removed, the floor surface shall be inspected and defects repaired, and the floor surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with steam or hot water. This cleaning process shall be repeatLd until the surface is cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Two coats of floor sealer shall be applied in accordance with th,, recom- motdations of the manufacturer, After the second coat of floor healer has dried, the entire quarry the floor surface shall be polished with a commer- cial polishing machine. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (CENERt,L CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 98-4 120370 Yj T, 1~ ~n. w~ nAr Ml q' rrr R •.-r t r r .r A :r'.v. 4 +.,v e ~ 1: 'rt;t r ~ T r i r , ti ~-ieht sw x~ r 'v > r~ s t: ,,~Ir.' e . Y Y a a i~~ y➢ ;fir 2, ~ wrp a a ';.4'r~,,'~'~ rb i h :an ,ip r r r,a , 01616N 10 SPECIALTIES TABLE OF CONTENTS page thrums Section 10A - NBTAL LETTERS 10A-1 1OA-2 10A.1 General 1OA-1 10A.2 Drawings and Data 1OA-1 10A.3 Manufacture 1OA-1 10A.4 Fabrication 10A-1 10A.5 Mounting 10A-2 10A,6 Cleaning 10A-2 Section 10B - MIRE MESH PARTITIONS 1OB-1 108-2 10B.1 General 1OB-1 10B.2 Drawings and .;eta lob-1 10B.3 Manufacture 1OB-1 IOB.4 fabrication 1OB-1 lOB.S Erection 10B-2 (DENTONp TEXAS 4904 ) . (QEIr` RAL CONSTRUCTION -,P-4) TC1O-1 120370 t i Section 10A - METAL LETTERS 10A.1 GENERAL. This section covers aluminum letters. The letters shall be as shown on Engizcet's Drawing D4-101 and shall be mounted on the masonry surface of thit south wall. 10A.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Complete specitications, data, detailed drawings, and erection details covering aluminum letters and mounting devices shall be submitted n,r approval to accordance, with the proce- dure set forth in Section 1C of these specifications. 10A.3 MANUFACTURE. Aluminum letters shall be manufactured by Andco Industries, Greensboro, North Carolina, or A.R.K. Foundry and Manufac- turing, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, except letters manufactured by other manufacturers of national reputation and experience will be considered providing that they are an acceptable equal to the letters specified herein. 10A.4 FABRICATION. The letters Fhall be "BROADWAY" style. Letters reading Th NN1rtpAL GENERATING STATION" shall be S inches high and cast from 43 alloy aluminum ingots. Letters reading "CITY OF" shall be 12 Inches high and cast from 43 alloy aluminum ingots. Letters reading "DENTON" shall he 24 inches high and shall be fabricated from 0.090 inch thick 3003-11-14 aluminum alloy plate, heliarc welded; letters shall have channel shaped cross-section with standard depth return for size specified. After casting or fabrication, letters shall be cleaned, mechanically sanded, and etched to rece+ , the Faked-on enamel finish. White enamel shall be applied to all faces and returns, then baked in a gas oven at a temperature of 350 F; the finish shall be guaranteed for 5 years against defects and workmanship. Each letter shall be provided with at least three lugs to receive the threaded mounting studs. Aluminum sleeves shall be provided at each anchor; sleeve lengths shall be as required to mount each letter so that the bark edge of the return projects two inches from face of masonry. All metal used in fabriration of anchors and fastening devices shall be noncorrosive and nonstaining. Full scale mounting templates shall be furnished for each letter. Letters shall be packaged and shipped, complete with all fastening devices, in such a manner that materials are not scratched or damaged. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 i (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 1OA-1 120370 10A.5 MOUNTING. Lwers shall be mounted In the exact alignment, ® position, and spacing shown. Templates furnished with the letters shall bo used to position the anchors. Anchor holes shall be drilled, lead anchors shall be set and threaded studs shall be installed. Sleeves shall be attached and letters shall be positioned and oecutr.d. 10A.6 CLEANING. After letters are secured In their final position, faces and returns shall be cleaned as recommended by the manufacturer of the letters. Chips or scratches on enameled surf+.:as Nhalt be re- paired or refinished as directed by the Eng[neer. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 } (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 1OA-2 120370 Section 108 - WIRE MESH PARTITIONS IOB.l GENEFAL. This section covers materials, fabrication, and erection of wire mesh partitions. The addition to the battery room on the basement floor at El 636'-0" shall be enclosed as shown on the drawings. 10B.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Complete detail drawings, darn, and erection details covering wire mesh partitions and accessories ohnll be submitted for approval in accordance with the procadu~e set forth In Section 1C of these specifications. 10B.3 rIANUFACTURF.. The partition system shall be manufactured by Acorn Wire and Iron Works, Inc., 4940 South Kilbourne Avenue, Chicago, Illinois, except a partition system manufactured by another manufacturer of national reputation and experience will be considered providing it meetE these specifications and matches the existing partition system. IOB.4 FABRICATION. Partitions shall be 7'-0" high with vertical support extending from the floor to the underside of the floor or floor franing above, as detailed. Partition mesh shail be 6 gauge steel wire woven into a 2 inch diamond mesh. It shall be securely clinched to the frames. Vertical frames shall . be 1-1/2 inch by 3/4 inch cold rolled "C" section channels with 3/8 inch bolt holes 18 inches on centers. Horizontal frames shall be one inJit by 1/2 inch cold rolled channels. All joints shall be mortised and tenoned. The center reinforcing bar shall be 1-1/2 inch by 3/4 inch cold rolled channel tenoned to the side frames. All wires shall be passed through the center bar. Flat bar posts shall be 5116 inch by 3 inch with 3/6 inch bolt holes to match partition. The top capping bar shall be a 3 inch by 4.1 pound channel with 5/16 inch "U" bolts at 28 inches on centers. Ter- minal members for anchoring to adjacent masonry shall be manufacturer's standard. Cast iron floor sockets shall be 2-1/2 inches high with set screw adjustments. One 3 feet 0 inch by 7 feet 0 inch wire mesh door shall be installed at the location shown. The door frame shall be 1-1/2 inch by 3/4 inch channel with a 1•-1/: inch by 1/8 inch flat bar cover on three sides, and a 1-5/8 inch by 7/8 inch by 1/8 inch angle riveted to the lock side. The door shall have 1-1/2 pairs of heavy butts riveted to it and to the frame. The door shall have a substantial cylinder lock operated by knob and keyed to match the door lock in the existing partition system. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) lOB-1 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 The door shall have concealed spring hinges which will allow it to be • opened to 175 degrees, and the door shall be removable by removing the hinge pins. Ali bolts, hardware, bracing and accessories for the complete installation shall be included. All ferrous metal components shall be hot-dipped gal- vanized. IOB.S ERECTION. Floor sockets shall be securely attached to the concrete floor with bolts into expansion anchors. The upper ends of posts shall be secured to overhead steel framing or the concrete slat, ras required. Mesh frames shall be securely attached to posts. The door shall be hung for free and easy operation. The entire wire mesh partition installation shall be straight, plumb, and rigid. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4404 ) • (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 1OB-2 120370 y. 7N "I, I P A' ib r1iT i LLt v a,. Asst i+~'e. DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS TABL; OF CONTENTS Page thru fa e section 14A - ELEVATOR 14A-1 14A-6 14A.1 General 14A-1 14A.2 Code Requirements 14A-1 14A.3 Drawings and Data 14A-1 14A.4 Permits and Certificates 14A-1 14A.5 Supervision 14A-1 ,14A.6 Type 14A-1 `14A.7 Design 14A-1 14A,8 Machinery Support Beans 14A-2 14A.9 Car 14A-2 14A.10 Hoistway Doors 14A-3 14A,11 Elevating Machinery 14A-3 14A.12 Guide Rails 14A-4 14A13 Control System 14A-4 14A414 Signal Equipment 14A-4 14A,15 Safety Devices 14A-S 14A016 Wiring 14A- 5 1,4AA1 Finishes 14A-3 14AY18 80ation 14A-S 1 "1 14A$19 Cleanup 14A-6 14A-6 . 14A,20 Maintenance 14A,21 Temporary. Protection ` 14A-6 I Section 14B - HOISTS AND TROLLEYS 148-1 14B-4 14B.1 General 14B-1 148,2 Code Requirements 14B-1 141*3 Drawings and Dath 14B-1 14B,4 MotorA 14B-1 148,5 Design 14B-1 Section 14C - TURBINE ROOM CRANE MODIFICATION 14C-1 14C-2 14C,1 General 14C-1 140.2 Extension of. Overhead Crane 140-1 Power Supply 14C-1 14C,3 Auxiliary Hoist Modification (DLNTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) TC14-1 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - M 4) 0022271 Section 14A - ELEVATOR • 14A.1 GENERAL. This section covers the design, performance, construction, and erection requirements for the service elevator. These elevator specifi- cations are supplemented by additional equipment requirements and motor specifications covered in Section 1G and Section 1N, The elevator hoistway, hoist.way pit, equipment foundations, and the machinery roam enclosure, shall be constructed in accordance with the respective sections of these specifications. 14A.2 CODE REQUIREMENTS. The elevator and component parts shall be de- signed and constructed in accordance with the latest applicable require- ments of ASE, AGMA, ANSI, IEf;E, ASME, ASTM, NEMA, NDII, NEC, UL, Safety Code for Elevators ANS A17.1, and all local codes and regulations. 14A.3 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Complete specifications, data, wiring diagrams, instruction manuals, and drawings covering all materials and equipment for the elevator shall by submitted for approval in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section I.C. 14A.4 PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES. The Contractor shall obtain all neces- sary permits and inspection certificates for the elevator installation, and shp%1. make any necessary adjustments and tests required by the governing authorities. • 14A.5 SUPERVIStr' The receiving, handling, storage, erection, and test- ing of the elova, shall be performed under the supervision of a manu- facturer's erection supervisor. 14A.6 TYPE. The elevator shall be as manufactured by the Ehrsam Company, Abilene, Kansas Type 3002, or approved equal, and shall be an overhead geared traction type with hoisting machinery driven by a single speed ac motor and shall consist of a car, hoisting machinery, counterweights, guide rails, hoistway entrance doors, safety equipment, controls, and appurtenances, The hoisting machine*_y.4hall. be.3^r~tpr-.ph~uR.~hp highest landing level. Elevator equipment shall be arranged as shown on the drawings. 14A,7 DESIGN. The elevator shall be capable of operating under the con- ditions specified, and shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the following requirementss Design capacity, lb 1000 Operating speed, fpm 100 Car Platform width (net) 4'-0" • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4404 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 14A-1 1203;0 'low Platform depth (net) 4'-0" Gate Opening size 2'-10-718" x 7'-0" 't'ype Collnpnihle scissor type Hoiatway doors Number of sets 4 Size opening 2'-10-7/8" x 7'-0" Type Single swing, manually operated Landing levels Basement floor El 6361-0" Ground floor E1 647'-0" Operating floor El. 6531-0" Tank floor E1 6731-0" Approx total vertical travel, ft 37 Power supply 480 volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz 14A.8 MACHINERY SUPPORT BEAMS. The overhead machinery shall be supported on beams furnished by the Contractor. The machinery support beams shalt be designed to be framed into the Owner's structural steel building frame and attached with 7/8 Inch high strength bolts. 14A.9 CAR. The car platform frame and sling shall be of steel construction and shall be constructed to withstand heavy, eccentric and concentrated loadings. The platform shall be suitably isolated from its sling. 14A.9.1 Walls. The car shall be enclosed with suitably braced and rein- forced steel sheet metal panels. Interior faces of panels shall be finished as specified hereinafter under FINISHES. 16A.9.2 Floor. The car floor shall be covered with two thicknesses of wood flooring having a total thickness of not less than 1-1/2 inches. The top wood surface shall be. covered with 1/4 inch thick steel checkered plate secured with 5/16 inch diameter countersunk screws at 24 inch centers each way. Base trim shall be not less than 6 inches high and shall be of steel materials similar to wall panels. 14A.9.3 Cate. The car gate shall be a bostwich collapsible scissor type, supported at tho floor and top of the car. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 14A-2 14A.9.4 Guide Shops. Car guide shoes shall be solid cast iron, 14A.9.5 Accessories. The car shall be provided with the following accessories: Escape hatch in ceiling Certificate frame Signal station Recessed incandescenL ceiling light with switch Intercommunication speaker 4 inch cone type speaker, 4 to 8 ohms, with Lowell baffle Type STLI complete with back box, two conductor 12 or 14 AWG wired to junction.box. 14A.10 llOISTWAY DOORS. lloistway doors shall be of the hollow metal type with steel frames. Each door shall be provided with an observation window. 14A.11 ELEVATINC MACHINERY. The elevator hoisting machinery shall be a woim geared traction machine driven by a single speed ac squirrel-cage motor. The traction machine shall be provided with oil lubricated babbitt sleeve radial bearings and an antifriction thrust bearing. The worm wheel shall be bronze and worms shall be forged steel.. 14A.11.1 Motors. In addition to the requirements of Section 1H, all motors shall be designed for operation in a 50 C ambient, and shall be furnished with sealed Class B insulation; space heaters for operation on 120 volts, single phase, 60 hertz; and totally enclosed fan cooled enclosures. The frames, brackets, conduit box, and fan hoods (when required) shall be cast iron material. 14A.1i.2 Brakes. The traction machine shall be provided with 60 hertz, ac spring set, solenoid released, double shoe brakes of sufficient capacity to stop the car when handling the designed load, Brakes shall be designed to be applied automatically in the event the power supply Is interrupted. 14A.11.3 Counterweights. The elevator shall be supplird with counter- weights located in the hoietway. The counterweights shall be designed for smooth and easy operation and shall comply strictly with the Elevator Code. Final terminal stopping devices shall also be provided. Counter. weights shall have cast iron guide shoes. A counterweight screen shall be provided in the elevator pit. 14A.11.4 Cables. lloieting and governor cables shall be of high grade traction steel stranded wire cable especially designed for elevator service. Cable ends shall be turned back, seated, and babbitted into forged steel shackles, lloieting cable compensation shall be provided in accordance with elevator manufacturer's standards. Governor cables shall be not less then 3/8 inch diameter. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 14A-3 022271 14A.12 GUIDE RAILS, Guide rails shall be as specified in the Elevator Code and shall be accurately machined. Rails shall be rigidly and sub- stantially supported on centers not exceeding 14 feet, The lower ends shrill be suitably anchored in the pit. Any necessary intermediate lateral supports between lnndings for the guido rails shall be furnished by the Contractor. 14A.13 CONTROL. SYSTEM. The elevator control system shall. be the single- speed ac, constant pressure push-button type. 14A.13.1 E uq ipment Enclosure. All elevator control equipment located in the machinery room shall be fully enclosed to prevent (lust accumulation and to prevent entrance of insects, All ventilation openings shall be screened. 14A.13.2 leveling Device. The elevator s+,all be equipped with a leveling device. When a stop is initiated a sufficient distance in advance of a floor, the leveling device shall bring the car automatically to stop at the floor level regardless of load or direction of travel. The device shall correct or avoid overtravel and undertravel. 14A.14 SIGNAL EQUIPMENT. All signal equipment shall be of the flush mounted type and shall be provided with stainless steel escutcheon plates, polished to a No. 4 satin finish. 14A.14.1 Platform Signal Stations. Platform signal stations shall be pro- vided adjacent to each holetway door. Each corridor signal station shall consist of it call button and a "car in use" light. 14A.14.2 Car Signal Stations. The car signal station shall by provided, with the following devices: Floor selector buttons, with landing designations engraved opposite each button as follows: Basement floor - "B" Ground floor ''G" Opera!ing floor - "0" Tank floor - "T" Inspection switch, key operated (furnish 2 keys) Light switch (DENTON, TEXAS - 4404 (GENERAL C9NST RUCTION - 1}-4) 120370 14A-4 14A.15 SAFETY DEVICES. The elevator shall be provided with all safety devices required by the Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters and Escalators, ANS A17.1 and other state and local codes or laws governing this installation. The safety devices to be furnished and installed for the elevator shall include but are not limited to the following: Mechanical speed governor and governor rope system Clamp type safety car stop mechanism actuated from the speed governor Buffers for installation in the elevator pit Limit switches for stopping the car on overtravel Car and hoistway door interlocks to prevent movement of the car until all doors are closed A key operated inspection switch in the car, a top-of-car operating station, and a stop switch installed a the elevator pit, all as required by the latest issu of the Elevator Code 14A.16 WIRING. Wiring shall be furnished and installed as required to . interconnect all elevator electrical devices including all power wiring from the main disconnect switch and all control, intercommunications, and r.tgnal wiring. Main disconnect switch will be furnished and Installed by others. Unless otherwise specified, all wiring shall he in accordance with thu National Electrical Code. The minimum conductor size for all wiring shall be 16 AWG unless otherwise noted. 14A.17 FINISHES. Car interior walls and ceiling, and the hoiatway doors shall be finished with two coats of baked-on enamel in colors ti be selected by the Engineer. All other exposed carbon steel or cast iron sutfaces shall be painted with one coat of metal primer and two costs of machinery enamel. Surface preparation, paint formulation, and instructions restricting the use of paint shall be as specified in Section 9A. 14A.18 ERECTION. Elevator equipment and materials shall be installed, in- spected, and tested in accordance with ANS A17.1. 14A.18.1 Traction Equipment. ~Machine support beams for the elevator shall be secured to the Ownsr a structural steel framing. The concrete floor in the machine room will be placed as specified in Section 3A. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 14A-S Hoisting :machinery shall be installed in the machine room, and cables shall be reeved. The sling shall be suspended and the car shall be assembled on the sling. 14A.18.2 Guide Rails. Guide rails shall be erected plumb within a toler- ance of 1/8 inch and rigidly secured at a spacing not exceeding 14 feet center-to-center. 14A.18.3 Controls and Wiring. The control panel shall he installed in the machine room and all electrical conduit, wiring and controls shall ba installed to satisfy the design and operating requirements listed u,der the design and fabrication requirements. 14A.18.4 Cate. The hate shall be installed in the car. Hoistway doors, jambs, and sills shall be installed at each landing. 14A.19 CLEANUP. After erection but prior to final acceptance, the Con- i tractor sliall clean all structures and equipment installed by him, of dirt, mortar, concrete, or other materials which may have been misplaced or allowed to mar the finish of structures or equipment. Other equipment or structures adjacent to the work which have been defaced by tho Contrac- tor shall be restored to their prior condition. All unused materials or debris for which the Contractor is responsible shall be removed from the site as directed by the Engineer. 14A.20 MAINTENANCE. The Contractor shall furniah regular maintenrnce ser- vice on Fite equipment for a period of 3 months after completion and accep- tance. Maintenance work shall be done during regular hours of regular working days. The work shall include regular examinations by trained employees, as well as all necessary adjustments, greasing, oiling, and parts, to keep each elevator in proper operation, except parts that need replacement due to misuse or negligence by parties other than the Contractor. 14A.21 TEMPORARY PROTECTION. After preliminary acceptance of the elevator installation by the Oval r, the Contractor shall provide the follroaing temporary protection. . 14A.21.1 Car. The side walls of the car shall be lined with readily re- movable 1/2 Inch minimum thickness plywood panels. 14A.21.2 lloistway Jambe. Each pair of hoistway door jambs shall be com pletely lined with 1/2 inch minimum thickness plywood covering. The plywood shall be sucur.;ly mounted and attached with clips which ere readily removable. 14A.21.3 P-moval. The removal of all plywood for tem~7rery protection shall be performed before final acceptance. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 } (GENERAL CONSTUC1'ION - D-4) 120370 14A-6 Section 14B - HOISTS AND TROLLEYS • 14B.1 GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing and installation of hoists and trolleys and their accessories. Except as otherwise specified, all hoisting equipment and accessories shall conform to applicable requirements of the Standard Specifications for Hand Operated Chain Hoists and the Standard Specifications for Electric Wire Rope Hoists, both published by the hoist Manufacturers Association, Incorporated, hereinafter referred to as IIMA. Electric powered equipment shall be furnished with all power end con- trol wiring and electrical components required for a complete ii:stalla- tion. All internal hoist wiring shall be done in the shop and all. controls shall be shop wired to the hoists. Equipment manufactured by manufacturers other than those listed herein- after will be considered for approval providing full details and drawings are submitted with the proposal data. 14B.2 COLE REQUIREMENTS. All hoists, trolleys and accessory items shall be designed and constructed to conform to the latest applicable require- ments of EOCI Specification No. 61, ANSI, NEMA, IEEE, NEC, EEI, AGMA, and ASME. 148.3 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Instruction manuals and outline drawingq and drawings for motor, controls, switches, and other accessories shall be prepared, checked, and submitted for approval as specified in Section 1C. Detail drawings of wheels, bearings, shafts, and other standardized mechanical parts shall not be submitted for approval unless requested. 14B.4 MOTORS. In addition to the requirements of Section 1J, the motors furnished shall be horizontal squirrel-cage or wound-rotor induction motors, as required, suitable for indoor service, and for operation on 480 volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz supply in a 40 C ambient temperature. Motors shall be provided with grease lubricated antif riction bearings, and sealed Class B insulation for all windings. Motor speed shall be as required for the equipment design. 14B.5 DEIGN. Unless otherwise specified, the hoist lift, hand chain reach, and pendant control shall be measured from the bottom of the trolley support member. Hoists and their accessory items shall be de- signed and constructed in accordance with the following items. • (DENTON, TEXAS 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 1411-1 022271 • Each hoist shall be tested at the factory for lifting, braking and holding the rated caPacity loading and shall satisfactorily pass such tests before shipment. 14B.5.1 Electric Hoist. An electric hoist and integral trolley shall be provided for removal and handling of the generator rotor. The hoist shall be completely installed, ready for operation, on the monorail pro- virled at EL 678'-0" on the turbine generator centerline between Column Rows 13 and 14. All interconnecting electrical power and control wiring shall be performed under these specifications. Electric power supply at 480 volt, 60 hertz, 3 phase will be connected to the supply terminals of the cable reel under separate specifications. The hoist shall be Euclid "Series HD, Model JDD-20-1119" electric hoist, manufactured by Euclid Crane 6 Hoist Co. of Cleveland, Ohio and shall be designed and constructed to meet the following requirements and opera- ting conditions: Capacity 20 tons Lift, minimum hook travel 10 feet Headroom, dimension from bottom of I-beam to center- line of hook throat 5 feet 2 inches Hoist speed 11 feet per P minute (single speed) Monorail size 241 79.9 Control Pendant type, push-button momentary contact, combined hoist and trolley controls Limit switch Positive upper and lower limit switches to interrupt power to motor and set brake Brakes Two independent systems: Regenerative type to prevent overspeed of motor Electro-mechanical disc and helix type automatically engaged when motor current is interrupted (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 14B-2 Length of pendant cable 4 feet from Operating Floor • and messenger chain EL 658'-0" Trolley speed 30 feet per minute Trolley brake Motor brake Power supply 25 foot cable reel Bearings Heavy-duty antifriction The hoist gear mechanism shall be totally enclosed. The trolley shall be integral with the hoist. Wheels shall be equipped with lifetime lubricated antifriction bearings and shall be formed and hardened to provide smooth rolling action with a minimum of wear and friction when installed on the designated monorail section. 14B.5.2 Hand Operated Hoists. Hoists shall be spur geared type having antifriction type bearings and lifetime lubrication. The hoist mechanism shall be totally enclosed and shall provide positive automatic braking capable of holding the rated capacity of the hoist without slippage. Trolleys shall be designed and constructed for use with the companion hoist. Wheels shall be equipped with lifetime lubricated antifriction bearings and shall be formed and hardened to provide smooth rolling action with a minimum of wear and friction when installed on the desig- nated monorail section. Pefore leaving the factory each trolley shall satisfactorily pass loading tests equivalent to the rated capacity of the companion hoist. Hoists and trolleys specified for outdoor installation shall have gears and bearings protected by weatherproof enclosures and seals, Hoists and trolleys shall be designed and constructed to meet the follow- ing requirements and operating conditions: Circulating Water Pumps. One hoist and trolley shall be provided as follows: Capacity 10 tons Type HMA Class 11 Type G, lightweight, low headroom, geared trolley suspension Lift 18 feet Monorail 181 54,1 e (DENTON, TEXAS - 4404 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 10-3 120370 Cooling Tower Screens. ?Rro hoists and trolleys shall be provided as follows: Capacity 2 tons Type HMA Class II Type F, lightweight aluminum, geared trolley suspension Lift 20 feet monorail 101 25,4 Air Heater Baskets. One hoist and trolley shall be provided as follows: Capacity 1 ton I Type HMA Class II Type E, lightweight, geared trolley suspension Lift 20 feet Monorail 101 25,4 Boiler Feed Pumps, Two trolleys shall be provided as follows: Capacity 4 tons Type HMA Class II, plain type, light- , weight, hook suspension Monorail 101 25,4 (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) • (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120370 14B-4 S l • Section 14C - TURBINE ROOM CRANE MODIFICATIONS the 14C.1 GENERAL. This section covers the modification work to be done on e ex shallxbetextendedito servectheeUnith5 turbine bay extension g crane rails and power supply turbine room crane auxiliary hoist shall be modified to Increaseetheilifting capacity. Materials and parts fir the crane shall be furnished by the Whiting Corporation, Purchase No. C-9130RI. 14C.2 EXTENSION OF OVERHEAD CRANE POWER SUPPLY. The Contractor shall furnish ell labor, equipmer,c, and materials -required to extend turbine room crane power conductors along the added crane supp orthe overhead necessary to permit the crane to serve the existing turbine bat beam as the Unit 5 turbine bay extension. Y area plus End supports, stops, guides, tension adjustment mechanism and associated equipment for the power conductor assembly shall be relocated or removed and replaced as necessary to extend crane travel over the Unit 5 area. Power conductors shall be spliced or replaced as necessary to allow un- impeded travel of the crane throughout its extended coverage area. Materi- als, supports, spacings, mounting meth,:de and other construction features of the power conductor assembly extension shall match those of the exist- ing assembly, Materials listed in Whiting's proposal to extend existing runway conductors 641-0" are as follows: Lengths of 210 Figure 8 bare copper wires 65'-0" long each Splicing sleeves Intermediate supports, each with three mine hangers No. 49692 and three wire clamps No. 31892 Note: Existing wire anchor to be moved to end of extended runway 14C.3 AUXILIARY HOIST MODIFICATION. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and parts in incr ese the auxiliary hoist capacity, of thF existing 50 ton Whiting Crane Serial No. SIN 7525, from 7-112 tons to 15 tons. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) • (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 14C-1 Parts listed in Whiting's proposal to increase the lifting capacity are ' as follows: 12 inch diameter entrifugally cast steel drum for 10'-6" gauge trclley, grooved for 7/16 inch rope to provide 43'-3" lift com- plete with ring gear, drum shafts, and bearing inner race 15 ton enclosed, antifriction bearing block for 12 parts of rope Upper sheave nest for 12 part reeving with two 12 inch sheaves, one 15 inch equalizer and sheave shaft. Sheaves with bronze bushings. Existing two 12 inch sheaves and equalizer pin to be re-used. Length of 7/16 inch improve: plow steel 6 by 37 crane rope about 650'-0" long All work shall be performed under the direct supervision of the crane manu- facturer's service representative. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 14C-2 022271 ~ k Irv c} i):.r tf 1n,, t b! ,~,fLij q'~ne eH.,9° Y Y .~d~j~•3 i1~~ .d rat e~l ~ ~ *n~. ~ 'rvr ~ f y.. 1 r ~ p, .y ~ 't"- of ) i .1 v ~ ~ 8z ` , • DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS Page thru Page Section 15A - MECHANICAL PIPING 154-1 15A.1 General 15A-1 15A.2 Contract Limits 1SA-1 15A.3 Work Included Under These Specifications 15A-1 15A.4 Code Requirements 15A-1 Subsection 15A1 - PIPELINE LISTING 15A1-1 15A1.1 General 15A1-1 Pipeline Listing PL-1 PL-5 Subsection 15A2 - PIPING HUERIALS 15A2-1 15A2-8 154.-. General 15A2-1 1542,2 Pipeline Listing 1512-1 15A2 S ; Pip 15A2'1 1SA2.4 Tubing 1544-1 15A25 Fittings 15A2-2 15006 FlangesJ`Oiskets, and. Bolting 1542-4 15A2.7 Unions 1342-6 15A?8 Valves', 15A2.6 15A2.9 Piping Isolation Materials 15A2-8 Subsection 15A3 - PIPING FABRICATION 15A3-1 15A3-4 15A3,1 Ge'teral 15A3-1 15A312 D16nsione 1543-1 1SA3.3 Fittings 15A3-1 15AM Welding 15A3-1 15A3,5 Bends 1543-2 15A3,6 Attachments 15A3-3 15A3407 Threaded Connections 15A3-3 1543,8 Large 'Steel Pipe Joints 1SA3-3 15A319 Fiber Glass Reinforced Plastic Pipe Joints 15A3-3 13A3.10 Inspection and Testing 15P3-3 13A3.11 Cleaning and Painting 15A3-4 1SA3.12 Protection During Shipment 15A3-4 Subsection 15A4 - `PIPING ERECTION 15A4-1 15A4-7 1SA4.1 Goneral 1SA4-1 15A4.2 Temporary Piping 15A4-1 .',(DENTON, TEXAS 4904 ) ;`(OE#ERAL CONSTRVCTION - D-4) 2x271 TC15-1 4 rr w' 'ir 9• T` ' 4r: k Vr a n d' t^ r",7k_'rTT a a,. n r' Paga thtiu Page . 15A4; 'z Alterations and Cut-ins 15A4-1 15A4~4 Thermal Expansion 1SA4-1 15A4,5 Pipe Supports 150-2 15A4,6 Cutting and Drilling of Structures 15A4-2 15A4,7 Valve Installation 150-2 15A4,8 Installation of Joint Unions 15A4-3 15A4.9 Making Flanged Connections 15A4-3 15A4.10 Misceltaiwous Small Connections 15A4-3 15A4.11 Damage to Machined Surfaces 15A4-3 15A4612 Piping TAolation 15A4-3 15A4.13 Protective Coating 15A4-4 1SA4.14 Underground Piping 15A4-5 150,15 Pressure Testing 15A4-6 150,16 Freeze Protection 15A4-7 Section 15B - PLUMBING 15B-1 15B-2 15B,1 General 15B-1 158.2 Laws and Ordinances 15B-1 1SB.3 Plumbing 15B-1 3tction 15C -'HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING 1SC-1 15C-0 , 15b,1 '.General 13C-1 150.2 Drawings 1C+1 15C+3 instruction Manual 15C-1 150,4 Shop.Coating 15C-1 liSC45 Testing and Balancing 15C-1 1SCs6 Condensing Units 15C-1 15C.7 Evaporator Coil 1SC-2 15C.S Air Handling Unit 15C-2 150.9 Power Roof Ventilators iSC-3 150,10 Dampers 15C-3 1SC.11 Outside Louvers 15C-4 15C,12 Supply and Return Registers 15C-4 15C,13 Circulating Pans 15C-5 15C,14 Refrigerant piping Installation and Testing 1SC-5 15C115 Pipe Insulation 1SC-6 15C.16 Turning Vanes 15C-6 150,17 Canvas Connectors 15C-6 15C,18 Sheet Metal Ductwork 1SC-6 150,19 Access Doors 1SC-7 150,20 Duct Insulation 15C-7 15C,21 Temperature Control 15C-8 150472 Motors 15C-8 DINTON, TEXAS - 4904 GENERAL. CONSTRUCTION - D-4) TC15-2 022271 T 4~°'3 It, s : Page thru Pace Section 15D - AUXILIARY COOLING WATER TANK 15D-1 15D-2 15D.1 General 15D-1 15D.2 Drawings 15D-1 15D.3 Code Requirements 15D-1 15D.4 Design Conditions 15D-1 15D.5 Construction 15D-1 15D.6 Materials 15D-2 15D.7 Testing 15D-2 15D.8 Cleaning and Painting 15D-2 15D.9 Protection During Shipment 15D-2 Aux Cooling Water Tank 5 M4904-1228701 Butt Weld End Preparation M4904-1204691 Section 15E - SUMP PUMPS 15E-1 15E-2 15E.1 General 15E-1 15E.2 Drawings and Data 159-1 15E.3 $ervice Requirements 15E-1 15E.A Controls 15E-1 158..5 Discharge Piping 15E-2 15E.6 installation 15E-2 r (DENTONj TEXAS 4904 ((;%ftRAAL CONSTRUCTION D-4) 022211 TClS-3 i Section 15A - MECHANICAL PIPING • 15A.1 GENERAL. This section covers the mechanical piping work to be per- formed under these specifications. Detailed requirements for the work are stipulatec in this section and the following subsections: i Subsection 1SA1 - PIPELINE LISTING Subsection 15A2 - PIPING MATERIALS Subsection 15A3 - PIPING FABRICATION Subsection 15A4 - PIPING ERECTION 15A.2 CONTRACT LIMITS. The limits of the mechanical piping work to be performed under these specifications are designated on the drawings. 15A.3 WORK INCLUDED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS. Except as otherwise speci- fied herein, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, supplies, and equipment required to furnish, install, and test all piping systems listed in the Pipeline Listing except where shown on the drawings, all in accordance with the drawings and these specifications. All circulating water piping shall be furnished under these specifications. portion of the circulating water piping designated on the drawings will • be Installed under separate specifications. All other circulating water piping shall be installed u^der these specifications. Valves, flange bolting, gaskets, and specialties shall be furnished and in- stalled by the Contractor. All temporary piping required for construction, testing, and cleaning shall be furnished and remain the property of the Contractor. 15A.4 CODE REQUIREMENTS, All piping materials, fabrication, erection, and application of piping materials shall be in accordance with the latest appli- cable requirements of the Code for Pressure Piping ANS B31.1, the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, AWWA, ISA, and all state and local regulations, where applicable. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 15A-1 77- ~ R. Subsection 15A1 - PIP$LINB LISTING • 15A1.1 GENERAL. The Pipeline Listing which appears on the following pages lists the various piping systems together with the operating conditions and types of pipe and valves to be used with each system. Unless otherwise specified under Special Features, the type of fittings, flanges, and gaskets to be used with each system shall be in accordance with the requirements given under PIPING MATERIALS in Subsection 15A2 of these specifications. Abbreviations in the Pipeline Listing are identified as follows: BW a butt welding SCR = screwed FLG - flanged CS a carbon steel BR - bronze or brass SS - stainless steel having a chromium-nickel content not lea@ than 18-8 per cent CI w cast iron SCH a schedule' GIB . grade STD WT a standard weight I13BH SrQn'body bronze mounted • (DBNTON, TEXAS - 4904 } (OUR RAL 0ON5TFUTION - D-4) 02771 13Ai•l M i7 cn ,y 4 py (ja ti P+ Q'. u ' LLI • N V ~ 14 y a >4 1.4 H H (a7 x w x i N O O .e 4 ID P ~pp 'N J N Y ro L N N a° a~tn 94 ;r o.aw otn C4 w ~ 1-4 a ul) 0 6 Z, w z v 0, 0-4 xx P x (~L+ 5U 0 N W b to oa twA HViHW UU Y M i 'o N N N Y M O r Y 6 H H W N u. t 44 N a 0 Lh in 0 N~ Y N Y r-q 14 r4 ' 4 A ' L H H 0 IL N A a c V1 aF4 04 04 d h 1 O b O b F of A w a s c4 i W H ~n w Ln 4Hi 7 :3C.i`~ 3t°i Awc~ Avi d A'r7 $ z P _ `3 ta~yHFlH N4~H A 9 H O r W NNHW i. +t~7 Hf~UH ~wG+ d ~ ,.FN.t71 S: WWA CCG7 ~ ffff~~~~~ fA A H r~~ii 61 F4 0 V4 rA ~H H ~i`) H ¢`n • a A .,0404 NP64 a MAH PL-2 1 i/ • A q Q N }w..~ 0 y w GL 6 z v. (3 1 q C N b 47 w i R v 0 1. J O 40uaF+ w m a 0. I+~ ~ In r~-1 a w s i t L d ~!~..r w o R N C-4 H V 'a-1 W V) 14 u v A L w s p N E N a l f'S O ~yyy~---yN v M N N N 0 u ° ev~¢F o s H H f!I c a' k. 0.Nr w 0 0 0 (n kn 0 4 N O f/1 N 1 L N H L ! c a PN ~ w O O L O O F YL v N 0 x O U D+ a PL F pq P+ u O ~ a+7~aHf~A NNrA1~CLj'~0! = ai a J w O S I ;'-4 EA :F4 ~.s W ° W • i _ ~ 41f9 VA iN ~i U4 w(3 w Q 001 {W .a.3u uH r;: r4 CL4 b dy' r-1 W a W P~ U r~ a C~ ay SL A w PL-3 ~ W~0.W1'< sr'ma c5w ',r :3 V~ 'MJ•i W H b t,~ l{ 4 fi . F~HH~W ~~o.-~W 8av~•n o ~I w.-1 N xJ H H t97'n F V1 O Q. F trr 'l. H • V1 ~ 'l. H F. c u~ a w N i v, m rr v, w w>. taHw14 lHw L Y, t4 % .-7 R. ~ ,x,+5t7 0 .n o FHF~ ~0 v F~ M I. W .w-7 °a P~i U O. H H M N w 1 b N N W C y U o ~ J l b Y~ ~ry qP J N Y A L ~ b Y . p N N Q o. W W Z..• r+ c 3'/ U s U H 77 H W .-t fn co 8 ~1 u N N N N Y N CL u s H V) 014 C N P 00 N 4 O L ~ Lu N 6 P N d w ~ FL d "1~ P4 yry• A rc'• H 04 FG H M i~ H W Q8 1-4 p~~i1 tN~/~ d a x +V~c-~~~ ~ ~ r-IWH W W N~H W PL-4 ol r H i WNW w . 1.4 a~14 w6ow0L) N~.7PqGf wP H a B(~O sH r~cn" n Ln w c " u p ~ O 1w Q'~ N~ N ` U 19 s O HH W N v1 C7 C,1 7. 1-4 N N pp~~ Q •1 aqq a H X TWO rd •00 b a ,lL 'i4 6 • V >G O d ~ H 44 P4 to 09 tA (111 w C) V 7, nwa Hod V1 A W L N 8 y N N N N tMlw ~ e Y N a ~ t'~ t H 04 44 W W QO e Ln p 64 N a ~ ,a A 1~ yNy Y y O H o L p W ~ j W 00 4 N I ►A CJ 10 i O P4 H • ~ ~ ~ 7 UUry H a4 ~3 A4 04 14 ;r t! L 1-4 LA s gPp4 wx~ 7$la U'~ H O A x W Z 3.0 A as ry A $ y~$ ,i 6 8 NHS CA F' PL-5 as u r Subsection 15A2 - PIPING MATERIALS 15A2.1 GENERAL. This section covers the material requirements for all pipe, thing, fittings, valves, and flanges. All materials to be incorporated in permanent piping systems shall be new, unused, and undamaged. 15A2.2 PIPELINE LISTING. The various major piping system" are listed in Subsection 15A1. Piping materials, wall thickness, and operating and design conditions for each system are designated therein. 15A2.3 PIPE. Pipe materials shall be in accordance with the require- ments ataced herein. All pipe shall be in accordance with the ASTM standards designated herein and in the Pipeline Listing. 15A2.3.1 Ferrous Pipe. Schedule numbers, sizes, and dimensions of all carbon steel and stainless steel pipe shall conform to ANS B36.10. Carbon steel and stainless steel pipe shall be ungalvanized seamless type unless otherwise specified in the Pipeline Listing. Where standard weight (std wt) pipe is specified, 10 inch and smaller pipe shall be Schedule 40 and 12 inch and larger pipe uhall hs a 0.375 inch wall thickness. • Cast iron pipe shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with ANS A21.6 or A21.8. Pipe sockets, socket flanges, glands, gaskets, and bolting for mechanical joint cast iron pipe shall be in accordance with ANS A21.11. The exterior and interior surfaces of all cast iron pipe shall be coated before shipment with a bituminous material approved by the Engineer. 15A2.3.2 Fiber Glass Reinforceu Plastic Pipe. Fiber glass reinforced plastic pipe shall be Bondstrand as manufactured by Amercoat Corpora- tion. 15A2.3.3 Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing. Polyethylene pipe and tubing shall be Orangeburg "5P" plastic pipe and tubing as manufactured by Fiintkote Company or approved equal. 15A2.4 TUBING. Stainless steel tubing shall be furnished in accordance with the requirements stated herein. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15A2-1 022271 TM A269 and shall be fully line el tubing shall conform t N ae specified in the pip Stsinless ste er Type 304 or Type 311 annealed soft temp .)e less than Listing. and smaller shall not tubing 3/4 inch an the pipeline Listing. Wall thickness for ise specified in E; In. the following unless otherw thic Was of Tubi~' 0,030 OD_ 0.049 114 0.065 3/8 0.083 1/2 0.109 5/8 uiva- 3/~+ materials eq q All fittings shall be cons~ructed of 15A2,5 FIITTTI which they are used. ;.n on lent to the pipe with specified herein or s Unless otherwise er shall be of the smaller shall be 15A2.5.1 Steel F- fi2-1/2 inches and che larg s 2 ins and all steel fittings the plans, a and all steel fitting butt welding tYP welding of the socket welding tYPe' The wall thicknesses of butt Butt Weldin Fittin ir wall thickness with which geB16r9% fittinge•shsll be equal to ehmanufe actured in accordance w used. The fittings shall b cTM A403. fitting TM A234 or A. s shall be used 0S B16,28, and A5 ittin s. Forged steel Socket weld fittings s shall 15A2.5.1.2 F°Y ed steel headed connections, in the fitting for all socket weld and steel The metal thicksequal to or greater than conform to ANS B1actu ing strengths shall provide actual bust to be used. be adequate to P which they are s to be as followai fitting those of the pipe with cket pressure classes of e8sshall bel screwed The minimum schedul pressure Class used with various Pipe liinimum Fittin pie Scheme 2000 3000 40 or less 80 Cast carbon steel flanged fittings ,,at Steel Flan ed Fittin e. 152.5.1.3 g 816,5 and shall be of materials conforming to AST shall conform to Bonney Weldolets or A216 WCB• ned adapters' aPProved S ecially desig or b Bonney Forge and Tool Work the main run .1.4 Adm. P 15,+2•5 manufactured y outlet tees when Sweepolets as lieu of reducing inch. equal, may be used in exceed 3/4 pipe wall thickness does not 15A2-2 r0N, TE7US - 4904 (DEN(GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - p-4) 120370 Unless otherwise specified, all branch connections 2 Inches and smallar ® shall be made with special reinforced welding adapters, N,onney F and Tool Works Thredolets or Sockolets or approved equal, or shai special welded and drilled pads. 15A2.5.2 Brass and Bronze Fitting. Screwed brass and bronze pipe fittings shall conform to 125 pound or 250 pound ANS B16.15. Flanged brass and bronze pipe fittings shall conform to k50 pound and 300 pound ANS B16.24. 15A2.5.3 Fiber Glass Reinforced Plastic Fittings. Fittings for use with fiber glass reinforced plastic pipe shall he manufactured from material of the same type as the pipe. Joints shall be cementing type and shall be Bondstrand "Quick Lock" tapered socket cement type. 15A2.5.4 Cast Iron Fittings. Class 125 cast iron flanged fittings shall conform tc ANS Blb.l and of material conforming to ASTM A126 Class A. Mechanical joint cast iron fittings shall conform to ANS A21.10 and A21.11. 15A2.5.5 Tubing Fittings. All tubing fittings shall be of the flareless "bite" type unless otherwise specified. Stsinless steel fittings shall be used with stainless steel tubing. Flareless ti;ping fittings shall be the following or their approved equal. Manufacturer Type Crawford "Swagelok" Parker "Ferulok" Weatherhead "8000 Series" Imperial "Hi-Seal" Where specified in the Pipeline Listing, socket weld fittings shall be used with stainless steel tubing. These fittings shall conform in general design to ANS B16.11 with materials and bursting strengths equivalent to the tubing with which the fittings are used. 15A2.5.6 Polyethylene Tubinj Fittings. Fittings for use with polyethylene tubing shall be Orangeburg "SP" fittings, with double stainless steel clamps, an manufactured by Flintkote Company or approved equal. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15A2-3 022271 15A2.6 FLANGES, GASKETS, AND BOLTING. Flanged joints shall be in • accordance with the requirements stated herein. 15A2.6.1 antes. Unless otherwise specified herein or noted otherwise on the plans, all flanges shall be as follows: Flanges mating with flanges on piping, valves, and f,fluipment shall be of sizes, drillings, and facings which match tfiv connecting flanges of the piping, valves, and equipment. Flange pressure classes shall be adequate to meet the design pres- sure and temperature ratings specified for the piping with which they are used, 15A2.6.1.1 Steel Flanges. All steel flanges shall be of the weld neck type with raised face flange preparation except as specified otherwise herein or noted on the plans. Flat face flanges shall be used to mate with cast iron or bronze flanges. All steel flanges shall conform to ANS B16.5 and the following require- ments: Carbon steel flanges shall be of ASTM A181 material for 150 pound and 300 pound classes and of ASTM A105 material for higher pressure classes. Carbon steel flanges shall not be used for temperatures exceeding 0 750 F. Stainless steel flanges shall conform to ASTM A182. 15A2.6.1.2 Brass and Bronze Flanges. Brass and bronze screwed companion flanges shall bt, plain faced and shall conform to the 150 pound or 300 pound classifications of ANS B16.24. Drilling shall be in accordance with ANSI 125 pound or 250 pound standards. 15A2.6.2 Gaskets. Unless otherwise specified in the Pipeline Listing, asbestos gaskets shall be used with flat face flanges and spiral wound gaskets shall be used with all raised face flanges. All gaskets shall be suitable for the design pressures and temperatures given in the Pipeline Listing. 15A2.6.2.1 Asbestos Gaskets. Asbestos gaskets shall be in accordance with ANS B16.21 and materials shall be suitable for a maximum working pressure of 600 psi and a maximum working temperature of 750 F. Gaskets shall be dimensioned to suit the contact facing. They shall be full faced for flat face flanges and shall extend to the inside edge of the bolt holes on raised face flanges. Gaskets for plain finished surfaces shall be not less than 1/16 inch thick and for serrated surfaces shall be not less than 3/32 inch thick. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15A2-4 120370 15A2.6.2.2 Spiral Wound Gaskets, Spiral wound gaskets shall be construct- ed of a continuous stainless steel ribbon wound into a spiral with asbestos filler between adjacent coils. The gasket shall be inserted into a carbon steel gauge ring whose outside diameter shrill fit inside the flange bolts properly positioning the gasket. The gauge ring shall serve to limit the compression of the gasket to the proper value. Com- pressed gasket thickness shall be 0.125 inch +0.005 inch, 15A2.6.2.3 Ring Joint Gaskets. Ring joint gaskets shall he octagonal. in cross section and shall have dimensions conforming to ANS B16.20. Material shall be suitable for the service conditions encountered end shall be softer than the flange material. 15A2.6.2.4 Neoprene Impregnated Asbestos Gaskets. Neoprene impregnated asbestos gaskets shall be as specified for asbestos gaskets except the material shall be a synthetic rubber bonded asbestos type, Johns-Manville Style No. 76 or approved equal. 15A2.6.2.5 Rubber Gaskets. Rubber gasket materials shall be cloth in- serted sheet rubber, Johns-Manville Style 109 or approved equal. Rubber gaskets shall conform to ANS B16.21, They shall be full face and 1/16 inch thick unless otherwise specified. 15A2.6.3 Bolting. All flange bolting shall conform to the requirements stated herein. Alloy steel bolting shall be used for joining all steel flanges having a design pressure class 150 psi or greater and shall conform to the following., Bolting shall conforra to the requirements of ANS 816.5, Bolting shall consist of threaded studs and two nuts for each stud, Material for studs shall be as follows: i ASTM A193 Grade B14 for piping design temperature 750 F and above, and Grade B7 for piping design temperature less than 750 F Material for nuts shall be as followst ASTH A194 Grade 3 for piping design temperatures 750 F and above, and Grade 2H for piping design temperatures less than 750 F • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15A2-5 120370 Carbon steel bolting shall be used for joining all other flanges and shall conform to the following: Bolting shall conform to the requirements of ANS B16.1 and ANS 316.241 Bolting for bolt sizes 1-3/4 inches and larger shaall, consist of threaded studs and two nuts. Bolting for bolt sires less than 1-3/4 inches may be threaded studs and nuts or bolts and nuts. Bolts and nuts shall be heavy hexagonal head conforming to ANS B18.2, Materials shall be ASTM A307 Grade B. 15A2.7 UNIONS. All piping unions shall be of the ground joint type constructed of materials equivalent in alloy composition and strength to other fittings in the piping systems in which they are installed. Union pressure classes and. end connections shall be the same as the fittings in the piping systems in which they are installed. Steel unions shall have hardenel stainless steel seating surfaces on both faces. 15A2.8 VALVES. The valve pressure classes, body materials, end prepara- tion, and other requirements for valves in the various piping systems are • given in tha Pipeline Listing. Valves specified to have flanged, butt welded, socket welded, or screwed connections shall have ends prepared in accordance with the applicable ANSI standards. Flanges shall be as previously specified. 15A2.8.1 Materials. Valve body and trim materials shall be as specified in the Pipeline Listing and as specified herein. Material Name Description Cast Iron 125 lb Class ASTM A126 Class A Bronze ASTM B61 Brass ASTM B62 For_,ed Cast Carbon steel ASTM A181 ASTM A216 Grade 1 or Grade WCB ASTM A105 is (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - F 4) 15A2-6 120370 Material Name Description . Stainless steel (for stems, AISI Type 410, 420, or discs, and seat facings) ASTM A182 Grade F'-6 Nickel Alloy (for seat Monel metal or other facings) alloy having not less than 60 per cent nickel content 15A2.8.2 Brass and Bronze Body Valves. Brass and bronze body valves shall have union type body Joints. All gate and globe valves r,uall be of the inside screw, rising stem construction. Materials Discs Stainless steel, except nickel alloy may be used for gate valves Stem Brass Seats Stainless steel, except nickel alloy may be used for gate valves 15M.8,3 Iron Body Valves. Iron body valves shall be "ibbm" (iron body bronze mounted). The face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions shall be in • accordance with ANS B16.10. These valves shall have flanged type bonnet joints. Gate and globe valves shall be of the outside screw and yoke construction. Body seats shall be of the renewable type. Materials Disc Bronze or bronze faced cast iron Stem Brass Seats Bronze 15A2.8.4 Plug Valves. Plug valves shall be of the lubricated type and shall be Nordstrom, Walworth, or approved equal. The valves shall have short pattern bodies, and unless otherwise specified, shall have flanged ends. Bonnets shall be of the bolted flange type and plugs shall be conical. WoTm geared handwheels shall be provided on all valves 6 inches and larger. The gearing shall be ,-nr_losed in a suitable housing. Each valve below 6 inches in size shall bu provided with an operating wrench. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15A2-7 022271 All lubricant fittings and injectors required for introduction of plug lubricant shall be supplied with each valve. 15A2.8.5 Butterfly Valves. Butterfly valves shall be constructed in ac- cordance with AWWA C504 and shall be as manufactured by Crane, or Allis- Chalmers. Valves shall be provided with renewable rubber seat rings or spool type liners. Valve discs shall be steel or cast iron with chromium plated or hardened stainless steel edges polished smooth. All valves shall be provided with :stainless steel shafts. Each valve shall be provided with a worm gear reducer manual operator. The reduction gears shall be totally enclosed in an olltight housing and shall operate in a lubricant bath. Each manual operator shall be provided with a position indicator, locking device, and a handwheel. 15A2.8.6 Special Features. Valves shall be provided with all special features as shown on the plans. Valves provided with valve boxes shall have operating nuts and one T-handle operating wrench shall be provided for each valve. Buried valves shall be: provided with extension bonnets where shown on the plans. 15A2.9 PIPING ISOLATION MATERIALS. Piping electrical isolation assem- blies shall be furnished in accordance with the requirements stated . in Section 16C. (UENTON, TEXAS - 4904 1 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - b-4) 15A2-8 022271 Subsection 15A3 - PIPING FABRICATION • 15A3.1 GENERAL. The fabrication of kill piping shall be In accordance with the requirements stated herein. 15A3.2 DIMENSIONS. The dimensions shown on the Engineer's drawings do not make allowance for welding gaps, welding shrinkage, or gasket thickneus unless otherwise specifically noted on the plans. End- to-end dimensions of valves or other special items furnished under separate specifications will be furnished to the Contractor. 15A3.3 FITTINGS. Fittings such as tees, crosses, elbows, caps, and reducers shall be used for all changes ir, direction, intersections, size changes, ind end closures of piping, unless otherwJse specifi- cally noted on the plans or specified herein. Couplings shall be used for joining straight lengths of 2 inch and smaller piping. Branch welds shall not be used except where specifically shoira on the plans. Mitered fittings shall be used only where shown on the plans. The radius for mitered fittings shall be equal to the diameter of the pipe, and mitered segment angles shall not exceed 15 degrees. Wel,.ng adapters, drilled and welded pads, and branch weld connections . shown on the plans shall be reinforced to meet the requirements of Paragraph 104.3 of ANS B31.1. 5A3.4 WELDING. All welding shall be in accordance with the following requirements. 15A3.4.1 _qualification and Procedures. The Engineer's approval of all welding procedures shall be obtained before commencement of the work. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to have all welding procedures, welders, and welding operators qualified in accordance with applicabl,n code requirements before work is begun. Qualification shall be made in accordance with ANS B31.1. Valid certificates issued by recognized insurance companies attesting to the qualifications of welders or welding operators will be accepted in lieu of copies of welder performance test results and welder examina- tion records for welding under ANS 831.1. Records of the welding procedures and welder performance qualification tests for work done shall be maintained. Certified copies of any ar all of the above records shall be furnished to the Engineer upon request. . (DENTON, TEXAS - 496'4 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15A3-1 120370 15A3.4.2 Methods. All welding sha?1 be done by the shielded metal-arc process. Filler metals shall be compatible with, and shall be of equal or greater strength than, the base metals. The electrical current and voltage characteristics shall be in accordance with the filler metal manufac- turer's recommendations. 15A3.4.3 End Preparation. The base metals for butt weld joints shall be prepared with a 37-1/2 degree end bevel. All ends shall be prepared by machinit.g or automatic machine flame cutting. In specific instances where the use of the above equipment is impractical, approval shall be secured for hand flame cutting. All slag and irregularities shall be j removed from flame c+.t ends and hand cut ends shall be ground smooth. Pipe ends for soc!.et welded or screwed connections shall be reamed to full inside diameter to remove all burrs and obstructions. 15A3.4.4 Preheating. Welding zones shall be preheated to 70 F before welding is started. 15A3.5 BENDS. Pipe bending will be permitted only as shown on the plane. Pipe bending of fuel oil piping will not be permitted. All bending equipment and procedures shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. All bands shall be smooth, without bucklea, and truly circular. The allowable flattening, as determined by the difference between the minor and major axes, shall be not greater than 5 per cent of the nominal diameter. Allowance shall be made for thinning of the pipe wall in accordance with the requirements of Paragraph 102.4.5 of ANS 831,1 to assure that mini- mum wall thickness after bending is not less than the wall thickneas specified in the Pipeline Listing. 15A3.5.1 Shop Ben_ ding. too cold bending will be permitted. All pipe to be bent shall be sand filled and firmly tamped. The pipe sha?,1 be uni- formly heated to a temperature of 1700 F to 2000 F but not exceeding 2000 F. No bending shall be done when the pipe temperature it lees than 1400 F on carbon steel pipe or less than 1650 F on alloy pipe. A mini- mum amount of Ovate: may be used to set carbon steel pipe bends. Upon completion of the bending operation, the pipe shall be allowed to cool slowly in still air to cpproximately 700 F before removing the sand. A complete record of the pipe temperature during the operation shall be made by means of a recording potentiometer. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15A3-2 022271 15A3.5.2 Field Bending. Cold bending shall be limited pipe in sizes rnr inch and smaller and w to seamless hen operating pressures or tempera- tures do not :treed 250 psi or 450 F. The minimum radfus of cold bends shall not he less than 8 nominal pipe diameters. Hot bending shall be limited to dea•tlesti carbon steel pipe in sizes 4 Inches and smaller. The minimum radius of hot bends Hhnll not be less than 5 nominal pipe diameters. All pipe to be bent 811,01! be uniformly heated to a tenperature between 1700 F and 2000 F usinH electric re- sistance heating or fuel fired burners. Oxyacetylene flame heating will not be permitted. Suitable provisions shall be male for maintain- ing a uniform wall thickness and cross sectional areas by sand filling, dies, or other means. 15A3,6 ATTACHMENTS. All special attachments shown on the drawings and attachments required for support of the piping shall bu furnished and welded on the pipe, All attachments shall be of the same material as the piping on which they are installed. 15A3.7 THREADED CONNECTIONS, Threads of all branch connections shall be trued by use of a thread dib after the coupling, pad, adapter, or other threaded attachment has been welded to the .vain piping. 15A3.8 LARGE STEEL PIPE JOINTS, Butt welded joints in steel pipe 36 inches and larger shall be carefully aligned before welding, The offset at any point between pipe outside surfaces shall not exceed 1/8 inch. In addition, an internal welding pegs shall be made at these joints to smooth the interior surface of the pipe. 15A3.9 FIBER GLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PIPE JOINTS, Joints in Bond- strand piping shall be of the "QuickLock"tapered socket type, shall be carefully made in accordance with the recommendations of the pipe manufacturer. Bondstrand adhesive as shown in the Pipeline Listing shall be used. The adhesive shall be mixed before use at a temperature of 60 F or above and shall be used while the mixture remains workable. Crfor to joining, pipe ends shall be cut square, all surface resin shall be removed front the pipe joining surface by sanding, and all oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign matter shall be removed from both join- ing surfaces by use of a suitable solvent. Adhesive shall be applied to both the pipe end and inside the fitting and the pipe inserted into the fitting and driven into place. After assembly, the joint shall be quick cured by slowly heating the joint Ili accordance with the manufac- turer's recorendations, 15A3.10 INSPECTION AND TESTING. Inspection and testing of the fabri- cated piping assemblies shall be as stated hurein. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 15A3»3 15A3.10.1 ~drostatic Tests. Shop hydrostatic testing of fabricated . piping is not required. Hydrostatic testing shall be dune as a part of piping erection as stipulated in Subsection 15A4. 15A3.10.2 Weld Tests. The quality of welding may be checked and tested by removal of as pipe section containing a weld. Such tiv(tion of pipe shall be removed if requested by the Engineer. 15A3.10.3 Mirkim. Upon completion of each welded joint, the welding operator shall ;nark his regularly assil,ned identification number and the last two ntunbers of the yea: in which the work was ..,,apleted. Inspection stamps and code symbol stamis, where required, and all other necessary Informatlon ehall be applied to the piping in accordance with the governing codes. 15A3.11 CLEANING AND PAINTING. The exterior and interior surfaces of all piping shall be thoroughly cleaned of all sand, mill scale, greases, uila, dirt, and other foreign materials. Unless otherwise specified for "shot blast cleaning" in the Pipeline 4isting, the :interior surfaces of all shop fabricated piping shall be cleaned with a power driven mechanical cleaner. The interior surfaces of shop fabricated piping specified for shot blast cleaning shall be thoroughly blast cleaned using metal shot. After cleaning, interior eurfaces cf all piping shall be thoroughly air blown • The external surface of shop fabricated piping not given a protective coating shall be given one coat of primer. The primer paint shall be a red ]pad or zinc chromate pigment, rust Inhibitive metal primer paint reca,imended by the paint manufacturer for application to metals prepared for painting by wire brushing. Flange faces shall not be painted but shall be given an application of an easily removable rust preventive compound. The identifying piece marks shown on the shop sketches shall be clearly marked on each end and on opposite sides of each fabricated section. 15A3.12 PROTECTION DURING SHIPMENT. Open ends of all shop fabricated piping shall be closed with suitbble metal caps securely attached to the piping to prevent their being dislodged during loading and unload- ing. All machined surfaces shall be coated with grease, All flange bolting, gaskets, 1•acking rings, and other miscellaneous loose items shall be suitably packed in heavy wooden boxes having waterproof linings to prevent entry of dirt and moisture. (DFN,ON, TEXAS - 4404 ) (CLUE RAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 012211 15A3-4 Subsection 15A4 - PIPING ERECTION 15A4.1 GENERAL. All piping, valves, fittings, and piping specialties shall be erected in accordance with the requirements of this subsection. Any piping installation not specified herein shall be done in accord- ance with good engineering practice. The plans show the dimensions of the major lines. fheso dimensions are subject to change to accommodate the equipment valves and fittings actually furnished and the variations in equipment as actually installed. If the valves, fittings, and other elements of the piping systems actu- ally furnished differ in dimensions from those shown, the piping systems shall be altered as required to accommodate these changes. If, for some unforeseen circumstance, the installation of the piping as shown would result in an interference, the modifications or corrections required to install the piping free from interferences shall ;,e made. The terminal points of all piping installed under these specifications shall be brought to exact location, grace, and alignment as shown on the drawings. 15A4.2 TEMPORARY PIPING. All equipment, piping, and valves of a tem- porary nature shall be installed in a safe and workmanlike manner. This shall include such lines as temporary vents, hydrostatic teat lines, and all other vemporary lines required to successfully complete the work. When the temporary piping is no longer required, it shall be dismantled and removed from the site. 15A4.3 ALTERATIONS AND CUT-INS. All alterations and cut-ins to exist- ing piping and equipment shown on the flow diagrams and plans shall be mada as specified herein and as required for proper installation of the new piping and equipment. All cut-ins shall be done by sawing or by careful flame cutting as approved by the Engineer. All alterations to the fuel oil system shall be done by sawing. Flame cut holes shall be ground smooth. The interior of the piping shall bo thoroughly cleaned after cutting. All aiteratioc.s and cut-ins to existing systems shall be made on a time schedule subject to approval of the Engineer. 15A4.4 THERMAL EXPANSION. All piping shall be installed so that ex- cessive or destructive expansion forces will not exist either in the cold condition or under conditions of maximum temperature. Expansion bends shall be provided in all small. hot lines if required whether indicated on the plans or not. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 } (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15A4-1 022271 15A4.5 PIPE SUPPORTS. Piping supports for drain piping shall be furnished • and installed in accordance with the details and notes given on the plans. Welding of pipe supports to structural steel forming a part of the build- ing supporting structure shall only be accomplished by means of the electric metallic arc method, and the quality of welding shall be at least equivalent to that as provided by the specifications of the American Institute of Steel Construction. The structural beams shall not be heated more than necessary to attach the support; all welds shall run parallel to the axis of the span and all welding shall be staggered with cooling &Ilowed between :subsequent deposits. Loaded beams shall be unloaded or properly shored prior to field welding, 15A4.6 CUTTING AND DRILLING OF STRUCTURES. All necessary drilling, cutting, and patching of structures required for proper installation of piping or bolts shall be done, but only as shown on the plans, specified herein, or as approved by the Engineer. Holes shall not t,~ cut in structural steel. Wherever possible, clamps shall be used for attaching erection rigging. Lugs may be welded to structural steel only with the consent of the Engineer. Upon completion of the work, the lugs shall be removed and the surfaces ground smooth. Holes in grating or floor plate shall be banded and reinforced in accordance with the details shown on the plans. Holes in floor plate shall be machine cut. Aluminum shall be used for banding aluminum • plate and steel for steel grating or floor plate. Two coats of "Zincilate" shall be applied to damaged areas of galvanized metals. Holes cut in walls and roofs shall be complete with sleeves, collars, panel edge closures, reinforcing, and other accessories in accordance with the details shown on the plans. Holes in concrete floors shall be provided with machine cut steel pipe sleeves in accordance with the details shown on the plans. All openings made in concrete shell be made by core drilling, saws, or similar clean cutting equipment. 15A4.7 VALVE INSTALLATION. All valves shall be installed in accordance with the requirements stated herein. 15A4.7.1 Gate Valves, Excessive piping strains and bending moments on gate valves, especially 150 pound large steel gate valves, shall be avoided. Exce-ssive strains and moments will result in distorted valve seats. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15A4-2 120370 15A4.7.2 Butte.r fly Valves. The piping on each side of the valve shall . be carefully aligned to avoid stress on the valve body. Excessive strains and moments will result in distori:ion of the body and seat. The piping shall be corrected if stresses are imposed. Valves 24 inch and larger shall be installed so the seat adjusting rings are on the downstream side of the body. 15A4.8 INSTALLATION OF JOINT UNIONS. Unions shall be Installed in all piping that contains instruments and special Items 5u01 as meters, level controllers, float switches, gauge glasses, and traps In order that these items may be easily removed from the line. Ever'v pref.aution shall be taken in installing unions in order that the adjoining s;!acing surfaces fit up squarely without forcing. 1.)A4.9 MAKING FLANGED CONNECTIONS. The faces of all flanges and gas- kets shall be wiro_,Ic12a 'when making up flanged joints. The contact faces of all flanges shall meet squarely and particular care shall be exercised in pulling up flanged joints to prevent overstressing of flanges or flange bolting. The threads of all bolting shall be painted with a suitable thread lubri- cant before the joint is made. The lubricant shall be suitable for the operating temperatures involved. i 15A4.10 MISCELLANEOUS SMALL CONNECTIONS. All openings for vents, drains, • instruments, and other similar connections made after erection of the piping systems shall be drilled. No burning of such openings will be permitted. The low points of all water piping systems shall be provided with 3/4 Inch minimum screwed plugged openingu to permit drainage of the systems. 15A4.11 DAMAGE TO MACHINED SURFACES. Special measures shall be taken to avoid damage to machined surfaces such as flange facings or pipe ends which have been prepared for welding. Any damage to welding ends shall be repaired prior to butting up for welding. If a flange facing is marred, scratched, or damaged to such an extent that, in the opinion of the Engineer, the flange will be a cause for leakage, such flange shall be repaired or replaced. 15A4.12 PIPING ISOLATION. All necessary insulated flanges and insulated couplings shall be furnished and installed as shown on the plans and as required to properly isolate the piping. Bolting at insulated flanges shall consist of studs and nuts with sufficient stud length to allow at least one full stud thread protruding through each nut. Sleeves shall extend into the insulating washers. After installation, insulated flanges and couplings shall be tested to determine that the piping is properly electrically isolated to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 0 (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15A4-3 120370 To confine cathodic protection current to the piping to be protected, • the Contractor shall electrically isolate the designated piping from connecting piping and equipment, reinforcing steel, structural steel, the station grounding system, and other buried piping, 15A4.13 PROTECTIVE COATING. Protective coatings shall be furnished and applied to all steel and Yoloy piping to be installed underground or be- neath floor slabs including pipe to be encased in con~_retu, All surfaces of the piping shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove all oil, grease, dint, rust, mi11 scale, weld scale, and other foreign material prior to the application of any coating. This shall be ,,r.compiished by the use of suitable solvents to remove oil and grease followed by sand- blasting. Protective coating for piping whose operating temperature is less than 150 F shall consist of coal tar primer, 3/32 inch thick coating of hot coal tar enamel, fibrous glass mat, 1/32 inch thick coating of hot coal tar enamel, bonded wrap of asbestos felt, and wrap of kraft paper. All cleaning, coating, testing, handling, and installation shall be in accordance with AWWA C203 together with the applicable sections in the appendix of those specifications. Protective coating for piping whose operating temperature is 150 F or greater shall consist of two coats of Bitumastic Super Service Black as made by the Koppers Company, or approved equal, with a fibrous glass mat • between the coats and a bonded asbestos felt wrapping applied after the second coat iu approximately 75 per cent dry. Each coat shall be applied in a thickness to cover not more than 70 square feet per gallon and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Fibrous glass mat and bonded asbestos felt wrapping shall be in accordance wit'n the appli- cable sections of the appendix of AWWA C203. Piping to be encased in concrete shall be given a double wrap of bonded asbestos felt in lieu of the single wrap specified above. Protective coatings may be shop or field applied. If shop applied, all damaged areas shall be repaired and field weld areas coated in the field. After the field coating work is complete, 100 per cent of all coated areas shall be inspected by the Contractor, using an electrical holiday detector. Holiday detector voltage for coal tar coatings shall be between 12,000 and 14,000 volts, Any flaws or holidays found in the field coated areas shall be repaired. Coated pipe shall, at all times, be handled so as to prevent damage to the coating. Bare cables, chains, hooka, metal bars, or narrow skids shall not be permitted to come in contact with the coating during handling, Coated pipe shall not be handled when the ambient tempera- ture is below freezing. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15A4-4 022271 • 15A4.14 UNDERGROUND PIPING. Installation of underground piping shall be in accordance with the requirements stated herein. 15A4.14.1 Cleaning of The inside and outside surfaces of all piping shall be cleaned of all dirt and other foreign materials before installation. No mud, sand, debris, or other materials shall be per- mitted to enter piping during erection. After installation all lines shall be thoroughly blown or flushed. All branch outlctn shall be ade- quately sealed as soon as piping is installed or bE'fure Installation. 15A4.14.2 lrenchii~_and Buckfill. Excavation, embedment, and back- filling r equired for Installation of underground piping shall be in accordance with the rcquircmcots stated in Section 213 of these specifi- cations. 15A4.14.3 Hand Iin Pipe, fittings, valves, end accessories shall be handled in a manner that will insure installation in a sound, undamaged condition. Equipment, tools, and methods used in unloading, reloading, hauling, and laying pipe and fittings shall be such that th., pipe and fittings are not damaged. Particular care shall be taken to prevent damage to protective coatings. Slings shall be nonabrasive and located between the ends or" each pipe section when lifting. Bare wire rope slings or the use of hooks to lift pipe will not be permitted. • 15A4.14.4 Grade and Alignment. Piping shall be laid to the lines end grades shown on the plans. The Contractor shall erect substantial batter boards at intervals of not more than 25 feet. Batter boards shall be used to determine and check pipe subgrades. Not less than three batter boards shall be maintained in proper position at all times when trench grading is in progress. Whenever, in the opinion of the Field Engi•ieer, the use of batter boards is impractical the Contractor will be permitted to use surveying instru- ments to maintain alignme;t' and grade. At least one elevation shot sliall be taken for each length of pipe. All trenches shall be so graded and pipe so installed that the pipe, Oien laid on the trench bottom as previously prepared and graded, will b in accurate horizontal and vertical position. All pipe shall be brought to the exact terminal points specified. Bend- ing will not be permitted except as specified under BENDS in Subsection 15A2 of these specifications. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15A4-5 120370 15A4.14.5 Laying Pipe. Pipe shall be protected from lateral displace- ment by pipe embedment material installed as specified for trench back- fill. Under no circumstances shall pipe be laid in water and no pipe shall be laid under unsuitable weather or trench conditions. Trench bottoms which become unstable shall be stabilized in accordance with the requirements stated in Section 2B of these specifications. 15A4.14.6 Closures. When pipe laying is stopped at the end of the day, or for any other reason, the end of the pipe shall be rloE;ed with a watertight plug or bulkhead. All branch outlets shall be adequately sealed as soon as the special or fitting is laid. It i5 essential that mnd, sand, or debris be excluded from the lines at all times. 15A4.14.7 Blocking. Underground piping shall be provided with suitable concrete thrust blocks at locations as required to prevent any movement of piping by t:-,e unbalanced internal liquid pressure. Thrust blocking to be furnished shall include blocking as required to prevent movement of uncovered piping during hydrostatic testing. The Contractor shall be responsible for all blocking and blocking shall not be accepted as adequate until piping has been successfully hydro- statically tested as specified herein. 15A4.14.8 Mechanical Joint Pipe Installation. The installation of mechan- ical joint cast iron pipe shall be in accordance with the pipe manufac- turer's recommended practice for joint installation. 15A4.14.9 Pipe Encased In Concrete. Concrete encasements shall be installed where and as shown on the plans. Concrete and reinforcing steel shall be as specified in Section 3A. Pipe to be encased shall be installed on a base slab and wedges and struts placed to bring the pipe to exact grade, prevent flotation, and hold the pipe in alignment. The struts shall be completely encased in the concrete to prevent a water path along the struts to the outside of the encasement. The alaba•stiail be provided with keys or water stops to insure completely watertight and pressure sealed encasements. All necessary measures shall be taken to insure that the piping is isolated from other metal. 15A4.15 PRESSURE TESTING. When a test pressure is specified for a pip- ing system in the Pipeline Listing, the specified teat pressure shall be applied to the system upon completion of erection. Where no test pres- sure is specified, pressure testing is not required for that system except as specified otherwise herein. Except as otherwise specified in the Pipeline Listing for "air test", all pressure testing shall be done hydrostatically with cold water. Lines to be air tested shall be given an application of a leak detection fluid which shall reveal the presence of leaks by easily visible means such as bubble formation. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15A4-6 022271 All hydrostatic testing shall conform to the Code for Pressure Piping • ANS B31.1, Paragraph 137. The specified test pressure shall be applied for at least one hour. Leaks shall be repaired and the system retested until accepted by the Engineer as satisfactory. All materials and equipment required for pressure testlsifs shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. Water from hydrostatic testing may be left in the underground piping until embedment and backfill have been installed to prevent flotation. After embedment and backfill is complete the lines shrill be dewatered and refilled with chemically treated water. The chemicals will be furnished by the Owner and shall be added while the piping system is being filled in a manner approved by the Engineer. All temporary piping and equipment required for the addition of the chemicals shall be furnished. All end closures shall be left in place to prevent foreign materials from entering the piping during other work. • (DENTON, TEMS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 15A4-7 Section 15B - PLUMBING • 15B.1 GENERAL. This section covers materials and installation for plumbing within the Unit 5 building, including sanitary and floor drain piping under the basement floor. Manholes, sewers and drains outside the building shall t)v as specified in DIVISION 2 o` these specifications. 15B.2 LAWS AND ORDINANCES. All plumbing work shall be jwrformed in accordance with :ill applicable municipal codes and ordinances, and laws and regulations of the state, which pertain to such wore. In case of conflict between these specifications and any law or ordinance of state or city, the latter shall govern. 15B.3 PLUMBING. Plumbing work shall consist of the furnishing and installation of floor and roof drains, and the installation of sanitary and floor drain piping under concrete floors or other slabs on grade. Upper floor drain and roof drain piping shall be as described in Section 15A of these specifications. 15B.3.1 Materials. Materials shall be as follows: Roof drains As shown on the drawings, hot-dip galvanized • Floor drains As shown on the drawings, hot-dip galvanized Cast iron soil pipe ASTM A74, extra heavy and fittings Lead Fed Spec QQ-C-40, Type 1 Packing Hooven & Allison "Sure Seal White Oakum" or Sealite "White Oakum Caulking Yarn 110" Rubber gaskets ASTM C564 Hubless cast iron soil pipe CISPI 301, with neoprene gaskets and no-hub couplings . li • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15B-1 120370 Whenever permitted by the local plumbing code, hubless cast iron soil pipe or centrifugally cast service weight coil pipe will be acceptable. Rubber gasketed joints may be used with hub type soil pipe if permitted by local code. 15B.3.2 pipe Installation. Lead joints in cast iron drainage piping shall be made in accordance with the best standard practice, using jute packing and lead, or joint gaskets. The lead in each Joint shall be run at one pouring and the joint shall be completely filled. No second pour- ing or driving in of cold lead will be permitted. Jointn shall be tho- roughly calked to make them tight and free from leaks; 1-'ire being taken, however, to avoid overstressing the bell. Joints in hubless cast iron drainage piping shall be mid.- with neoprene gaskets and stainless steel sleeves in accordance with the pipe manufac- turer's instructions and recommendations. 15B.3.3 Roof and Floor Drains. Roof drains shall be securely and rigidly attached to the roof decks to prevent movement and shall be set at a proper level for flashing and drainage. Floor drains shall be of the type and size noted on the drawings. Floor drains shall be carefully adjusted to the correct elevation for proper drainage. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15B-2 120370 I Section 15C - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING 15C.1 GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing and installation of all new hosting, air conditioning, and ventilating equipment and materials and the relocation and alteration of certain existing equipment, all as speci- fied herein and as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise specified herein or shown on the plans, all equipment and materials shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's ir:struc- tions and recommendations. The Contractor shall provide all miscellar.eous materials required for proper equipment installation. Equipment will be electrically connected under separate specifications. 15C.2 DRAWINGS. Shop drawings for all equipment and ductwork shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Drawing submittal shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 1C. 15C.3 INSTRUCTION MANUALS. Inscruction manuals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 1C. 15C.4 SHOP COATING. Materials and equipment shall be shop coated as specified in Section 1G. 15C.5 TESTING AND BALANCING. A complete check-out of new and modified e heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems shall be made. These air systesms anall be balanced and adjusted. Fan speeds shall be adjusted to the manufacturer's rating. Dampers behind diffusers shall be adjusted to the cfm shown on the drawings. Test readings shall be recorded during all adjustments. The Contractor shall fill out apparatus report sheets on all fans and package equipment and outlet test sheets for air outlets in accordance with SMACNA Balancing Manual, Chapter 2. A copy of the final readings shall be furnished to the Engineer. 15C.6 CONDENSING UNITS. The air cooled condensing units shall be complete with one or two compressors, condenser coil, upflow condenser ians, high and low pressure cutouts, time delay relay and timer, crankcase heaters, charging valves, compressor starting relays, capacity control pressurestat and solenoid, capacitors, relays, filter drier, control transformers, motor starter, and other accessories required for a complete unit. The units shall have a fully insulated steel casing wit' baked enamel finish for outside mounting. The units shall be prov!1ei with zinc coated coil guards. Rubber and shear vibration isolator, shall be provided as recom- mended by the unit manufacturer. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 15C-1 The compressors and all controls shall be isolated from the condenser. • The compressors and condenser fan motors shall be mounted on isolation bases. Condensing unit 5-2 shall have a capacity of 149,000 Btu per hour with 115 F air entering the condenser and 39 F suction. The unit shall have a 24 volt control circuit for cycling the compressors and condenser fans. A low ambient control package shall be furnished for operation to 0 F, and a hot gas bypass control on Lhe lead compressor. Condensing unit 5-1 shall have a capacity of 83,000 Btuh with 105 F air entering the condenser and 41 F suction temperature. The unit shall have a 24 volt control circuit for cycling the compressor and condenser fans. A low ambient control package shall be furnished for operation to 0 F. Both condensing units shall be factory pro-wired requiring only a 480 volt, 3 phase, 60 hertz power source'. Condensing unit 5-1 shall be Trane RAS154 and condensing unit 5-2 shall be Trane RAS84 or approved equal. 15C.7 EVAPORATOR COIL. The existing air handling unit that will be served by Condensing Unit 5-2 shall receive a new cooling coil. The coil shall be a Trane type F direct expansion refrigerant cooling coil for a Trane size 8 horizontal air handling unit and shall use refrigerant 22. The coil shall be arranged as shown on the drawings with two separate refrigerant circuits. Tne coil shall be tested at 300 psi air pressure under water. The coil shall be designed for 4100 cfm, 149.000 Btuh total cooling load and 109,900 Btuh total sensible load. All necessary refrigerant, refrigerant piping, and refrigerant service valves shall be furnished and installed as shown on the plans and in ac- cordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Existing drain piping shall be used for the new cooling coil. 15C.8 AIR HANDLING UNIT. Air Handling Unit 5-1 shall be a Trane Model B1170, or approved equal, complete with direct expansion cooling coil, fan, fan motor and drive, expansion valve, throwaway filter, and filter frame all enclosed within an insulated casing. The solenoid valve and sight glass shall be located as shown on the drawings. The motor starter for the air handling unit will be furnished under separate specifications. I The air handling unit shall have a total capacity of 83,000 Btuh and 69,000 Btuh total sensible load. The evaporator fan abell have a capacity of 3000 cfm at 0.50 inches of external static pressure. The fan shall be driven by a 1-1/2 hp, 460 volt, 3 phase, 60 hertz, permanently lubricated motor. Air Handling Unit 5-1 drain line size shall be as shown on the drawings and meeting ASTM A106 Grade B Schedule 40 requirements. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 15C-2 15C.9 POWER ROOF VENTILATORS. Buffalo, or approved equal, power roof ventiiatorw as listed below shall be furnished and installed. The venti- lators shall be direct drive type except PRV 5-5 which shall be belt drive. The motors shall be totally enclosed, air over construction with Class B Insulation. Power roof ventilator housings shall be fabricated from heavy gauge gal- vanized steel and shall he fully weatherproofed. Each exhaust power roof ventilator shall have backdraft dampers. Power roof ventilator 5-5 sliall be provided with a 115 vult, single please, 60 hertz motorized damper and permanent filters. Designation PRV 5-1, 5-2 PRV 5-3 PRV )-4 PRV 5-5 Buffalo Model No. Style "V" Style "V" Style "V" style "li" Air Flow, cfm, each 55,900 31,400 6,460 1,370 Static Pressure, inches of water 1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 Size, inches 60 42 24 18 Voltage 460/3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 115/1/60 HP 15 10 1 1/4 Speed Single Single Single Single RPM 700 1175 1140 1140 Type Exhaust Exhaust Exhaust intake 15C.10 DAMPERS. Dampers shall be furnished in accordance with tha following requirements. 15C.10.1 Intake Demers. These damper:; shall be Ruskin Type PB-31 parallel blade or approved equal. Polyurethane foam shall be riveted to all blade edges and wind stops. Damper frames shall be constructed from galvanized channels 3 inch by 1 inch by 1/8 inch. Fraaes shall be corner braced where any dimension exceeds 24 inches, and shall be sized to fit the construction where they are to be installed. Dampers having more than 25 square feet or any blade dimension exceeding 48 inches shall be built in multiple sections. Blades shall be fabricated from 16 gauge galvanized steel. Blade widths shall not exceed 6 inches and all blades shall be tormed with 1/2 inch 0 (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 15C-3 V-grooves along their longitudinal centerline and along both edges. Formed edge grooves shall provide fc+r a 3/8 inch interlock between adjacent blades. Clearances between blade ends and supporting channel frames shall not ex- ceed 1/8 inch, Damper blade shafts or axles shall be 1/2 inch stainless steel. bearings shall be the -1rin, self-lubricating type. All dampers shall be carefully inspected bef,,re installation and any damper having poorly fitted blades, insufficient frame rigidity, or excebsive clearance or hlacklash in moving parts shall be rejected and ,eplaced. Sizes shall be as shown on the plans. All intake dampers working in connection with circulating fans shall be operated by electric motors from a 277 volt, single phase, 60 hertz su,,ply, 150,10.2 Back Draft Dam ers. These dampers shall be Ruskin CBS4 or approved equal with 2 inch by 1/2 inch by 1/8 inch steel channel frames or approved equal. Blades shall be 16 gauge aluminum with foam on blade edges and stainless steel shafts with oilite bearings. Individual blades shall be accurately balanced. Locations and sizee shall be as shown on drawings. 15C.10.3 Balancirre Dam ere. These dampers shall be Ruskin Type OB-31 or approved equal. Polyurethane foam shall be riveted to all blade edges and wind stops. Damper frames shall be constructed from galvanized channels 2 inch by 1 inch by 1/8 inch. Frames, blades, and blade shafts shat-I be as specified for the intake dampers, These dampers shall be operated by a manual locking devfr.e mounted on the exterior of the sheet metal duct, 150.11 OU'T'SIDE LOUVERS. Stationary stormproof type extruded aluminum louvers as manufactured by Construction Specialties Inc. Model 4110, or approved equal, shall be furnished and installed. Locations and sizes shall be as shown on the drawings. Louver heads, villa and jambs shall be one piece structural members with an integral calking slot and retain- ing bead. Interlocked mullions shall have provision for expansion and contraction. All fastenings shall be aluminum. All louvers shall be fur- nished with 1/4 inch mesh, 0,063 diameter wire intercrimp birds,reen secured in removable extruded aluminum frames. Louver width from inner to outer face shall be 4 inches. 15C.12 SUPPLY AND RETURN REGISTERS. Registers shall be furnished and installed where shown on the drawings. Supply air registers shall be Titus Model S-277 or approved equal. Return air register shall be Titus Model RL-251 or approved equal. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 077271 15C-11 15C.13 CIRCULATING FANS. Buffalo, or approved equal, vaneaxial circulating fans listed below shall be furnished and installed. The fan blades shall be statically and dynamically balanced for quiet operation. Fans shall be rated in accordance with the AMCA Standard Test Code. The fans shall be direct drive type. Suspension clips welded to the fan casing for horizontal mounting and vibration isolators shall be furnished as shown on the drawings. Motors shall be totally enclosed, air.-over construction, with Class B insu- lation. Circulating fan 5-11 5-2 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 designation 5-3, 5-4 Air Flow, cfm, each 2i,300 il,270 41 860 80000 3,000 External Static Pressure, inches of water 1/4 1/4 0 1/4 1/4 Speed Single Single Single Single Single lip 3 3 3/4 1-1/2 1/2 Motor rpm 724 1,750 11750 19750 1,750 Voltage 460/3/60 400/3/60 460/3/60 46013/60 460/3/60 Size, inches 42 24 18 24 10 An inlet bell aid outlet cone shall be provided on circulating fans 5-6 and 5-8 only. 15C.14 REFRIGERANT PIPING 1NSTALLATI01 AND TESTING. Copper tubing shall be fabricated with solder joint fittings. Solder shall bL self-fluxing silver alloy with a melting point of not less than 1000 F but less than that of the metal being joined. „Pipe shAll_Ahe by Mueller, Revere, or Chase. Refrigerant lines shall be installed using copper sweat fittings and silver solder as specified above. Lines shall be cleaned of scale, dirt, and foreign matter before making connections and shall be purged with dry nitrogen to prevent oxidation during soldering operations. After completion, the entire system shall be pressurized to 300 psi with a mixture of Freon 12 or Freon 22 and dry nitrogen and leak tested with a bubble solution followed by a lialide torch. Any leaks shall be repaired and tests repeated until no further leaks are found and the system passes a static leak test at 300 psi for a duration of 24 hours. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONS'T'RUCTION - D-4) 022271 15C-5 The completed refrigerant system shall be guaranteed to be sufficiently free from leaks so that the loss of refrigerant fur one year from the date of ac- ceptance shall not exceed 5 per cent. All insulated horizontal runs of refrigerant piping shall be sloped 114 inch per 10 feet In the direction shown on the drawings. Hanger spacinL shall not exceed 8 feet, or as shown on the drawings. The sizing of the refrigerant piping shall be done by the equipment manufacturer. All horizontal piping runs shall be supported with clovls type han3ers, or as shown on the drawings. 15C.15 PIPE 1NSULATION. Refrigerant piping shall be Insulated with 1/2 inch thick foamed plastic insulation conforming to Mll•-P-15280-D Type II and shall have an inside and outside skin. Fitting Insulation shall be field fabricated from pipe insulation. The adhesive recommended by the insulation manuir.cturer shall be used. Insulation shall be Armaflex by Armstrong Co., ar approved equal. High density fiber glass pipe saddles shall be provided at all supports for horizontal and vertical piping. The supports shall be "Insul-Shield" as manL.`ectured by Insul-Coustic or approved equal. 15C.16 TURNING VANES. Turning vanes shall be Titus Type Y or approved equal, with 2 inch galvanized blades for ducts up to lb ;r.ches and 4-1/2 Inch airfoil type blades for ducts over 18 inches. Turning vanes shall be installed in all ductwork elbows having a 30 degree or greater bend. 15C.17 CANVAS CONNECTORS. Ductwork connections shall be made to the air handling units and fans by a canvas connector. Fabric shall be fire resis- tant, waterproof, and mildew resistant and shall be hold with an airtight collar and metal band. At least 4 incises of fabric shall be exposed. Fabric shall be "Ventfab" by Ventfabrics, Inc., or approved equal. 15C.18 SHEET METAL DUCTWORK. The location, arrangement, and size of all sheet metal Is shown on the drawings. The duct sizes shown are sheet metal zir,;~~ .}~J*;~~~~,~At•x sKa; a~"~,r`~wLi•. all be constructed and installed in accordance with the drawings, trsr_tat-sir, ..a ,he size and location of ductwork may be made, as approved by the Field Engineer, where required to avoid interferences with '.;uilding structure, piping systems, or electrical work. The Instal- lation shall be coordinated with other phases of the work to establish apace and clearance requirements. • (DENTON* TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 L5C-6 All rectangular ductwork, bracing, and supports shall be constructed of • galvanized steel in accordance with the following tabulation; Dimension of Longest Side, Sheet Metal Gauge Tra,.verse Reinforcing Inches _ --ca-1L-Lo ur sides at Joints and between Joints Up thru 18 24 24 gauge drive slip all around at joints 19 thru 30 24 24 gauge drive slip all around at joints; 1 inch by 1 inch by 1/8 inch angle at 60 inch centers 31 thru 42 22 24 gauge drive slip all around at joints; 1 inch by 1 inch by 1/8 inch angle at 60 inch centers Longitudinal seams shall be Pittsburgh lock. All sheet metal ductwork shall be supported on heavy steel straps or angles riveted or bolted to the ducts and properly anchored to structural steel, masonry, or concrete. All field fabricated supports, brackets, and wall plates shall be coated with rust inhibitive paint before anchoring to masonry or concrete. • All welds on galvanized metal shall be cleaned and coated with "Galvl:on" cold applied galvanizing repair material. 15C.19 ACCESS DOORS. Access doors shall be fabricated from galvanized steel two gauges heavier than the duct. The doors shall be hinged and complete with sash locks and felt edging. Size and locations shall be as shown on the drawings. 15C.20 DUCT INSULATION. All sheet metal ductwork shall ire insulated internally with one inch thick, 3 pound density duct liner unless other- wise required by the drawings. The liner shall have an NFPA approved coating on the air stream side. The insulation shall be impaled on adhered metal spindles or clips. Duct adhesive, Minnesota Mining EC-1128, shall be applied to the interior of the duct before installing the insulation. The top and bottom section shall overlap the sides. All joints shall be firmly butted, and ends shall be thoroughly coated with adhesive as duct sections are installed. Insulation shall be Curtain-Teed/Saint Cobain 300 Ultralite or approved equal. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 15C-7 15C.21 TEMPERATITRE CONTROL. Temperature control equipment shall be • furnished in accordance with the following requirements. 15C.21.1 Control Room. The existing pneumatic temperature control system shall be modified as shown on the drawings. The temperature con- trol contractor shall furnish a complete pneumatic and olnictrical wiring diagram of the existing pneumatic control system and modifications in the Control Room Area. The temperature control contractor ,dull inspect the system and place it in operation after completion of Irmtnllation. 15C.21.2 Rely Room. The Contractor shall provide an oJectric thermo- stat for the Relay Room cooling unit. The thermostat shnll be a Honey- well T42B, one stage cooling thermostat which closes contacts on a temperature rise. "he thermostat shall have a range of 60 F to 100 F and shall be provided with a contemporary type cover. The thermostat shall operate on 120 volts, single phase, 60 hertz. 15C.22 MITORS. All general purpose, definite purpose and special pur- pose motors shall be designed and fabricated to conform to the require- ments of NEMA, ANSI, AFBMA, and IEEE standards, and shall be selected and applied for the equipment duty service in accordance with the requirements of NEMA MG 1 and MG 2 standards and NEC. The Contractor shall furnish all motors required for t';a equipment fur- nished and shall include in the Proposal a list of all motors being fur- nished. A complete description of each motor shall be included with the Proposal for approval by the Engineer. The motor nameplate horsepower rating shall not be exceeded when the equip- ment is operating within the limits of the maximum load requirements. Motors shall be devIgaed for operation at the required speed, 460 volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz or 115 volts, single phase 60 hertz as specified, standard NEMA service factor, and be suitable for full voltage starting, frequent starting duty if required, and continuous duty in a 40 C ambient temperature. Each motor shall bo tested at the Factory to determine that it is free from electrical or mechanical defects. Motors shall have Class B nonhygroscopic insulation including two additional dips and bakes of epoxy varnish or vacuum impregnation. Class A nonhygro-• scopic insulation is acceptable for those ratings where Class B insulation is not available. Open dripproof type motors shall be furnished with grease prelubricated double shielded antifriction bearings having AFBMA minimum B-10 life rat- ing of not less than 130,000 hours under coupled service requirements. Totally enclosed motors shall be furnished with cast iron frames, brackets, gaskoted conduit boxes and fan covers, and with grease prelubricated double shielded antifriction bearings having AFBMA minimum B-10 life rating • (DENTON$ TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022;:71 15C-8 of not less than 130,000 hours under coupled seivicr: requirements. All • exposed metal surfaces shall be protected with a mo:.sture corrosion re- sistant polyester paint or coating. Drain plugs shall be Crouse-Hinds Type ECD "Universal" combination water drain-breather type or approved equal. Manual .oset thermal protection for both stalled load and overload protection shall be furnished on all motors where available. Motors and driven equipment shall be direct coupled, mounted on a common baseplate with coupling guard and shall be completely asseribled and lubri- cated ready for operation unless specified otherwise. • i • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 } (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 15C-9 I Section 15D - AUXILIARY COOLING WATER TANK • 15D,1 GENERAL. One auxiliary cooling water tank shall be furnished and installed as shown on the drawings and in accordance with the re- quirements specified herein. The tank shall be furnished complete including all supports, covers, manholes, gaskets, bolts, vents, standpipes, interior piping, overflows, nozzles, piping connections, and other appurtenances as specified herein and as shown on the drawing bound at the end of this section. The number, locations, types, and sizes of the piping connections shown on the drawing are approximate and are subject to change later by the Engineer. 15D.2 DRAWINGS. Shop drawings for the tank shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval in accordance with the procedures act forth in Section 1C. 15D.3 CODE REQUIREMENTS. The tank shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the latest applicable requirements of Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 15D.4 DESIGN CONDITIONS, The tank shall be designed and constructed for atmospheric conditions. • 15D.5 CONSTRUCTION. Except as otherwise shown on the drawing, the tank shall be of all welded construction. All plate and other thick- nesses specified include corrosion allowances and are minimum acceptable thicknesses. Shell joints shall be of the welded butt joint type with complete penetration. All welds shall be continuous. All weld spatter shall be removed by grinding or wire brushing before application of paint. All flame cut edges shall be ground smooth. All tank components shall b0 carefully fitted to form joints which are free of void. Voids at joints filled with weld metal will not be acceptable. The ands of butt welding nozzles shall be prepared in accordance with butt weld end detailn included herein. Unless otherwise shown on the drawing, tank connections 2 inches and smaller shall be Bonney 3000 pound thredolets cr sockolets as specified and all internal and ex- i ternal tank piping 2 inches and smaller shall be Schedule 40. 15D.5.1 Heads. Heads shall be of tha ASME flanged and dished type and shall be of the same metal thickness as specified for the tank shell. 15D.5.2 Manholes. Manholes shall be furnished as shows: on the drawing and shall be of the blind flange type. I • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) i5D-1 120370 15D.5.3 Gaskets. Two sets of permanent gaskets for all manholes shall be furnished and shipped separately. All manhole covers shall be fitted with temporary gaskets for use during shipment and erection. The per- manent gaskets shall be shipped in a wooden box identified by tank name. 15D.6 MATERIALS. Except as otherwise noted on the drawing, all tank materials shall be carbon steel. Materials shall be nrw and free from pits. Carbon steel shall be ASTM A285 Grade C, ASTM A516 Grade 70, or approved equal. 15D.7 TESTING. The tank shall be tested for leaks by water filling. 15D.8 CLEANING AND PAINTING. Except as otherwise specified in the following detailed requirements, equipment shall be cleaned and painted or coated as specified in Section 1G. Tank surfaces shall be painted or coated as soon as possible after sur- face preparation and cleaning, and application shall be in strict con- formance with the paint or coating manufacturer's recommendations. 15D.8.1 Exterior Surfaces. All tank exterior surfaces shall be given one coat of primer paint. Surfaces prepared for field welding shall be left unpainted for a distance of 2 inches from the weld. These surfaces shall be coated with rust preventive compound. • All paint shall be applied by skilled and experienced painters. Paint films which show sags, checks or blisters, teardiope, or fat edges will not be accepted and any painted surface which contains any of these de- fects shall be repaired oe, if necessary, entirely remaved from the mem- ber or unit involved and the surface repainted. Primer paint shill be as specified in Section 10. 15D.8.2 Interior Surfaces. Interior surfaces of the tonk shall be blast cleaned in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Cout4nil Standard SSPC-SP 6-63 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". After cleaning, the interior of the tank shall not be painted but shall be given a full stvength application of Marsh Steel-Treet in accordance with the recommendations of Marsh Industries, P.O. Sox 8129, Prairie Village, Kansas. 15D.9 PROTECTION DURING SHIPMENT. All tanks shall be thoroughly cleaned before shipment. All tank connections and openings shall be covered with tight fitting heavy sheet metal closures, securely attached, to prevent entry of dirt and moisture, All closures at tank openings shall be care- fully sealed with an adhesive lacked waterproof cloth tape. . (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 15U-2 120370 16" FLANGED 2.2" sw MANHOLE WITH CONNECTIONS BOLTED COYER FOR LIQUID • LEVEL CONTROL 45 45 1 112" SW CONN ~ F^R MAXE-UP INLET 2' 4-7J6" OIA HOLES -0" I 5 EQUALLY SPACED AS SHOWN ON A 101-3 112" DIA B.C. 101-0" 0.0. ASNE FLANGE AND DISHED HEAD 1/2" MIN THICKNESS SEND VENT I • 5"x2 1/2" REDUCER 1 1/2" MIN THICKNESS iI N 3"x3"xlr4" ANGLE I ~I BASE RING ICII N II O \ I I O ~ M II a 1 I OD M1 I11 I - - N a -O I 112" SCH 40 BW CONN FOR 2" SW CON. FOR GRAIN OVERFLOW STANDPIPE 10" SCH 40 BW CONN FOR OUTLET SLACK VEATCH, CONSULTING ENGINEERS - KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI DENTOW TEXAS PRO'E« MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION 4904 UNIT S 65,000 KW \ SNttT d AUX COOLING N4904 WATER TANK 5 -1228701 DATE REVISION OR ISSUE NO- BY • 37} 2;° I I'8e R I u m 0 0 INTERNAL MACHINING o 0 OF SCH.40 AND M. PIPE NOT REQUIRED. BUTT WELD END PREPARATION INERT ARC. FIRST PASS WELD r NON. WALL NOMINAL V,KEO. KOM. O.D. MOM. I.D. THICKNESS MACHINED I.D. TOLERANCE PIPE 511E NJ, A 6 t ON C • ? # 2.813 2.469 0.203 8D 2.875 2.323 0.276 2.351 160 ^ ^21875 2.115 0.375 ?.171 3 40 3.500 3.068 0.216 80 3.500 2.900 01300 1.934 4 - 40 4, 500 - 4.026 0.237 0 010 80 V '.Lv 3.626 0.337 3.862 0,000 5 40 5.563 5.047 0.258 { __.-do S.563 - _...4,813--- - 0.175 4.166 G 40 6.625 - - 6.065 0.110 1 40 8.62S 1.961 01322 10 40 10.750 10.020 0.365 • 12 tnru 24 Sto. - .oar yes Var es- - 0.375 - I = BLACK Ai VEATCJNS DENTON, TEXAS ILI ;;bNStrk. T LNG ENt,INEjF MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC GENERATING M4904-1204691 KANSAS eirr, MISSfoUNIT 5 65.000 KW • Section 15E - SUMP PUMPS 15E.1 GENERAL. The sump pumps, discharge piping, and their installation shall be furnished complete with controls and all accessories required for proper operation. The sump pumps shall be submersible units and shall be Nrnco Model 65A or approved equal. 15E.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Catalog cuts and manufacturer's specifications covering the sump pumps and accessories shall be submitted for approval in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1C of these specifica- tions. Materials used in the sump pumps shall be as follows: Housing Bronze Impeller Bronze Shaft Stainless Steel Sump cover Fed Spec RR-G-661, Type 1, welded (Bar grating) rectangular steel, galvanized to according to ASTM A153 15E.3 SERVICE REQUIREMENTS. The sump pumps shall be sized for the following conditionsi Rated capacity 70 gpm vrt.Rt.; eq :'V 1 Rated total head 10 feet Maximum rotative speed 1800 rpm Sump dimensions As shown on the drawings Electrical service 110 volts, 60 hertz, single phase 15E.4 CONTROLS. The sump pumps shall be controlled by a switch mountcG on the pump housing and ac':uated by the liquid level in the sump. A suitable receptacle a;iall be provided for wiring installation of the sump pumps. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 159-1 022271 • 15E.5 DISCHARGE PIPING. Discharge piping and check valve shall conform to the following requirements: Pipe ASTM A120, standard weight (Schedule 40), galvanized Fittings Galvanized drainage fittings, Fed Spec WW-P-491 Check valve Bronze regrinding hurizontal swing type with threaded ends; Crane 36, Fairbanks 0605, Jenkins 762-A, OIC 236, or approved equal. 15E.6 INSTALLATION. The sump pumps shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and placed in successful operation. The power cord of a Kenco pump and others with vent tubes incorporated in the cord shall not be cut or 'o not sharply. Excess cord shall be coiled and laced to an adjacent support. A check valve and union shall be installed in the discharge piping of the submersible pumps. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCT-ON - D-4) 15E-2 022271 R~ if,. F frry i'31 w. r`? ~ arpf.c Yt, ~,sj t r ~ t.y~ • yy~, r~ kiw? u4 a. r* fit, `~".v v i y t ~ .y e i d. ~ . ti, vx~ • s_ d j ~ ~ ° -ir. . DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS Page thra Page Section 16A - RACEWAY 16A-1 16A-3 16A.1 General 16A-1 16A.2 Codes and Standards 16A-1 16A.3 Conduit 16A-1 16A.4 Underground Duct 16A-2 Section 16D - GROUNDING 16B-1 16B-2 16B.1 General 16B-1 16B.? Materials 16B-1 16B.3 Installation 168-1 16B.4 Ground System Resistanca 16B-2 Section 16C - CATHODIC PROTECTION 16C-1 16C 7 104 General 16C-1 16C.2 Equippent and Materials, 16C-1 16003 Quantities of E4ui0n,egt and, Materials 160-2 16C.4 Co'tractir's Responsibility for Underground Pioipg protection 160-2 160.$ installat on procedures 160-3 16C,6 Testing end Connecting the `Cathodic Protection System 16C-4 (PENTOVTEXAS . 4904 (Gj$MJL CONSTHUMON D)-4 222y1, TCl6-1 • Section 16A - RACEWAY 16A.1 GENERAL. This section covers furnishing and field installation of a complete raceway system in accordance with these specifications and the plans. The raceway system is defined to include conduit, underground duct, and all materials, devices, and work required to install, secure and provide a complete system for support and protection of electrical cable and wiring. 16A.2 CODES AND STANDARDS. Raceway system materials and devices furnished shall be in accordance with applicable standards of ANSI, NEMA, and UL. Raceway system components shall be installed in accordance with applicable requirements of NEC. 16A.3 CONDUIT. Conduit shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the plans and the following specifications. 16A.3.1 Material. Conduit raceway material furnished under these specifi- cations shall comply with the following requirements. 16A.3.1.1 Rigid Aluminum Conduit. Aluminum conduit and couplings shall be rigid type conforming to ANS 080.5, and shall bear the Underwriters Laboratories label. 16A.3.1.2 Rigid Steel Conduit. Steel conduit, couplings, and elbows shall be hot-dip galvanized rigid mild stee'. In accordance with ANS C80.1 and UL 6. The conduit interior and exterior surfaces shall have a contin- uous zinc coating with an overcoat of transparent enamel, transparent lacquer, or zinc chromate. 16A.3.1.3 Couplings and Thread Protectors. Each length of conduit shall be complete with a coupling on one end and a thread protector on the other. The thread protector shall have sufficient mechanical strength to protect the threads during normal handling and storage. 16A.3.1.4 Metal Conduit Fittings-. All metal conduit fittings shall conform to the requirements of NEWp FR1, ANS C80.4, and U1. 514 where these standards apply. All fittings for aluminum conduit shall be aluminum or aluminum alloy. Iron or galvanized steel fittings shall be used with steel conduit. 16A.3.1.5 Routing. The Contractor shall field route conduit according to the general routing shown and shall coordinate conduit locatio.s with other work. 16A.3.1.6 Couplings and Unions. Metal conduit shall be joined by threaded conduit couplings with the conduit ends butted. The -ise of running threads will not be permitted. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120170 16A-1 • 16A.3.1.7 Bends and Offsets. A run of conduit shall not contain more than the equivalent of four quarter bends, including those immediately at outlets or fittings. Bends in conduit shall be made without reducing the internal diameter of the conduit. The use of a pipe tee or vise for bending conduit will not be permitted. The inside radius of conduit bends shall not be less than sir times the inside diameter of the conduit. Conduits deformed or crushed in any way shall be removed from the job site. 16A.3.1.8 Threading Conduit. The plane of all conduit ends shall be square with the centerline. Where threads are required, they shall be cut and cleaned prior to conduit reaming. The ends of all conduit shall be reamed to remove all rough edges and burrs. A cutting oil shall be used in threading operations; the dies may be kept sharp, and prov.sions shall be made for chip clearance. A pipe joint com- pound shall be used in making threaded joints to prevent seizing. 16A.3.1.9 Cleaning. Precautions shall be taken to prevent the accumula- tion of water, dirt, or concrete in the conduits. Conduits in which water or other foreign materials have been permitted to accumulate shall be thoroughly cleaned, or where such accumulation cannot be removed by methods approved by the Engineer, the conduits shall be replaced. 16A.4 UNDERGROUND DUCT. Concrete encased duct banks of individually assembled cement asbestos duct arranged ns shown on the plans shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the following specilication. 16A.4.1 Excavation. All excavation work shall conform to Section 2B. 16A.4.2 Concrete. All concrete work shall conform to Seckl.,.. 3A. 16A.4.3 Material. Underground duct system materials furnished under these specifications shall be new and undamaged and shall conform to the following requirements; Duct Asbestos cement, Type I, standard 10 feet lengths, tapered joint Johns-Manville Korduct or approved equal Couplings Plastic, for use with asbestos cement duct previously specified Spacers Plastic high impact, interlocking, base and intermediate type Bends Asbestos cement, Type 1, factory made, 9 inch tangent length each end, 45 and 90 degree as required, Johns-Manville Korduct or approved equal • OENION, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120170 16A-2 . Bend segments Asbestos cement, Type Is factory made, 5 degree, male coupling taper one end, female tapered socket other end, Johns-Manville Korduct or approved equal End bells Asbestos cement, Type I, standard, Johns-Manville Knrduct or approved equal Pluge Plastic, high impacts tapered to fit end bell provided 16A.4.4 Duct Bank Installation. Each duct bank shall be laid to exact grade in the trench and the ends sliall enter manholes or buildings as shown on the plans. No dips or low points which retain water in any duct will be permitted in ducts between manholes or between buildings and manholes. End bells shall be used on individual ducts at the ends of duct banks entering manholes or buildings. All sweeps shall be fabri- cated with not less than 5 foot straight sections of duct and 5 degree deflection couplings to trovide a radius of approximately 55 feet. The end of the individual ducts shall be cleane6, swabbed with joint sealing compound, and the du^t then forced tightly into the tapered or special coupling to make a we ertight connection. The individual ducts shall be laid in place, held by standard spacers placed at 5 foot inter- vale and bound with hemp or sisal twine. The ends of the ducts in each of the upper layers shall be stepped back approximately 2 feet from the end of the layer immediately below it. The concrete envelope shall be poured after the individual ducts are securely tied in place and ade- quately anchored and/or weighted to completely counteract the buoyancy of the ducts in the fluid concrete. Care shall be taken in pouring the concrete to prevent the empty ducts from being damaged or displaced either in grade or alignment. Defective ducts shall not be installed and shall be removed immediately from the site of the work. Particular care shall be taker. to keep con- crete or other substances from the inside of the individual ducts dur- ing construction. All reinforcing materials and other magnetic mate- rials installed in a duct bank shall be parallel to the lengths of the individual ducts except fo;: ties enclosing all ducts of the duct bank. 16A.4.5 Testing and Cleaning. After completion of the duct bank, each duct shall be tested and cleaned and ducts which will not be used immediately shall be plugged at each end. As ? clearance test, each duct shall pass a mandrel with a diameter 1/4 inch less than the inside diameter of the duct. All foreign material, earth, sand, and gravel shall be removed from the ducts with circular stiff bristled brushes. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120170 16A-3 i . Section 160 - GROUNDING 16B.1 GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing and installation of grounding materials. 16B.2 MATERIALS. All grounding materials required shall be furnished new and undamaged in accordance with the following requirements: Rods 3/4 inch 10 foot copperclad sectional type Copperweld, Blackburn or approved equal Cable Bare Soft drawn copper, Class B stranding, ASTM B3 Iisulated Soft drawn copper, Class B stranding with not less than 3/64 inch thick green colored polyvinyl chloride insulation IPCEA S-19-81 Bus and bars Soft copper, cross section not less thrn 1/8 inch thick by one inch wide, ASTM 8187 Thermite welds Molds, cartridges, materials, and accessories as recommended by the manufacturer of the molds for the items to be welded. Cadweld heavy- duty or approved equal. Molds and powder shall. be furnished by the same manufacturer. Flush ground plates Cadweld 5-330, M-2745, S-3688 or approved equal All clamps and other hardware of iron or steel used with the grounding system shall be hot-dip galvanized. Bolts, washers, and nuts shall be cadmium plated. 163.3 INSTALLATION, Grounding system materials shall be installed ac- cording to the plans and following requirements. 168.3.1 Ground Grid. Ground grid conductors under buildings or struc- tures shall be buried with at least 6 inches of earth cover. Buried grounding conductors extending beyond the foundations of buildings or structures shall have at least 18 inches of earth cover. 16B.3.2 Grou:td Rods. All ground rods shall be located as shown on the plans and driven to the depth indicated. Where the required ground rod length exceeds 10 feet, standard sections shall be welded together to provide an extended rod with one true centerline and a minimum of joint resistance. (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 16B-1 168.3.3 Conductors. Exposed conductors shall be installed inconspicu- ously in vertical or horizontal positions on supporting structures. When located on irregular supporting surfaces or equipment the conductors shall run parallel to or normal to dominant surfaces. Conductors routed over concrete, steel, or equipment nurfaces sh.11 be kept in close contact with those surfaces by using fa"trners located at intervals not to exceed 3 feet. Damaged ground system conductors shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer. 16B.3.4 Connections. All connections shall be made by the thermite process except where otherwise shown on the plans or specified. Manu- facturer's instructions on the use of thermite materiaJn shall be fol- lowed in all details. All surfaces to be covered by the thermite welds shall be thoroughly cleaned. Paint, scale, and other deleterious sub- stances shall be removed from surfaces of ungalvanized structural steel members by grinding. Galvanized steel surfaces shall be cleaned with emery paper. Powder and molds shall be kept dry and warm until used. All thermite connections shall successfully resist moderate hammer blows. Any connection which fails such test or which upon inspection indicates a porous or deformed weld shall be remade. • Where flush ground plates are to be embedded in the concrete, the plates shall be carefully located and firmly secured to the forma. The ground- Ing cable shall be thermite welded to the plate. All bolted and screwed connections shall be securely tightened. 168.4 GROUND SYSTEM RESISTANCE. All ground resistance measurements shall be made with a three terminal "megger" type ground teeter which applies alternating current to the electrodes and which gives a reading in direct current ohms. Two reference grounds shall be used and all tests shall be made in accordance with instrument manufacturer's instruc- tions for ground resistance testing. Prior to connection of grounding electrodes to the grounding system the Contractor shall obtain individual measured ground resistance data for selected electrodes as shown on the plans. These data shall be obtained, identified, and recorded under the supervision of the Engineer and sent to him within S days. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and connect grounding electrodes as the Engineer may direct. Extra work required per electrode unit will be reimbursed the Contractor according to the unit price quoted in the Proposal. • (DEN:ON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 120170 1613-2 • Section 16C - CATHODIC PROTECTION 16C.1 GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing, installation, and testing of a complete cathodic protection system for the circulating water lines. The cathodic protection system shall consist of sacrificial anodes and associated equipment as shown on the plans and described herein. 16C.2 E UIPMENT AND MATERIALS. The Contractor shall furnish the following equipment and materials. 16C.2.1 Magnesium Anodes. Magnesium anodes shall be Dow Chemical Company Type 20-D2 Galvomag packaged anodes or approved equal. 16C.2.2 Connection Boxes. Connection boxes shall be C.P. Test Services, Inc. Kearny, N. J., No. N-M-4 corrosion control terminal box with four terminal Type A block or approved equal. These boxes are available from the Mulcare Corporation, 5513 Boulevard East, West New York, New Jersey. 16C.2.3 Thermite Weld Materials. Thermite molds, cartridges, and sleeves shall be Cadweld or approved equal. Sizes used shall be those recommended by the manufacturer for cathodic protection work. 16C.2.4 Pipe Coating Repair Materials. Materials used for coating repairs • at cable attachments shall be the same as originally used to coat the pipe or approved equal. 16C.2.5 Insulating Unions. Insulating unions shall be W-S by H'. K. Porter Company Inc., EPCO, or approved equal. 16C.2.6 Insulated Flange Assemblies. insuiateu' flange assemblies shall utilize the following materials in the thicknesses arateds Operating Temperature Material 250 F and below Grade LE Synthane or approved equal 250 F to 500 F Grade AA-HT Synthane or approved equal Insulating sleeves - 1/32 inch Insulating gaskets - 1/8 inch Insulating washers - 1,'8 inch Steel washers - 1/l6 inch 16C.2.7 Insulating Bushings. Insulating bushings shall be installed at locations shown on the plans. Bushings for lines whose maximum operating temperature will not exceed 250 F shall be of molded polycarbonate available from Central Plastics Distributing Co., Shawnee, Oklahoma or approved equal. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 16C-1 022271 ® 16C.2.8 Holloway Shunts. Holloway shunts for use in sacrificial anode (:ir uits shall be 0.01 ohm, Type RS manganin wire shunts as supplied by Corrosion Services Incorporated, Sand Springs, Oklahoma or approved equal, 16C.2.9 Cathodic Protection Cable. All cable larger than 10 AWG used throughout the cathodic protection system shall be Type CP, 600 volt, copper cathodic protection cable with high molecular weight polyethylene insulation, as manufactured by the Anaconda Wire and Cable Company or approved equal. Magnesium anode lead wire insulation may be Type TW. Wire 10 AWG and smaller shall be solid copper with Type OF insulation. Wire larger than 10 AWG shall be seven strand. Cable si>c shall be as indicated on the plane. 16C.2.10 Wire and Cable Markers. Markers for wire and cable circuits shall be of an opaque nylon material arranged to include a marker board, nonreleasing holding device, and cable fastening tail similar to Panduit Corp. Part No. SSM markers. The marker board shall not be less than 3/8 inch wide, 3/4 inch long, and 25 mils thick with one side roughened to hold black nylon marking ink from a pen similar to Thomas & Betts Company "TY-RAP" marking, pen Catalog No. WT163M-1 or Panduit Corp. Part No. PX marking pen. Identification shall be rermanent and waterproof. The holding device shall be designed to allow the fastening tail to pass around the cable through the holding device, and prevent the removal of the tail_w_Ithn„t cutting it loose from the marker. 16C.3 UAI~TITIES OF E UIPMENT AND MATERIALS. Quantities of equipment and materiala ahall betas indicated on the drawings. The contract pricy shall be increased or decreased in accordance with the unit price quotation in the Proposal for anode installations added or deleted due to changes in pipe arrangement or configuration. 16C.4 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING PROTECTION. The Contractor shall be solely respL~ 'comp'lete corrosion protection of the cathodically protected underground piping installed under these specifi- cations ;nd shall provide a suitably coated and isolated underground piping Installation. T,he.C.)nttr+actor's responsibility shall include but is not "r+t.y iru,~L':, the following; inepPrrion and acceptance of coated supplier; application and inspection of field coatings where required; electrical isolation of protected piping from other metal; proper handling, bedding, and backfilling of coated piping; furnishing and installation of all cathodic protection and other materials as specified; testing as specified; and the performance of all other functions necessary to provide a complete and suitably isolated system, Detailed requirements for certain of the preceding work are given elsewhere in this section and in Section 2B. disco4ered during const action or within one year after acceptance shall be corrected by the Cor tractor without delay, All repair shall include the restoration of all ot'.er construction and facilities disturbed by the repair work. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 16C-2 022271 • The Contractor shall provide an engineer, recognized by the National Association of Corrosion Engineers to be qualified in corrosion control, to supervise the final acceptance tests. This engineer shall be heiein- after referred to as the "examining engineer". The examining engineer shall submit to the Engineer a log of this teat data and a report certifying that the pipe coating, isolation, and cathodic protection potentials are in accordance with the specifications. All test equipment used by the examining engineer shall be properly calibrated. Recent certification of calibration by a suitable laboratory will serve as proof of proper calibration. 16C.5 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. The cathodic protection system shall be installed by the Contractor as shown on the plans and described herein. All lead wires in all connection boxes shall be permanently marked so as to unmistakably identify the object to which their other end is connected. One end of the marker board shall remain free of the fastening tail and the entire marker shall be so attached that it is readily visible for circuit identification. Sacrificial anodes shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans. They shall be installed in the manner shown on the anode installation de- tail. Anodes shall be located approximately 10 feet from the line: which they are intended to protect. Exceptions shall boa made when congestion of buried piping or interference with permanent structures makes variations necessary. Thermite welding shall be done in accordance with the instructions of the equipment manufacturer. All buried lines which are designated on the drawings to receive cathodic protection shall be isolated from each other during construction. They shall also be isolated from all other buried metal. Each buried insulated flange, if any, shall have two test leads attached to the line on each side of the insulated flange. These test leads shall be attached within 36 inches of the insulated flange and shall be brought up into a cathodic protection connection box. All work done under this sectioe: shall employ the latest installation pro- cedures and construction practices of the cathodic protection industry. All work shall be supervised by persons completely familiar with cathodic protection application. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) t (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 16C-3 022271 16C.6 TESTING AND CONNECTING THE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM. The Con- tractor shall be responsible for connecting and tearing the cathodic pro- tection system. Procedures ahail be as described in the following paragraphs. 160.6.1 Preliminary Testing. Preliminary tests shall be conducted pro- gressively as each phase of the work is completed. Isolation shall be maintained on each line to be protected. Tests shall be made with a high resistance do millivoltmeter or vacuum tube voltmeter with minimum input resistance of 500,000 ohms. Zero potential indicates the pipe is not isolated from the grounding system. Any piping which fails to test satis- factovily shall be isolated in a manner approved by the Engineer. Delayed discovery of poor coating, inadequate isolation, or deviation from the specifications shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for producing a complete system as specified herein. 16C.6.2 Final Acceptance Tests. Regardless of the results of any preliminary investigations, a final acceptance test of all coated buried steel piping systems shall be performed. Tests shall be made on the completed systems before attachment of any lines installed by others. The final acceptance tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Engineer. Final acceptance tests shall be conducted in the sequence listed. Con- sidering each line individually, a line must successfully pass each teat bafnre proceeding to the next test in the sequence. The Contractor shall provide all necessary labor for the performance of final acceptance tests. If defects ere discovered, the Contractor shall make immediate repairs. Repairs shall include the restoration of all other construction and facilities disturbed by the repair work. Tests and re- pairs shall continue until the condition of the line, with respect to coat- ing quality and electrical isolation, conforms to the specification. The expense of all repairs shall be borne by the Contractor. Final acceptance tF.sts shall include all tests necessary to verify that the installation conforms with specification requirements. The tests shall in- clude the following: Tests to confirm that all isolating fittings between the tested line and other attached lines are fully effective Tests to confirm that the line is adequately isolated from the earth, encasements, and enclosures by its coating Tests to measure the current from each cathodic protection sacrificial anode and the line or lines which it serves Fii,41 pipe-to-soil potential tests (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL WNSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 16C-4 • 16c.6.2,1 Isolating Fitting Testa. The cathodic consulta,it shall first verify the effectiveness of the electrical'Ly isolating fittings by the following method: Temporarily connect its sacrificial anodes to the line being t.,sted. Connections will be as shown on the sacrificial anode detail, Using a vacuum tube do millivolta,eter with a 500,000 ohm minimum input resistance or other instrument approved by the Engineer, measure the potential in millivolts across each insulated flange and fitting. A potential measurement of 150 millivolts or greater is considered to indicate a satisfactorily insulated con- nection. Repair or replace the insulating materials in any flanges which are not satisfactorily insulated. Repair and retest until the voltage measurement across each insulating fitting indicates that it provides electrical isolati.,. 16C,6.2,2 Coating Teat. After all isolating flanges and fittings are found to be satisfactory, the cathodic consultant shall verify the coating quality by determining the ability of the cathodic protection system to maintain pl,e-to-soil potentials on the protected lines within acceptable limits. This test shall be conducted in the following manner: Sacrificial anodes shall regain temporarily connected to the line being tested. Pipe-to-soil potential measurements relative to a copper-saturated copper sulfate solution reference cell shall be made along the entire line being tested. Potentials shall be read with a volt- meter having a minimum input resistance of 50,000 ohms per volt on its 2 volt scale. Pipe-to-soil potential measurements shall be made at the closest practical proximity to the location where each coated line emerges from burial and on the surface of the earth at approxi- mately 10 foot intervals along the buried section of the line being tested, The reference cell shall be placed is contact with the surface of the earth directly over the line for adjacent potential readings. No below grade excavation will be required for pipe-to-soil potential measurements. If all pipe to -?cii -,otentiai measurements are -0.90 volts or more negative, the co„Ltc.;; vill be considered satisfactory and sacrificial anodes may bL permwiQutly connected, • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 } (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 16C-5 If pipe-to-soil potential measuremenli less negative are obtained the coating test shall continue as followat Disconnect all sacrificial anodes from the line being tested Install a temporary ground bed of driven ground rods. This ground bed will be located at least 300 feet from the closest point on the line being tested but not shielded from the line being tested by subsurface structures such as building foundations. Connect a milliammeter and an adjustable do source between the line being tested and the temporary ground bed. A do voltmeter should be connected across the adjustable do source. Adjust the do su%ply voltage so the pipe-to-soil potential of the line relative to a copper saturated copper sulfate solution reference cell is 3t no point less negative than -0.90 volts and at no point more ragative than -0.120 volts. If the cathodic consultant is unable to obtain pipe-to-soil potential readings on any isolated line within the limits specified, he shall check the coating on that line with a Pearson type holiday detector. Holidays so located shall be excavated and repaired by the Contractor at hie own expense. Repair of holidays shall continue until all pipe-to-soil potentials on the line fall within the specified limits. Measure the current from the do source required to produce the potentials indicated in the fourth paragraph above. Total protective current required to establish pipe-to-soil potentials between -0.90 volts and -1.20 volts at all points on a protected line shall not exceed 0.1 milliampere per square foot of coated buried pipe surface. If current re- quiremants exceed this at the specified potentials, repair of holidays shall proceed until the protective current require- ment does not exceed 0.1 milliampere per square foot of coated buried pipe surface after the line has the earth cover replaced and repacked. 16C.6.2.3 Anode Current 'Pests. The current drain from each anode shall be measured as follows. Connect each anode permanently to the line it is to protect. Measure the millivolt drop across the Holloway shunt to which the anode is connected and calculate the current flowing between the anode and the line it is protecting. 0 (DENTON, TEXAS • 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 16C-6 16C.6.2.4 Final :ipe-to-Soil Measurements. Final pipe-to-soil potential measurements shall be made in the manner described in the second item under "Coating Test". Pipe-to-soil potentials shall be measured at the location where the line being tested emerges from burial and at 20 foot intervals along the buried section of the line. A record of the results of these measurements shall be furnished to the Owner. • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4404 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) 022271 160-1 r F ! ~.V Iv ` ti h[ i. M '"Y'! sp ~t+i r "9 hT'r3 f 44 \@ r ,1 F V p 'q V'ryrt I.PdI kt.~1 rr A1y Y r Y + "i v v a 'A r d,i p ✓1 d 1 °ti }I C e ,~~Y" : 4 S , ~'i ' ;~1 ' ✓ t r " 1; i s nC IF P, Y 1~~ 1 p X , ~ r r ^ A w `.~t pq. a a ! rr r{t,e 1 S r,fn. r I. In P 1~e+h~pv }yeti -r~.hrrp•• ' i/' ~I ,t~vir ^,y 44ai }rc t FV k r i~ + ~1 Y^ eR r ~ r { 1, ~ ~ S rr 1{ b hy. " s°'~ F ~ ~q.l i c k Y r, v -Y. lk~ tryr .'tfia,y Ir?`~ +~wfF v 1.. W IpJ.° 11r J ~ ~ b~ i + I f Y 1 r Y~3,.' E'~ J 7 `rt+`". " is w ' ' ~~t 31 + .•i rd 'M `Yrlb 1 Y r" 10 . ifs ~ ~ 5 i M a v Y h.:^ + r 7 rl. r 4 X,t 'ry^ r~rr rp~« 4 rr+ 4'e'b ~],fi+ar rr" 4 of irW t.. ',1 k r r J't' St xw r , r a r APPODIIC 1 .x L y a x• ~St 1~' ^ ~ er r,r % r r , ^ Al J '4f Jl 1 9y + Mi FT 1 v r ~1 r r (r rl e A r~ pr a A d x~ n r~, M 1W V st (f ,H[.f i ~ r ~ ^ ~ v L 1 1'o- a ' + < ~ q'1 ✓ 1^ ~ r"~~ ~ ~I, a n f F V i ~br^' l ,.i 1 J p v. s r1ly db 1'1Y rte,114~ C r♦1 i~9 F 47 At r~ 1 u~ P q v i_ y. IF vh + rr Y~S~Y ~ ~ rr ,~F f W { ~ ~r , , s S - ~ ( 1 r 1 ~j T >"t~ ~ 7 ' ~I t ""d!!'~tw y+" Y. ^ V A « ..IV A t "h ,f r , 1 v ~,rtx X1.1' r `1 e 1 e p,+ F .Y M a Y'11 . +'i ,t l ' ~n, 11, 1, A H ~tiv ' A } ~ r ° ' r r J e s ! ' cr 7 ! ~ 'r x a ri ' ` 1 ~ . f ~p i tf 1~~ (-A fi,; r~4 I ~1 ~i: e W 4 ,yrti~ 1 rd. ~'N}e .yF r a:• r yr c:jl r 1 `7ti F~ 4 5.( . 1 +0~' rr Jw xx 1 (i„ V~ ° t Y.•' a pr >t ~Le y1r`JZ r r Ar a +•.r7 ~w e Y It 1 It / c1 F '(7:+i (f r 11 ge ~y ~r 1' v i ~ ~ t d 1 n 1 r „td+ Sd41+r~ k~ Y ~ l ,~1 BJ T r i{ n4-~ ~ ,F yxM ~ ~ r .~•.L q1 .r ( d, i! ~ E ~P .7 r. i~ f.,'' kl' rpt ~Ar.~l i ~~'~~.'~•4 -~-w++ow....ti~.s~~r«c~._~erwx~.~:u';..•:,a„e+.k,V.d~«.,✓:.r4vicusr~f wryeJkd-lei.5r+:-.w'cal.+af+,Ke.A•ntc.+rr-~i~+a.+r~_v..dv..'k<..uhwicaS..~e?'"aUOfa.:.::~irstz,4.n~L~L.+~±p~ 11, w 1' A ~A f Y } n ' a R 4+ r: ~ } yr' r ' `r r J'r f 2 ' dp!' 4 ~~d' dr i ~ { ~ 'f~h,}iy ~ t f4 16 ~>Nuxl 'n.~ c li ~✓~t "h y a i ~."P 'E„~ ~~fty tV k «y K < 5 2 3 fl.~ JR Y fC a v,{' fi''r Y,J, ,'~Pty} JI L 4'4 ~L iNlr r ♦ t, ~r' ~'dl r *1+''a r'k + 'ril r- F i n r 'r 'ti ,f + 4 e ,y t r r4 I. } ^ @ d} r a Y • r 1: DF, J .i,r « r r, r 1 4 J i` r 1. I 1 i v d,' ~ 5 ,..r tf 'I n 7 I✓-; rV a ,n♦y^ i pryc Q t y J ~ ~ ~ ? - T ~I rNr ✓ i ~ ~ k I, ti Jr 4 ° I'~~, A ~r~ ~ t A > 1 _ ~ t L r 'ft~ of "~l . ~ ~ I ♦ w' 1~ F ( 1 "'x S ° A ~i i .✓r !{'g{r. r Y J r"' J 1 w vrn 1 k I 4'~~tbJ r'+t Irb t's} a ti~d.r t ~d _ +y \r rw f„ 5 X o r 4r1 ON irp rJ 7 A re ^ } - }Sa I, JVp r rla n ~ r ~ r h~ ' 3 i 7 r b°'.: W ~ - ✓ }tp !rti ~ 31 i n . ! V. Y r fi t .w. r - j1 t r "F 'r s F 1Y 1 L. ,A [ - 5 l t y W . , I, r~r k C rt r w. f 1 rr F , v y { r w s ~ 1 iii '~1 Y !.rte w i iu a^" <Jr v i ✓0~ W 's e w f '{'SPA}, r ~Nk4_ .,r 1.• , w r r~'` y ri JJV j' ,e yv S" Y ,r '~k g 1 'i: b ,u~+ r. {A ~J r[v r, * x• jw r i c, r {.2 - ! W y M 4 Y 1 7 1 B J r"..' 6 . _fN. r r r.' 0' I ~j,r i ; w r rr > F~ F, F V 1 1 ( _ R f r 3' t lv ( r !{s' y ( x x x I ; M yy}IF♦ " .r dp Iyy! A y , ie k u ','.,Ik J k F.y~ IY " f At ; ^ r:, " l"yr+' ~,t ~ll7S k anti r ?+'1~~ ti~ + l.~f .1'r1i J t' 7 F t r t y (r r r t A !•`w.. ^ p l;'-Y rr t~i.~~'`rt r ^r ,'pL4; J .Y J}b', , f~ iJ. wS}/ :/~f F~! ~''r`~' Yw ~w . Z r '1 5. rl hr r .1 ~Ue{k' ~x 1 { x<b.. " .a i.~ hYa, x - "s^~.r'7 • SPECIFICATIONS AND DOCUMENTS MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION UNIT S CITY OF DENTON9 TEXAS GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION 4904 D-4 ADDENDUM 1 March 12, 1971 Each bidder shall note these rPVie'ons to the contract documents and incor- porate these revisions in his prop sal. Each bidder shall attach a signed acknowiLdged copy of this entire addendum in the front of the specifications submitted with his proposal. This addendum consists of three pages and revised drawings listed herein. 1. Se GC-17. Under Article GC.32 ESTIMATES AND PAYMENTS, change the first line to read: • "On or about the fifteenth day of each month," 2. Page GC-16. Under Article GC.33 CHANGE ORDER PAYMENTS, change the first line to read: _ "On or before the fifteenth day of each month" 3. Page lB-1, 1B-2, 1B-3 and IB-4. Under Article 1B.2 DRAWINGS, the follow- ing drawings have been revised and are hereby reissued as Revision 1, dated March 12, 1971, and noted "Revised and Reissued with Addendum V. "Drawing No. Title PA-1 PLANT ARRANGEMENT GENERAL LAYOUT D4-102 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION EAST ELEVATION WEST ELEVATION D4-103 GENERAL. CONSTRUCTION NORTH ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATIONS • (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) (ADDENDUM 1 ) 031271 1 D4-201 GFNERAL CONSTRUCTION • GROUND FLOOR - EL 6471-;," STEEL FRAMING PLAN D4-202 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION OPERATING FLOOR - EL 6581-0" STEEL FRAMING PLAN D4-206 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION COLUM24 ROWS 1, J, K AND L STEEL FRAMING ELEVATIONS D4-207 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION COLUMN ROWS 12, 130 14 AND 15 STEEL FRAMING ELEVATIONS D4-301 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION FOUNDATION PLAN ANCHOR BOLT SCHEDULE D4--302 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BASEMENT FLOOR - EL 636'-0" CONCRETE PLAN D4-313 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION TURBINE - GENERATOR FOUNDATION . PLAN, E£CTIONS AND ELEVATIONS D4-401 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION COOLING TONER BASIN PLAN. SECTIONS ANT) n L D4-502 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION MECHANICAL PIPING YARD LAYOUT" 4. Pae 1D-2. Add new Article 1D.4 CONDENSER INSTALLATION, to read: 111D.4 CONDENSER INSTALLATION, It is anticipated that the delivery of the condenser will be delayed, The Contractor shall delay installation of the steel beams noted with an asterisk on Drawings D4-201, D4-202, and D4-208 until the condenser erection is complete. The erection of the remaining steel shall be completed in accordance with the schedule." 5. Page 2A-3. Add new Article 2A.5 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXISTING BUILDING, to read: 112A.5 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXISTING BUILDING. The existing plant shall be kept tightly enclosed throughout the construction period to maintain weuthertightness and to prevent the entry of construc- (DEA TON, TEXAS - 4904 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) (ADDENDUM 1 ) 031271 2 • tion dirt and dust. To the extent practicable, the interior sheets of the existing wall panels shall be left in place to provide such enclosure. It will be necessary to cut or remove some of the panels to provide openings for structural connections, turbine room crane, and the routing of mechanical piping and electrical raceways. "The basement wall and other portions of the south wall not covered by existing wall panels shall be enclosed by a temporary wall. The temporary wall shall be constructed of fire resistant weatherproof plywood, corrugated aluminum sheeting or similar rigid material capable of providing a fire resistant, dustproof, weatherproof, freezeproof enclosure for the existing building. "The existing interior panels and the temporary walls shall be calked and sealed to provide a protective enclosure capable of temaining watertight and weatherproof in the presence of negative or positive wind pressure up to 25 pounds per square foot. The protective en- closure shall be arranged so that it will not interfere with the operation of the existing plant. Openings shall be provided where necessary for the convenient access of plant operating personnel. Each temporary wall shall be in place before removal of the existing wall that it is to replace. The Contractor under these specifica- tions shall be responsible for maintaining the enclosure of the existing building at all times during the period of construction under these specifications and under the specifications for mechan- ical construction and electr!cal construction. After the new build- ing is completely enclosed and all construction work is essentially completed, the protective enclosure shall be removed. The interior panel sheets, temporary wall materials, and support steel shall be removed and disposed of as directed by the Owner." age -1. Under ArM l.e 5B.1 GENERAL, change the first line of the second paragraph to read: "All rectangular floor grating and stair treads shall be as fabricated by Blaw-Knox In ac-" BLACK & VEATCH Coasultfng Engineers * * * k k k * k k A * k ACKNOWLEDGMENT The undersigned bidder hereby certifies that the revisions set forth in this addendum have been incorporated in his bid and are a part of the contract documents. Signed _ USr~ BUILDl:C l Executive Vice President (DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 Date APRIL. 5, 97 1 ) (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - D-4) (ADDENDUM 1 ) 031271 3